As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 25, 1997
Registration No. 333-
-------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
----------------------
FORM SB-2
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
----------------------
SFSB Holding Company
(Exact name of Small Business Issuer as specified in charter)
Pennsylvania 6035 Requested
- ---------------------------- ----------------- -------------------
(State or other jurisdiction (Primary SIC No.) (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or Identification No.)
organization)
900 Saxonburg Boulevard, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
(412) 487-4200
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
principal executive offices and principal place of business)
Ms. Barbara J. Mallen
President
SFSB Holding Company
900 Saxonburg Boulevard, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
(412) 487-4200
--------------------------------------------------------
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
Please send copies of all communications to:
Samuel J. Malizia, Esq.
Gregory J. Rubis, Esq.
Felicia C. Battista, Esq.
MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
1301 K Street, N.W., Suite 700 East, Washington, D.C. 20005
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the
same offering. [ ]
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title of Proposed Proposed Amount
Each Class of Shares Maximum Maximum Aggregate of
Securities to be Offering Price Offering Registration
To Be Registered Registered Per Unit Price(1) Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock,
$.10 Par Value 727,375 $10.00 $7,273,750 $2,204.17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file
a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
Up to 632,500 Shares of Common Stock
SFSB Holding Company
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stanton Federal Savings Bank is converting from the mutual form to the
stock form of organization. As part of the conversion, Stanton Federal Savings
Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of SFSB Holding Company. SFSB Holding
Company was formed in October 1997 and upon consummation of the conversion will
own all of the shares of Stanton Federal Savings Bank. The common stock of SFSB
Holding Company is being offered to the public in accordance with a Plan of
Conversion. The Plan of Conversion must be approved by a majority of the votes
eligible to be cast by members of Stanton Federal Savings Bank and by the Office
of Thrift Supervision. No common stock will be sold if Stanton Federal Savings
Bank does not receive these approvals and SFSB Holding Company does not receive
orders for at least the minimum number of shares.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TERMS OF OFFERING
An independent appraiser has estimated the market value of the
converted Stanton Federal Savings Bank to be between $4,675,000 to $6,325,000,
which establishes the number of shares to be offered. Subject to Office of
Thrift Supervision approval, an additional 15% above the maximum number of
shares, or up to 727,375 shares may be offered. Based on these estimates, we are
making the following offering of shares of common stock:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
o Price Per Share: $10.00
o Number of Shares
Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted: 467,500 to 632,500 to 727,375
o Underwriting Commissions and Other Expenses
Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted: $320,000
o Net Proceeds to SFSB Holding Company
Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted: $4,355,000 to $6,005,000 to $6,953,750
o Net Proceeds Per Share
Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted: $9.32 to $9.49 to $9.56
</TABLE>
Please refer to Risk Factors beginning on page 1 of this document.
These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of Thrift Supervision,
nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved these securities
or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to
the contrary is a criminal offense.
For information on how to subscribe, call the Stock Information Cente
at (412) __________
RYAN, BECK & CO.
The date of this prospectus is __________ ____, 1998
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
Questions and Answers About the Stock Offering.............................(i)
Summary..................................................................(iii)
Selected Financial and Other Data.........................................(vi)
Risk Factors.................................................................1
Proposed Purchases by Directors and Officers.................................4
Use of Proceeds..............................................................4
Dividends....................................................................5
Market for the Common Stock..................................................5
Capitalization...............................................................6
Pro Forma Data...............................................................7
Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance.................................13
The Conversion..............................................................14
Statement of Income of Stanton Federal Savings Bank.........................26
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.............................27
Business of SFSB Holding Company............................................37
Business of Stanton Federal Savings Bank....................................37
Regulation..................................................................49
Taxation....................................................................53
Management of SFSB Holding Company..........................................55
Management of Stanton Federal Savings Bank..................................56
Restrictions on Acquisitions of SFSB Holding Company........................61
Description of Capital Stock................................................64
Legal and Tax Matters.......................................................65
Experts.....................................................................65
Registration Requirements...................................................65
Where You Can Find Additional Information...................................66
Index to Financial Statements of Stanton Federal Savings Bank..............F-1
This document contains forward-looking statements which involve risks
and uncertainties. SFSB Holding Company's actual results may differ
significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements.
Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to,
those discussed in "Risk Factors" beginning on page 1 of this document.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE STOCK OFFERING
Q: What is the Purpose of the Offering?
A: The offering gives you the opportunity to become a stockholder of our
newly formed holding company, SFSB Holding Company, which will allow
you to share in our future as a federal stock savings bank. The stock
offering will increase our capital and funds for lending and investment
activities. As a stock savings institution operating through a holding
company structure, we will have greater flexibility for investments.
Q: How do I purchase the stock?
A: You must complete and return the Stock Order Form to us together with
your payment, on or before 11:00 a.m., _________, _________ ____, 1998.
Q: How much stock may I purchase?
A: The minimum purchase is 25 shares (or $250). The maximum purchase is
7,500 shares (or $75,000), for any individual person or persons
ordering through a single account. No person, related person or persons
acting together, may purchase more than 12,500 shares. We may decrease
or increase the maximum purchase limitation without notifying you. In
the event that the offering is oversubscribed, shares will be allocated
based upon a formula.
Q: What happens if there are not enough shares to fill all orders?
A: You might not receive any or all of the shares you want to purchase.
If there is an oversubscription in the Subscription Offering, the stock
will be offered on a priority basis to the following persons:
o Persons who had a deposit account of at least $50 with us on
December 31, 1995. Any remaining shares will be offered to:
o Tax Qualified Employee Plans, including the employee stock
ownership plan of Stanton Federal Savings Bank. Any remaining
shares will be offered to:
o Persons who had a deposit account of at least $50 with us on
September 30, 1997. Any remaining shares will be offered to:
o Other persons entitled to vote on the approval of the conversion.
If the above persons do not subscribe for all of the shares, the remaining
shares may be offered either directly by Standard Federal Savings Bank or SFSB
Holding Company in a community offering or through Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc. in a
best-efforts public offering. We have the right to reject any stock order in the
community offering or public offering. In the event of a community offering,
preference will be given to natural persons residing in Allegheny County. You
are prohibited from transferring or entering into any understanding to transfer
your subscription rights.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i)
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Q: As a depositor or borrower member of Stanton Federal Savings Bank, am I
obligated to purchase stock?
A: You are not required to purchase stock.
Q: As a depositor or borrower member of Stanton Federal Savings Bank, what
will happen if I do not purchase any stock?
A: You presently have voting rights while we are in the mutual form;
however, once we convert, voting rights will be held by stockholders.
Your deposit account, certificate accounts and any loans you may have
with us will be not be affected.
Q: What particular factors should I consider when deciding whether to buy
the stock?
A: Because of the small size of the offering, there is not expected to be
an active market for the shares, which may make it difficult to resell
any shares you may own. Also, before you decide to purchase stock, you
should also read this Prospectus, including the Risk Factors section on
pages 1-3 of this document.
Q: Who can help answer any other questions I may have about the stock
offering?
A: In order to make an informed investment decision, you should read this
entire document. In addition, you may contact:
Stock Information Center
SFSB Holding Company
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
(412) __________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii)
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information from this document and may
not contain all the information that is important to you. To understand the
stock offering fully, you should read carefully this entire document, including
the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements of Stanton
Federal Savings Bank. References in this document to "we", "us", and "our" refer
to Stanton Federal Savings. In certain instances where appropriate, "we", "us"
or "our" refers collectively to SFSB Holding Company and Stanton Federal Savings
Bank. References in this document to "SFSB" refers to SFSB Holding Company.
The Companies
SFSB Holding Company
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
(412) 487-4200
SFSB Holding Company is not an operating company and has not engaged in
any significant business to date. It was formed in October 1997 as a
Pennsylvania-chartered corporation to be the holding company for Stanton Federal
Savings Bank. The holding company structure will provide greater flexibility in
terms of operations, expansion and diversification. See page 37.
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
(412) 487-4200
Stanton Federal Savings Bank began operations in 1890 under the name,
"F.L. Jahn Building and Loan." We are a community and customer oriented federal
mutual savings bank. We provide financial services to individuals, families and
small businesses. Historically, we have emphasized residential mortgage lending,
primarily originating one- to four-family mortgage loans. At September 30, 1997
we had total assets of $37.8 million, deposits of $33.9 million, and total
retained earnings of $3.5 million. See pages 37 to 48.
The Stock Offering
Between 467,500 and 632,500 shares of common stock are being offered at
$10 per share. As a result of changes in market and financial conditions prior
to completion of the conversion or to fill the order of our employee stock
ownership plan and subject to the Office of Thrift Supervision approval, the
offering may be increased to 727,375 shares without further notice to you. In
such event, you will not have the opportunity to change or cancel any stock
order previously delivered to us. See page 23.
Stock Purchase Priorities
The shares of common stock will be offered on the basis of purchase
priorities. Certain depositor or borrower members, will receive subscription
rights to purchase the shares. The shares will be offered first in a
Subscription Offering and any remaining shares may be offered in a community
offering or a public offering. We have engaged Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc. to assist
in the selling of common stock on a best-efforts basis. See pages 17 to 19.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii)
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscription Rights
You may not sell or assign your subscription rights. Any transfer of
subscription rights is prohibited by law. See page 17.
The Offering Range and Determination of the Price Per Share
The offering range is based on an independent appraisal of the
estimated market value of the common stock by FinPro, Inc., an appraisal firm
experienced in appraisals of savings institutions. FinPro has estimated, that in
its opinion as of November 24, 1997 the aggregate estimated market value of the
common stock ranged between $4,675,000 and $6,325,000 (with a midpoint of
$5,500,000). The estimated market value of the shares is our estimated market
value after giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering.
The appraisal was based in part upon our financial condition and
operations and the effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of common
stock in this offering. The $10.00 price per share was determined by our board
of directors and is the price most commonly used in stock offerings involving
conversions of mutual savings institutions. The independent appraisal will be
updated prior to the consummation of the conversion. If the estimated market
value of the common stock is either below $4,675,000 or above $7,273,750, you
will be notified and will have the opportunity to modify or cancel your order.
See pages 22 to 23.
Termination of the Offering
The Subscription Offering will terminate at 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time,
on __________ ____, 1998. The Community Offering or Public Offering, if any, may
terminate at any time without notice but no later than 45 days after completion
of the Subscription Offering on __________ ____, 1998, without approval by the
OTS. See page 19.
Benefits to Management from the Offering
Our full-time employees will participate in the offering through
individual purchases and purchases of stock by our employee stock ownership
plan, which is a form of retirement plan. We also intend to implement a
restricted stock plan and a stock option plan, no earlier than six months
following completion of the conversion, which may benefit the President and
other officers and directors. However, the restricted stock plan and stock
option plan may not be adopted until after the conversion and are subject to
stockholder approval and compliance with OTS regulations. Officers and directors
may be granted common stock under a restricted stock plan without payment of
cash. See pages 57 to 61.
Use of the Proceeds Raised from the Sale of Common Stock
SFSB Holding Company will use a portion of the net proceeds from the
stock offering to purchase all the common stock to be issued by us in the
conversion and to make a loan to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its
purchase of stock in the conversion. We will use the proceeds of the sale of the
common stock to make investments and advance loans. After payment for our common
stock, SFSB Holding Company will retain the funds received in the stock offering
as its initial capitalization. See page 4.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iv)
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividends
SFSB does not expect to establish a cash dividend policy during the
first year following the conversion. See page 5.
Market for the Common Stock
Since the size of the offering is relatively small, it is unlikely that
an active and liquid trading market will develop and be maintained. Investors
should have a long-term investment intent. Persons purchasing shares may not be
able to sell their shares when they desire or sell them at a price equal to or
above $10.00. Following the completion of the Offering, it is anticipated that
the SFSB common stock will be traded on the OTC Bulletin Board. See page 5.
Important Risks in Owning Common Stock
Before you decide to purchase stock in the offering, you should read
the Risk Factors section on pages 1-3 of this document.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(v)
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following summary financial information is derived from our 1996
and 1995 audited financial statements as well as our unaudited period September
30, 1997, as shown below. The unaudited financial information at September 30,
1997 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and 1996 reflects all
adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) which are
considered necessary to present fairly the financial information for such
period. The following information is only a summary and you should read it in
conjunction with our financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1. The
operating data for the nine month period ended September 30, 1997 and 1996 is
not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.
Selected Financial Condition and Other Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, At December 31,
------------- ------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
------------- ------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total Amount of:
Assets.................................... $37,810 $33,297 $29,354
Loans receivable, net..................... 11,658 10,865 9,579
Investment securities..................... 6,468 5,528 4,731
Mortgage-backed securities ............... 8,526 7,511 8,081
Deposits.................................. 33,884 29,319 25,418
Retained earnings......................... 3,480 3,570 3,624
Number of:
Deposit accounts.......................... 6,336 4,049 3,817
Full service offices...................... 2 2 1
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vi)
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of Operations
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Nine Months For the Years Ended
Ended September 30, December 31,
------------------------- -------------------------
1997 1996 1996 1995
------- ------ ------ ------
(In thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income...................................... $1,655 $1,406 $1,966 $1,941
Interest expense..................................... 1,059 830 1,137 1,067
----- ------ ----- -----
Net interest income.................................. 596 576 829 874
Provision for loan losses............................ 39 9 37 21
----- ------ ------ ------
Net interest income after
provision for loan losses.......................... 557 567 792 853
Noninterest income................................... 53 142 154 17
Noninterest expense.................................. 940 738 1,033(1) 628
------ ----- ----- ---
Income (loss) before income taxes.................... (330) (29) (87) 242
Income tax expense (benefit)......................... (147) (39) (41) 79
------ ------ ------ ------
Net income (loss).................................... $ (183) $ 10 $ (46) $ 163
====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
- --------------------
(1) Includes a one-time expense of $160,000 for the year ended December 31,
1996 for our deposit insurance premium paid to the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation.
Key Operating Ratios
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At or For the At or For the
Nine Months Ended Years Ended
September 30, December 31,
----------------------------- ---------------------------
1997 1996 1996 1995
----------- --------------- ---------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets
(net income divided by average total assets)....... (.58)% .03% (.15)% .56%
Return on average equity
(net income divided by average equity)............. (5.96) .27 (1.27) 4.72
Average equity to average assets ratio (average
equity divided by average total assets)............ 9.70 12.24 11.92 11.90
Equity to assets at period end....................... 9.20 11.86 10.72 12.35
Interest rate spread................................. 2.19 2.42 2.62 2.76
Net yield on average interest-earning assets......... 2.40 2.73 2.90 3.12
Average interest-earning assets to average
interest-bearing liabilities....................... 106.81 110.08 109.36 111.67
Net interest income after provision for loan
losses to total noninterest expense.................. 59.22 76.82 76.74 135.92
Asset Quality Ratios:
Non-performing loans to total loans.................. 1.89 3.66 2.12 1.38
Non-performing assets to total assets................ .59 1.20 .70 .53
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing
assets............................................. 47.09 10.47 28.45 25.81
Regulatory Capital Ratios:
Tangible............................................. 8.40 11.00 10.01 11.60
Core................................................. 8.40 11.00 10.01 11.60
Total Risk Based..................................... 23.70 30.00 34.30 28.10
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vii)
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information in this document, you should
consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our
common stock.
Potential Impact of Changes in Interest Rates and the Current Interest Rate
Environment
Our ability to make a profit, like that of most financial institutions,
is substantially dependent on our net interest income, which is the difference
between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets (e.g. such as
mortgage loans and investment securities) and the interest expense we pay on our
interest-bearing liabilities (such as deposits and borrowings). All of our
mortgage loans have rates of interest which are fixed for the term of the loan
("fixed rate") and are originated with terms of up to 30 years, while deposit
accounts have significantly shorter terms to maturity. Because our
interest-earning assets generally have fixed rates of interest and have longer
effective maturities than our interest-bearing liabilities, the yield on our
interest-earning assets generally will adjust more slowly to changes in interest
rates than the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. As a result, our net
interest income will be adversely affected by material and prolonged increases
in interest rates. In addition, rising interest rates may adversely affect our
earnings because there might be a lack of customer demand for loans. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Asset/Liability Management."
Changes in interest rates also can affect the average life of loans and
mortgage-backed securities. Historically, lower interest rates in recent periods
have resulted in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities,
as borrowers refinanced their mortgages in order to reduce their borrowing cost.
Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent
that we are not able to reinvest such prepayments at rates which are comparable
to the rates on the prepaid loans or securities.
Insufficient Loan Demand
The economic conditions in our market area and the stagnation in
population in the greater Pittsburgh metropolitan area in approximately the last
ten years has resulted in, among other things, a lack of demand for mortgage
loans which meet our underwriting criteria, in comparison to our relatively high
deposit origination. This has led to lower levels of loan originations. As a
result, we have increased our investment in investment securities and cash and
cash equivalents to use excess funding that would otherwise have been utilized
for investment in loans in our market area. The investment portfolio and cash
and equivalents generally bear yields which are below the yields on loans. The
insufficient mortgage loan demand has adversely affected our income.
Dependence on Local Economy
We operate as a community-oriented financial institution, with a focus
on servicing customers in our primary market area. At September 30, 1997, most
of our loan portfolio consisted of loans made to borrowers and collateralized by
properties located in our primary market area. As a result of this
concentration, a downturn in the economy of our primary market area could
increase the risk of loss associated with our loan portfolio; however, we do not
believe there is an undue risk as a result of this credit concentration.
1
<PAGE>
Lack of Active Market for Common Stock
Due to the small size of the offering, it is highly unlikely that an
active trading market will develop and be maintained. If an active market does
not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares promptly or perhaps at all,
or sell your shares at a price equal to or above the price you paid for the
shares. It is anticipated that SFSB Common Stock will be traded on OTC Bulletin
Board. The common stock may not be appropriate as a short-term investment. See
"Market for the Common Stock."
Anti-Takeover Provisions and Statutory Provisions That Could Discourage Hostile
Acquisitions of Control
Provisions in SFSB's articles of incorporation and bylaws, the general
corporation law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and certain federal
regulations may make it difficult and expensive to pursue a tender offer, change
in control or takeover attempt which is opposed by our management and the board
of directors. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such
a transaction may not have an opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also
render the removal of the current board of directors or management of SFSB more
difficult. In addition, these provisions may reduce the trading price of our
stock. These provisions include: restrictions on the acquisition of SFSB's
equity securities and limitations on voting rights; the classification of the
terms of the members of the board of directors; certain provisions relating to
the meeting of stockholders; denial of cumulative voting by stockholders in the
election of directors; the issuance of preferred stock and additional shares of
common stock without shareholder approval; and supermajority provisions for the
approval of certain business combinations. See "Restrictions on Acquisitions of
SFSB Holding Company".
Possible Voting Control by Directors and Officers
The proposed purchases of the common stock by our directors, officers
and employee stock ownership plan, as well as the potential acquisition of the
common stock through the stock option plan and restricted stock plan, could make
it difficult to obtain majority support for stockholder proposals which are
opposed by our management and board of directors. Based upon the midpoint of the
estimated valuation range, our officers and directors intend to purchase
approximately 10.44% of the common shares offered in the conversion. In
addition, the voting of those shares could block the approval of transactions
(i.e., business combinations and amendment to our articles of incorporation and
bylaws) requiring the approval of 80% of the stockholders under the SFSB's
articles of incorporation. See "Proposed Purchases by Directors and Officers,"
"Management of Stanton Federal Savings Bank -- Executive Compensation,"
"Description of Capital Stock," and "Restrictions on Acquisitions of SFSB
Holding Company."
Possible Dilutive Effect of Restricted Stock Plan and Stock Options
If the conversion is completed and shareholders approve the restricted
stock plan ("RSP") and stock option plan, we will issue stock to our officers
and directors through these plans. If the shares for the RSP and stock options
are issued from our authorized but unissued stock, your voting interests could
be cumulatively diluted by up to approximately 12.3% and the trading price of
our stock may be reduced. See "Pro Forma Data," "Management of Stanton Federal
Savings Bank -- Proposed Future Stock Benefit Plans," and "-- Restricted Stock
Plan."
2
<PAGE>
Financial Institution Regulation and Future of the Thrift Industry
We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by
the OTS and FDIC. Bills have been introduced in Congress that could consolidate
the OTS with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") and require
the Bank to adopt a commercial charter. If we become a commercial bank, our
investment authority and the ability of SFSB to engage in diversified activities
may be limited, which could adversely affect our value and profitability. See
"Regulation."
Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares
Generally, during the first year following the conversion, SFSB may not
repurchase its shares. During each of the second and third years following the
conversion, SFSB may repurchase up to 5% of its outstanding shares. During those
periods, if we decide that additional repurchases would be an appropriate use of
funds, we would not be able to do so, without obtaining OTS approval. There is
no assurance that OTS approval would be given. See "The Conversion --
Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock."
Possible Year 2000 Computer Program Problems
A great deal of information has been disseminated about the global
computer crash that may occur in the year 2000. Many computer programs that can
only distinguish the final two digits of the year entered (a common programming
practice in earlier years) are expected to read entries for the year 2000 as the
year 1900 and compute payment, interest or delinquency based on the wrong date
or are expected to be unable to compute payment, interest or delinquency. Rapid
and accurate data processing is essential to our operations. Data processing is
also essential to most other financial institutions and many other companies.
All of our material data processing that could be affected by this
problem is provided by a third party service bureau. Our service bureau has
advised us that it expects to resolve this potential problem before the year
2000. However, if this potential problem is not resolved before the year 2000,
we would likely experience significant data processing delays, mistakes or
failures. These delays, mistakes or failures could have a significant adverse
impact on our financial condition and our results of operations.
3
<PAGE>
PROPOSED PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The following table sets forth the approximate purchases of common
stock by each director and executive officer and their associates in the
conversion. Shares purchased by officers and directors in the conversion may not
be sold for at least one year. The table assumes that 550,000 shares (the
midpoint of the estimated valuation range, "EVR") of the common stock will be
sold at $10.00 per share and that sufficient shares will be available to satisfy
subscriptions in all categories. However, officers and directors and their
associates may not buy more than 35% of the total amount of shares sold in the
conversion.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate
Total Price of Percent
Shares Shares of Shares
Name Position Purchased(1) Purchased(1) Purchased(1)
- -------------------- -------------------------- ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Timothy R. Maier Chairman and Director 12,500 $125,000 2.27%
Barbara J. Mallen President and Director 12,500 125,000 2.27
Joseph E. Gallagher Senior Vice-President 12,500 125,000 2.27
and Director
Jerome L. Kowaleski Treasurer and Director 12,500 125,000 2.27
Mary Lois Loftus Director 7,500 75,000 1.36
------ ------- -----
57,500 $575,000 10.44%
====== ======= =====
</TABLE>
- --------------------
(1) Does not include shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan (the
"ESOP").
USE OF PROCEEDS
SFSB Holding Company will use 50% of the net proceeds from the offering
to purchase all of the capital stock we will issue in connection with the
Conversion. A portion of the net proceeds to be retained by SFSB Holding Company
will be loaned to our employee stock plan to fund its purchase of 8% of the
shares sold in the Conversion. On a short-term basis, the balance of the net
proceeds retained by SFSB Holding Company initially will be invested in
short-term investments. Although there are no current plans, the net proceeds
subsequently may be used to fund acquisitions of other financial services
institutions or to diversify into non-banking activities. The net proceeds may
also serve as a source of funds for the payment of dividends to stockholders or
for the repurchase of the shares. A portion of the net proceeds may also be used
to fund the purchase of 4% of the shares for a restricted stock plan (the RSP)
which is anticipated to be adopted following the Conversion. See "Pro Forma
Data."
The funds we receive from the sale of our capital stock to SFSB will be
added to our general funds and be used for general corporate purposes including:
(i) investment in mortgages and other loans, (ii) investment in U.S. Government
and federal agency securities, (iii) investment in mortgage-backed securities or
(iv) funding loan commitments. However, initially we intend to invest the net
proceeds in short-term investments until we can deploy the proceeds into higher
yielding assets. The funds added to our capital will further strengthen our
capital position.
The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses of the conversion
may be more or less than those estimated. We expect our estimated expenses to be
$320,000. Our estimated net proceeds will range from $4,355,000 to $6,005,000
(or up to $6,953,750 in the event the maximum of the estimated valuation range
is increased to $7,273,750). See "Pro Forma Data." The net proceeds will also
vary if expenses are different or if the number of shares to be issued in the
conversion is adjusted
4
<PAGE>
to reflect a change in our estimated pro forma market value. Payments for shares
made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts with us will not result
in the receipt of new funds for investment by us but will result in a reduction
of our liabilities and interest expense as funds are transferred from
interest-bearing certificates or accounts.
DIVIDENDS
Upon conversion, SFSB's board of directors will have the authority to
declare dividends on the shares, subject to statutory and regulatory
requirements. SFSB does not expect to establish a cash dividend policy during
the first year after the conversion. Declarations of dividends by the board of
directors will depend upon a number of factors, including: (i) the amount of the
net proceeds retained by SFSB in the conversion, (ii) investment opportunities
available, (iii) capital requirements, (iv) regulatory limitations, (v) results
of operations and financial condition, (vi) tax considerations, and (vii)
general economic conditions. Upon review of such considerations, the board may
authorize future dividends if it deems such payment appropriate and in
compliance with applicable law and regulation. For a period of one year
following the completion of the conversion, we will not pay any dividends that
would be treated for tax purposes as a return of capital nor take any actions to
pursue or propose such dividends. In addition, there can be no assurance that
regular or special dividends will be paid, or, if paid, will continue to be
paid. See "Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance," "The Conversion - -
Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Savers and Borrowers of Stanton Federal
Savings Bank -- Liquidation Account" and "Regulation -- Dividend and Other
Capital Distribution Limitations."
SFSB is not subject to OTS regulatory restrictions on the payment of
dividends to its stockholders although the source of such dividends will be
dependent in part upon the receipt of dividends from us. SFSB is subject,
however, to the requirements of Pennsylvania law, which generally limit the
payment of dividends to amounts that will not affect the ability of SFSB, after
the dividend has been distributed, to pay its debts in the ordinary course of
business.
In addition to the foregoing, the portion of our earnings which has
been appropriated for bad debt reserves and deducted for federal income tax
purposes cannot be used by us to pay cash dividends to SFSB without the payment
of federal income taxes by us at the then current income tax rate on the amount
deemed distributed, which would include the amount of any federal income taxes
attributable to the distribution. See "Taxation -- Federal Taxation" and Note 12
to our financial statements. SFSB does not contemplate any distribution by us
that would result in a recapture of our bad debt reserve or otherwise create
federal tax liabilities.
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
As a newly organized company, SFSB has never issued capital stock, and
consequently there is no established market for the common stock. Following the
completion of the offering, it is anticipated that the common stock will be
traded on the over-the-counter market with quotations available through the OTC
Electronic Bulletin Board. Ryan, Beck is expected to make a market in the common
stock. Making a market may include the solicitation of potential buyers and
sellers in order to match buy and sell orders. However, Ryan, Beck will not be
subject to any obligation with respect to such efforts. If the common stock
cannot be quoted and traded on the OTC Bulletin Board it is expected that the
transactions in the common stock will be reported in the pink sheets of the
National Quotation Bureau, Inc.
The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of
willing buyers and sellers. Due to the small size of the offering, it is highly
unlikely that an active trading market will
5
<PAGE>
develop and be maintained. You could have difficulty disposing of your shares
and you should not view the shares as a short-term investment. You may not be
able to sell your shares at a price equal to or above the price you paid for the
shares.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table presents, as of September 30, 1997, our historical
capitalization and the consolidated capitalization of SFSB after giving effect
to the conversion and the other assumptions set forth below and under "Pro Forma
Data," based upon the sale of shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and 15%
above the maximum of the EVR at a price of $10.00 per share:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization
Based on the Sale of (2)(3)
------------------------------------------------------------------
Historical 467,500 550,000 632,500 727,375
Capitalization Shares at Shares at Shares at Shares At
at September 30, $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00
1997 Per Share Per Share Per Share Per Share
------ --------- --------- --------- ---------
(In thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Deposits(1) .................................. $33,884 $33,884 $33,884 $33,884 $33,884
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred Stock, $.10 par value per share,
1,000,000 shares authorized; none to be
issued..................................... $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
Common Stock, $.10 par value, 4,000,000
shares authorized; total shares to be
issued as reflected........................ - 47 55 63 73
Additional paid in capital.................... - 4,308 5,125 5,942 6,881
Retained earnings(4)........................ 3,480 3,480 3,480 3,480 3,480
Less:
Common Stock acquired by ESOP............... - (374) (440) (506) (582)
Common Stock acquired by RSP................ - (187) (220) (253) (291)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Total stockholders' equity.................... $ 3,480 $ 7,274 $ 8,000 $ 8,726 $ 9,561
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Excludes accrued interest payable on deposits. Withdrawals from savings
accounts for the purchase of stock have not been reflected in these
adjustments. Any withdrawals will reduce pro forma capitalization by the
amount of such withdrawals.
(2) Does not reflect the increase in the number of shares of common stock after
the conversion in the event of implementation of the Option Plan or RSP.
See "Management of Stanton Federal Savings Bank -- Proposed Future Stock
Benefit Plans -- Stock Option Plan" and "-- Restricted Stock Plan."
(3) Assumes that 8% and 4% of the shares issued in the conversion will be
purchased by the ESOP and RSP, respectively. No shares will be purchased by
the RSP in the conversion. It is assumed on a pro forma basis that the RSP
will be adopted by the board of directors, approved by stockholders of
SFSB, and reviewed by the OTS. It is assumed that the RSP will purchase
common stock in the open market within one year of the conversion in order
to give an indication of its effect on capitalization. The pro forma
presentation does not show the impact of: (a) results of operations after
the conversion, (b) changing market prices of shares of common stock after
the conversion, or (c) a smaller than 4% or 8% purchase by the RSP or ESOP,
respectively. Assumes that the funds used to acquire the ESOP shares will
be borrowed from SFSB for a ten year term at the prime rate as published in
The Wall Street Journal. For an estimate of the impact of the ESOP on
earnings, see "Pro Forma Data." The Bank intends to make contributions to
the ESOP sufficient to service and ultimately retire its debt. The amount
to be acquired by the ESOP and RSP is reflected as a reduction of
stockholders' equity. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares for
the RSP in an
(footnotes continued on next page)
6
<PAGE>
amount equal to 4% of the outstanding shares of common stock will have the
effect of diluting existing stockholders' voting interests by 3.9%. There
can be no assurance that stockholder approval of the RSP will be obtained.
See "Management of Stanton Federal Savings Bank -- Proposed Future Stock
Benefit Plans -- Restricted Stock Plan."
(4) The equity of the Bank will be substantially restricted after the
conversion. See "Dividends," "Regulation -- Dividends and Other Capital
Distribution Limitations," "The Conversion -- Effects of Conversion to
Stock Form on Depositors and Borrowers of Stanton Federal Savings Bank --
Liquidation Account" and Note 17 to the Financial Statements.
PRO FORMA DATA
The actual net proceeds from the sale of the common stock cannot be
determined until the conversion is completed. However, net proceeds are
currently estimated to be between $4,355,000 million and $6,005,000 million at
the minimum and maximum, as adjusted, of the EVR, based upon the following
assumptions: (i) 8% of the shares will be sold to the ESOP and 57,500 shares
will be sold to officers, directors, and members of their immediate families;
(ii) Ryan, Beck will have received advisory and marketing fees (including legal
fees and other reimbursable expenses) of $120,000; (iii) no shares will be sold
in a Public Offering; (iv) other conversion expenses, excluding the fees and
other expenses paid to Ryan, Beck, will be $200,000; and (v) 4% of the shares
will be sold to the RSP. Because management of Stanton Federal Savings Bank
presently intends to adopt the RSP within the first year following the
conversion, a purchase by the RSP in the conversion has been included with the
pro forma data to give an indication of the effect of a 4% purchase by the RSP,
at a $10.00 per share purchase price in the market, even though the RSP does not
currently exist and is prohibited by OTS regulation from purchasing shares in
the conversion. The pro forma presentation does not show the effect of: (a)
results of operations after the conversion, (b) changing market prices of the
shares after the conversion, (c) less than a 4% purchase by the RSP, or (d)
dilutive effects of newly issued shares under the restricted stock plan and the
stock option plan (see footnotes 2 and 3).
The following table sets forth, our historical net earnings and
stockholders' equity prior to the conversion and the pro forma consolidated net
earnings and stockholders' equity of SFSB following the conversion. Unaudited
pro forma consolidated net earnings and stockholders' equity have been
calculated for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996 as if the common stock to be issued in the conversion had been
sold at January 1, 1997 and January 1, 1996 and the estimated net proceeds had
been invested at 5.52%, respectively for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996
and the nine months ended September 30, 1997, which was approximately equal to
the one-year U.S. Treasury bill rate at September 30, 1997. The one-year U.S.
Treasury bill rate, rather than an arithmetic average of the average yield on
interest-earning assets and average rate paid on deposits, has been used to
estimate income on net proceeds because it is believed that the one-year U.S.
Treasury bill rate is a more accurate estimate of the rate that would be
obtained on an investment of net proceeds from the offering. In calculating pro
forma income, a combined effective state and federal income tax rate of 37% has
been assumed for the respective periods, resulting in an after tax yield of
3.48% for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996. Withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares
are not reflected in the pro forma adjustments. The computations are based upon
the assumptions that 467,500 shares (minimum of EVR), 550,000 shares (midpoint
of EVR), 632,500 shares (maximum of EVR) or 727,375 shares (maximum, as
adjusted, of the EVR) are sold at a price of $10.00 per share. As discussed
under "Use of Proceeds," a portion of the net proceeds that SFSB will receive
will be loaned to the ESOP to fund its anticipated purchase of 8% of shares
issued in the conversion. It is assumed that the yield on the net proceeds of
the conversion retained by SFSB will be the same as the yield on the net
proceeds of the conversion transferred to us. Historical and pro forma per share
amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the
indicated number of shares. Per share amounts have been computed as if the
shares had been outstanding at the beginning of the periods or at the dates
shown, but without any adjustment of per share historical or pro forma
stockholders' equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.
7
<PAGE>
The stockholders' equity information is not intended to represent the
fair market value of the shares, or the current value of our assets or
liabilities, or the amounts, if any, that would be available for distribution to
stockholders in the event of liquidation. For additional information regarding
the liquidation account, see "The Conversion -- Certain Effects of the
Conversion to Stock Form on Savers and Borrowers of Stanton Federal Savings Bank
- -- Liquidation Account" and Note 17 to the Financial Statements. The pro forma
income derived from the assumptions set forth above should not be considered
indicative of the actual results of our operations for any period. Such pro
forma data may be materially affected by a change in the price per share or
number of shares to be issued in the Conversion and by other factors. For
information regarding investment of the proceeds see "Use of Proceeds" and "The
Conversion -- Stock Pricing" and "-- Change in Number of Shares to be Issued in
the Conversion."
8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At or For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1997
---------------------------------------------------------------
467,500 550,000 632,500 727,375
Shares at Shares at Shares at Shares at
$10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00
per share per share per share per share
--------- --------- --------- ---------
(Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Gross proceeds ............................................. $ 4,675 $ 5,500 $ 6,325 $ 7,274
Less estimated offering expenses ........................... 320 320 320 320
------- ------- ------- -------
Estimated net proceeds ................................... 4,355 5,180 6,005 6,954
Less: ESOP funded by the Company ........................ (374) (440) (506) (582)
RSP funded by the Company ................ (187) (220) (253) (291)
------- ------- ------- -------
Estimated investable net proceeds ........................ $ 3,794 $ 4,520 $ 5,246 $ 6,081
======= ======= ======= =======
Net loss:
Historical net loss ...................................... $ (183) $ (183) $ (183) $ (183)
Pro forma earnings on investable net proceeds ............ 99 118 137 159
Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1) ............................. (18) (21) (24) (27)
Pro forma RSP adjustment(2) .............................. (18) (21) (24) (27)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total ............................................. $ (120) $ (107) $ (94) $ (78)
======= ======= ======= =======
Net loss per share:
Historical net loss per share ............................ $ (.42) $ (.36) $ (.31) $ (.27)
Pro forma earnings on net proceeds ....................... .23 .23 .23 .24
Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1) ............................. (.04) (.04) (.04) (.04)
Pro forma RSP adjustment(2) .............................. (.04) (.04) (.04) (.04)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total(5) .......................................... $ (.27) $ (.21) $ (.16) $ (.11)
======= ======= ======= =======
Stockholders' equity:(3)
Historical ............................................... $ 3,480 $ 3,480 $ 3,480 $ 3,480
Estimated net proceeds ................................... 4,355 5,180 6,005 6,954
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP(1) .................. (374) (440) (506) (582)
Common stock acquired by RSP(2) ................... (187) (220) (253) (291)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total ............................................. $ 7,274 $ 8,000 $ 8,726 $ 9,561
======= ======= ======= =======
Stockholders' equity per share:(3)
Historical ............................................... $ 7.44 $ 6.33 $ 5.50 $ 4.78
Estimated net proceeds ................................... 9.32 9.42 9.49 9.56
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP(1) .................. (.80) (.80) (.80) (.80)
Common stock acquired by RSP(2) ................... (.40) (.40) (.40) (.40)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total ............................................. $ 15.56 $ 14.55 $ 13.79 $ 13.14
======= ======= ======= =======
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders'
equity per share(4) ...................................... 64.3% 68.7% 72.5% 76.1%
======= ======= ======= =======
Ratio of offering price to pro forma earnings per share(5) . N/M* N/M* N/M* N/M*
======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
* Not Meaningful (footnotes on following pages)
9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At or For the Year Ended December 31, 1996
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
467,500 550,000 632,500 727,375
Shares at Shares at Shares at Shares at
$10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00
per share per share per share per share
--------- --------- --------- ---------
(Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Gross proceeds ........................................... $ 4,675 $ 5,500 $ 6,325 $ 7,274
Less estimated offering expenses ......................... 320 320 320 320
------- ------- ------- -------
Estimated net proceeds ................................. 4,355 5,180 6,005 6,954
Less: ESOP funded by the Company ...................... (374) (440) (506) (582)
RSP funded by the Company .............. (187) (220) (253) (291)
------- ------- ------- -------
Estimated investable net proceeds ...................... $ 3,794 $ 4,520 $ 5,246 $ 6,081
======= ======= ======= =======
Net income:
Historical net income .................................. $ (46) $ (46) $ (46) $ (46)
Pro forma earnings on investable net proceeds .......... 132 157 183 212
Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1) ........................... (24) (28) (32) (37)
Pro forma RSP adjustment(2) ............................ (24) (28) (32) (37)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total ........................................... $ 38 $ 55 $ 73 $ 92
======= ======= ======= =======
Net income per share:
Historical net income per share ........................ $ (.11) $ (.09) $ (.08) $ (.07)
Pro forma earnings on net proceeds ..................... .30 .31 .31 .31
Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1) ........................... (.06) (.05) (.05) (.05)
Pro forma RSP adjustment(2) ............................ (.06) (.05) (.05) (.05)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total(5) ........................................ $ .07 $ .12 $ .13 $ .14
======= ======= ======= =======
Stockholders' equity:(3)
Historical ............................................. $ 3,570 $ 3,570 $ 3,570 $ 3,570
Estimated net proceeds ................................. 4,355 5,180 6,005 6,954
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP(1) ................ (374) (440) (506) (582)
Common stock acquired by RSP(2) ................. (187) (220) (253) (291)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total ........................................... $ 7,364 $ 8,090 $ 8,816 $ 9,651
======= ======= ======= =======
Stockholders' equity per share:(3)
Historical ............................................. $ 7.64 $ 6.49 $ 5.64 $ 4.91
Estimated net proceeds ................................. 9.32 9.42 9.49 9.56
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP(1) ................ (.80) (.80) (.80) (.80)
Common stock acquired by RSP(2) ................. (.40) (.40) (.40) (.40)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total ........................................... $ 15.76 $ 14.71 $ 13.93 $ 13.27
======= ======= ======= =======
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders'
equity per share(4) .................................... 63.4% 68.0% 71.8% 75.4%
======= ======= ======= =======
Ratio of offering price to pro forma earnings per share(5) 142.86x 83.33x 76.92x 71.43x
======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
(footnotes on following page)
10
<PAGE>
- --------------------
(1) Assumes 8% of the shares sold in the conversion are purchased by the ESOP,
and that the funds used to purchase such shares are borrowed from SFSB. The
approximate amount expected to be borrowed by the ESOP is not reflected as
a liability but is reflected as a reduction of capital. We intend to make
annual contributions to the ESOP over a ten year period in an amount at
least equal to the principal and interest requirement of the debt. The pro
forma net income assumes: (i) that 3,740, 4,400, 5,060, and 5,819 shares at
the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted of the EVR, were
committed to be released during the year ended December 31, 1996 and the
nine months ended September 30, 1997 at an average fair value of $10.00 per
share in accordance with Statement of Position ("SOP") 93-6 of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA"); (ii) the effective tax
rate was 37% for such periods; and (iii) only the ESOP shares committed to
be released were considered outstanding for purposes of the per share net
earnings. The pro forma stockholders' equity per share calculation assumes
all ESOP shares were outstanding, regardless of whether such shares would
have been released. Because SFSB will be providing the ESOP loan, only
principal payments on the ESOP loan are reflected as employee compensation
and benefits expense. As a result, to the extent the value of the shares
appreciates over time, compensation expense related to the ESOP will
increase. For purposes of the preceding tables, it was assumed that a
ratable portion of the ESOP shares purchased in the conversion were
committed to be released during the period ended September 30, 1997 and
December 31, 1996. See Note 5 below. If it is assumed that all of the ESOP
shares were included in the calculation of earnings per share for the
period ended at September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, earnings per
share would have been $(.26), $(.19), $(.15) and $(.11), and $.08, $.10,
$.12, and $.13 for the period ended September 30, 1997 and December 31,
1996, respectively, based on the sale of shares at the minimum, midpoint,
maximum and the maximum, as adjusted, of the EVR. See "Management of
Stanton Federal Savings Bank -- Other Benefits -- Employee Stock Ownership
Plan."
(2) Assumes issuance to the RSP of 18,700, 22,000, 25,300, and 29,095 shares at
the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and maximum, as adjusted of the EVR. The
assumption in the pro forma calculation is that (i) shares were purchased
by SFSB following the conversion, (ii) the purchase price for the shares
purchased by the RSP was equal to the purchase price of $10 per share and
(iii) 20% of the amount contributed was an amortized expense during such
period. Such amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the
value of such stock relative to the Purchase Price. As we accrue
compensation expense to reflect the five year vesting period of such shares
pursuant to the RSP, the charge against capital will be reduced
accordingly. Implementation of the RSP within one year of conversion would
require regulatory and stockholder approval at a meeting of our
stockholders to be held no earlier than six months after the conversion. If
the shares to be purchased by the RSP are assumed at July 1, 1996 and July
1, 1995, to be newly issued shares purchased from SFSB by the RSP at the
Purchase Price, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted,
of the EVR, pro forma stockholders' equity per share would have been
$14.96, $13.99, $13.26, and $12.63 and $15.15, $14.14, $13.39, and $12.76
at September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, respectively, and pro forma
earnings per share would have been $(.26), $(.20), $(.15), and $(.11) and
$.07, $.12, $.12, and $.13, for the nine months ended September 30, 1997,
and the year ended December 31, 1996, respectively. As a result of the RSP
from newly issued shares, stockholders' voting interests could be diluted
by up to approximately 3.9%. See "Management of Stanton Federal Savings
Bank -- Proposed Future Stock Benefit Plans -- Restricted Stock Plan."
(3) Assumes that following the consummation of the conversion, SFSB will adopt
the Option Plan, which if implemented within one year of conversion would
be subject to regulatory review and board of director and stockholder
approval, and that such plan would be considered and voted upon at a
meeting of SFSB stockholders to be held no earlier than six months after
the conversion. Under the Option Plan, employees and directors could be
granted options to purchase an aggregate amount of shares equal to 10% of
the shares issued in the conversion at an exercise price equal to the
market price of the shares on the date of grant. In the event the shares
issued under the Option Plan were newly issued rather than purchased in the
open market, the voting interests of existing stockholders could be diluted
by up to approximately 9.1%. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and the
maximum, as adjusted, of the EVR, if all shares
11
<PAGE>
under the Option Plan were newly issued at the beginning of the respective
periods and the exercise price for the option shares were equal to the
Purchase Price, the number of outstanding shares would increase to 514,250,
605,000, 695,750, and 800,113 respectively, pro forma stockholders' equity
per share would have been $14.14, $13.22, $12.54, and $11.95, and $14.32,
$13.37, $12.67, and $12.06 at September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996,
respectively, and pro forma earnings per share would have been $(.23),
$(.18), $(.13), and $(.10) and $.07, $.09, $.11, and $.12.
(4) Consolidated stockholders' equity represents the excess of the carrying
value of the assets of the over its liabilities. The calculations are based
upon the number of shares issued in the conversion, without giving effect
to SOP 93-6. The amounts shown do not reflect the federal income tax
consequences of the potential restoration to income of the tax bad debt
reserves for income tax purposes, which would be required in the event of
liquidation. The amounts shown also do not reflect the amounts required to
be distributed in the event of liquidation to eligible depositors from the
liquidation account which will be established upon the consummation of the
conversion. Pro forma stockholders' equity information is not intended to
represent the fair market value of the shares, the current value of our
assets or liabilities or the amounts, if any, that would be available for
distribution to stockholders in the event of liquidation. Such pro forma
data may be materially affected by a change in the number of shares to be
sold in the conversion and by other factors.
(5) Pro forma net income per share calculations include the number of shares
assumed to be sold in the conversion and, in accordance with SOP 93-6,
exclude ESOP shares which would not have been released during the period.
Accordingly, $3,366, $3,960, $4,554, and $5,237 shares have been subtracted
from the shares assumed to be sold at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and
maximum, as adjusted, of the EVR, respectively, and 433,840, 510,400,
586,960, and 675,004 shares are assumed to be outstanding at the minimum,
midpoint, maximum, and maximum, as adjusted of the EVR. See Note 1 above.
12
<PAGE>
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
The following table presents our historical and pro forma
capital position relative to our capital requirements as of September 30, 1997.
For a discussion of the assumptions underlying the pro forma capital
calculations presented below, see "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization" and "Pro
Forma Data." The definitions of the terms used in the table are those provided
in the capital regulations issued by the OTS. For a discussion of the capital
standards applicable to us, see "Regulation -- Savings Institution Regulation --
Regulatory Capital Requirements."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Pro Forma(1)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$4,675,000 $5,500,000 $6,325,000 $7,273,750
Historical Minimum Midpoint Maximum Maximum, as adjusted
---------- ------- -------- ------- --------------------
Percent Percent Percent Percent Percent
Amount of Assets(2) Amount of Assets(2) Amount of Assets(2)Amount of Assets(2) Amount of Assets(2)
------ --------- ------ --------- ------ --------- --------- ------ ---------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
GAAP Capital ....... $3,480 9.20% $5,097 12.93% $5,410 13.61% $5,724 14.29% $6,086 15.05%
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Tangible Capital ... $3,119 8.38% $4,736 12.20% $5,049 12.90% $5,363 13.60% $5,723 14.38%
Tangible Capital
Requirement....... 558 1.50 582 1.50 587 1.50 592 1.50 599 1.50
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Excess ............. $2,561 6.88% $4,154 10.70% $4,462 11.40% $4,771 12.10% $5,124 12.88%
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Core Capital(3) .... $3,119 8.38% $4,736 12.20% $5,049 12.90% $5,363 13.60% $5,723 14.38%
Core Capital
Requirement(4).... 1,116 3.00 1,165 3.00 1,177 3.00 1,183 3.00 1,197 3.00
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Excess ............. $2,003 5.38% $3,571 9.20% $3,872 9.90% $4,180 10.60% $4,526 11.38%
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Total Risk-Based
Capital(4) ....... $3,224 23.57% $4,841 34.08% $5,154 36.01% $5,468 37.92% $5,828 40.08%
Risk-Based Capital
Requirement....... 1,094 8.00 1,136 8.00 1,145 8.00 1,153 8.00 1,163 8.00
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Excess ............. $2,130 15.57% $3,705 26.08% $4,009 28.01% $4,315 29.92% $4,665 32.08%
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
- --------------------
(1) The pro forma data has been adjusted to reflect reductions in our capital
that would result from an assumed 8% purchase by the ESOP and 4% purchase
by the RSP as of September 30, 1997. It is assumed that SFSB will retain
50% of net conversion proceeds.
(2) GAAP, adjusted, or risk-weighted assets as appropriate.
(3) Proposed regulations of the OTS could increase the core capital requirement
to a ratio between 4% and 5%, based upon an association's regulatory
examination rating. See "Regulation - Regulatory Capital Requirements."
4) Our Risk-Based Capital includes our Tangible Capital plus $105,000 of our
allowance for loan losses. Our Risk-weighted assets as of September 30,
1997 totaled approximately $13.7 million. Net proceeds available for
investment by us are assumed to be invested in interest earning assets that
have a 50% risk-weighting.
13
<PAGE>
THE CONVERSION
Our board of directors and the OTS have approved the Plan subject to
the Plan's approval by our members, and subject to the satisfaction of certain
other conditions imposed by the OTS in its approval. OTS approval, however, does
not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the Plan by the OTS.
General
On September 30, 1997, our board of directors adopted a Plan of
Conversion, pursuant to which we will convert from a federally chartered mutual
savings bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank and become a wholly
owned subsidiary of SFSB. The conversion will include adoption of the proposed
Federal Stock charter and Bylaws which will authorize the issuance of capital
stock by us. Under the Plan, our capital stock is being sold to SFSB and the
common stock of SFSB is being offered to our eligible depositors and members and
then to the public. The conversion will be accounted for at historical cost in a
manner similar to a pooling of interests.
The OTS has approved SFSB's application to become a savings and loan
holding company and to acquire all of our common stock to be issued in the
conversion. Pursuant to such OTS approval, SFSB will provide additional capital
to us so that tangible capital equals 10% of total assets to comply with OTS
rules requiring such capital prior to the implementation of the RSP. See "Use of
Proceeds."
The shares are first being offered in a Subscription Offering to
holders of subscription rights. To the extent shares of common stock remain
available after the Subscription Offering, shares of common stock may be offered
in a Community Offering or Public Offering. The Community Offering or Public
Offering, if any, may commence anytime subsequent to the commencement of the
Subscription Offering. Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription, Community
and Public Offerings may be offered for sale by SFSB in a Syndicated Public
Offering. We have the right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject, in
whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in
the Community, Public and Syndicated Public Offering. See "-- Community or
Public Offering."
Shares of common stock in an amount equal to our pro forma market value
as a stock savings institution must be sold in order for the conversion to
become effective. The Community Offering, Public Offering or Syndicated Public
Offering must be completed within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription
Offering period unless such period is extended by us with the approval of the
OTS. The Plan provides that the conversion must be completed within 24 months
after the date of the approval of the Plan by our members.
In the event that we are unable to complete the sale of common stock
and effect the conversion within 45 days after the end of the Subscription
Offering, we may request an extension of the period by the OTS. No assurance can
be given that the extension would be granted if requested. Due to the volatile
nature of market conditions, no assurances can be given that our valuation would
not substantially change during any such extension. If the valuation of the
shares must be amended, no assurance can be given that such amended valuation
would be approved by the OTS. Therefore, it is possible that if the conversion
cannot be completed within the requisite period, we may not be permitted to
complete the conversion. A substantial delay caused by an extension of the
period may also significantly increase the expense of the conversion. No sales
of the shares may be completed in the offering unless the Plan is approved by
our members and by the OTS.
14
<PAGE>
The completion of the offering is subject to market conditions and
other factors beyond our control. No assurance can be given as to the length of
time following approval of the Plan at the meeting of our members that will be
required to complete the sale of shares being offered in the conversion. If
delays are experienced, significant changes may occur in our estimated pro forma
market value upon conversion together with corresponding changes in the offering
price and the net proceeds to be realized by us from the sale of the shares. In
the event the conversion is terminated, we will charge all conversion expenses
against current income and any funds collected by us in the offering will be
promptly returned, with interest, to each potential investor.
Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and Borrowers of Stanton
Federal Savings Bank
Voting Rights. Currently in our mutual form, our depositor and certain
borrower members have voting rights and may vote for the election of directors.
Following the conversion, all voting rights will be held solely by stockholders.
A stockholder will be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock owned.
Savings Accounts and Loans. The balances, terms and FDIC insurance
coverage of savings accounts will not be affected by the conversion.
Furthermore, the amounts and terms of loans and obligations of the borrowers
under their individual contractual arrangements with us will not be affected by
the conversion.
Tax Effects. We have received an opinion from our counsel, Malizia,
Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. on the federal tax consequences of the conversion.
The opinion has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which
this Prospectus is a part and covers those federal tax matters that are material
to the transaction. The opinion provides, in part, that: (i) the conversion will
qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, and no gain
or loss will be recognized by us by reason of the proposed conversion; (ii) no
gain or loss will be recognized by us upon the receipt of money from SFSB for
our stock, and no gain or loss will be recognized by SFSB upon the receipt of
money for the shares; (iii) our assets will have the same basis before and after
the conversion; (iv) the holding period of our assets will include the period
during which the assets were held by us in our mutual form; (v) no gain or loss
will be recognized by the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders, and Other Members upon the issuance to them of withdrawable
savings accounts in us in the stock form in the same dollar amount as their
savings accounts in us in the mutual form plus an interest in the liquidation
account of us in the stock form in exchange for their savings accounts in us in
the mutual form; (vi) provided that the amount to be paid for the shares
pursuant to the subscription rights is equal to the fair market value of such
shares, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders,
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members under the Plan upon the
distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights; (vii) the basis of
each account holder's savings accounts after the conversion will be the same as
the basis of his savings accounts prior to the conversion, decreased by the fair
market value of the nontransferable subscription rights received and increased
by the amount, if any, of gain recognized on the exchange; (viii) the basis of
each account holder's interest in the liquidation account will be zero; (ix) the
holding period of the common stock acquired through the exercise of subscription
rights shall begin on the date on which the subscription rights are exercised;
(x) we will succeed to and take into account the earnings and profits or deficit
in earnings and profits of us as of the date of conversion; (xi) immediately
after conversion, we will succeed to the bad debt reserve accounts previously
held by us, and the bad debt reserves will have the same character in our hands
after conversion as if no distribution or transfer had occurred; and (xii) the
creation of the liquidation account will have no effect on our taxable income.
The opinion from Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. is based in part
on the assumption that the exercise price of the subscription rights will be
approximately equal to the fair market value of those
15
<PAGE>
shares at the time of the completion of the proposed conversion. We have
received an opinion of FinPro which, based on certain assumptions, concludes
that the subscription rights to be received by Eligible Account Holders and
other eligible subscribers do not have any economic value at the time of
distribution or at the time the subscription rights are exercised. Such opinion
is based on the fact that such rights are: (i) acquired by the recipients
without payment therefor, (ii) non-transferable, (iii) of short duration, and
(iv) afford the recipients the right only to purchase shares at a price equal to
their estimated fair market value, which will be the same price at which shares
for which no subscription right is received in the Subscription Offering will be
offered in the Public Offering. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible
Account Holders or other eligible subscribers are deemed to have an
ascertainable value, receipt of such rights would be taxable only to those
Eligible Account Holders or other eligible subscribers who exercise the
subscription rights in an amount equal to such value (either as a capital gain
or ordinary income), and we could recognize gain on such distribution.
We are also subject to Pennsylvania income taxes and have received an
opinion from Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. that the conversion will be
treated for Pennsylvania state tax purposes similar to the conversion's
treatment for federal tax purposes. The opinion has been filed as an exhibit to
the registration statement to which this Prospectus is a part and covers those
state tax matters that are material to the transaction.
Unlike a private letter ruling, the opinions of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane
& Fisch, P.C. and FinPro have no binding effect or official status, and no
assurance can be given that the conclusions reached in any of those opinions
would be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS or the Pennsylvania tax
authorities. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders,
and Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisers as to
the tax consequences in the event the subscription rights are deemed to have an
ascertainable value.
Liquidation Account. In the unlikely event of our complete liquidation
in our present mutual form, each depositor is entitled to equal distribution of
any of our assets, pro rata to the value of his accounts, remaining after
payment of claims of all creditors (including the claims of all depositors to
the withdrawal value of their accounts). Each depositor's pro rata share of such
remaining assets would be in the same proportion as the value of his deposit
accounts was to the total value of all deposit accounts in us at the time of
liquidation.
Upon a complete liquidation after the conversion, each depositor would
have a claim, as a creditor, of the same general priority as the claims of all
other general creditors of ours. Therefore, except as described below, a
depositor's claim would be solely in the amount of the balance in his deposit
account plus accrued interest. A depositor would not have an interest in the
residual value of our assets above that amount, if any.
The Plan provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the
conversion, of a special "liquidation account" for the benefit of Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. Each Eligible Account
Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, if he continues to maintain his
deposit account with us, would be entitled on a complete liquidation of us after
conversion, to an interest in the liquidation account prior to any payment to
stockholders. Each Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in
such liquidation account for each deposit account held in us on the qualifying
date, December 31, 1995. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have a
similar interest as of the qualifying date, September 30, 1997. The interest as
to each deposit account would be in the same proportion of the total liquidation
account as the balance of the deposit account on the qualifying dates was to the
aggregate balance in all the deposit accounts of Eligible Account Holders and
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on such qualifying dates. However, if the
amount in the deposit account on
16
<PAGE>
any annual closing date of ours (December 31) is less than the amount in such
account on the respective qualifying dates, then the interest in this special
liquidation account would be reduced from time to time by an amount
proportionate to any such reduction, and the interest would cease to exist if
such deposit account were closed. The interest in the special liquidation
account will never be increased despite any increase in the related deposit
account after the respective qualifying dates.
No merger, consolidation, purchase of bulk assets with assumptions of
savings accounts and other liabilities, or similar transactions with another
insured institution in which we, in our converted form, are not the surviving
institution, shall be considered a complete liquidation. In such transactions,
the liquidation account shall be assumed by the surviving institution.
Subscription Rights and the Subscription Offering
Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares. Persons are
prohibited from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to
transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of their subscription rights.
Subscription rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted
and only for his account. Each person subscribing for shares will be required to
certify that he is purchasing shares solely for his own account and has not
entered into an agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of
those shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making
an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription
rights or shares of common stock prior to the completion of the conversion.
Subscription Priorities. Non-transferable subscription rights to
purchase shares of the common stock have been granted to persons and entities
entitled to purchase shares in the Subscription Offering under the Plan. If the
Community Offering, Public Offering or Syndicated Public Offering, as described
below, extends beyond 45 days following the completion of the Subscription
Offering, subscribers will be resolicited. Subscription priorities have been
established for the allocation of stock to the extent that shares are available
after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights and
subject to the purchase limitations set forth in the Plan and as described below
under "-- Limitations on Purchases of Shares." The following priorities have
been established:
Category 1: Eligible Account Holders (First Priority). Eligible Account Holders
are persons who had a deposit account of at least $50 with us on December 31,
1995. Each Eligible Account Holder (or persons through a single account) will
receive non-transferable subscription rights on a priority basis to purchase
that number of shares of common stock which is equal to the greater of 7,500
shares ($75,000), or 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole
number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares to be issued by a
fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the
Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying
deposits of all Eligible Account Holders. If the exercise of subscription rights
in this category results in an oversubscription, shares shall be allocated among
subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such account holder,
to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the total amount
of his subscription. Any shares not so allocated shall be allocated among the
subscribing Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis, related to the
amounts of their respective qualifying deposits as compared to the total
qualifying deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders. Only a
person(s) with a qualifying deposit as of the eligibility record date (or a
successor entity or estate) shall receive subscription rights. Any Person(s)
added to a Savings Account after the Eligibility Record Date is not an Eligible
Account Holder. Subscription rights received by officers and directors in this
category based on their increased deposits in Stanton Federal Savings Bank in
the one-year period preceding December 31, 1995, are subordinated to the
subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders. See "-- Limitations on
Purchases and Transfer of Shares."
17
<PAGE>
Category 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans (Second Priority). Our
tax-qualified employee benefit plans ("Employee Plans") have been granted
subscription rights to purchase up to 8% of the total shares issued in the
conversion. The ESOP is an Employee Plan.
The right of Employee Plans to subscribe for shares is subordinate to
the right of the Eligible Account Holders to subscribe for shares. However, in
the event the offering result in the issuance of shares above the maximum of the
EVR (i.e., more than 632,500 shares), the Employee Plans have a priority right
to fill their subscription (the ESOP, the only Employee Plan, currently intends
to purchase up to 8% of the common stock issued in the conversion). The Employee
Plans may, however, determine to purchase some or all of the shares covered by
their subscriptions after the conversion in the open market or, if approved by
the OTS, out of authorized but unissued shares in the event of an
oversubscription.
Category 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (Third Priority). Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders are persons who had a deposit account of at least $50
with us on September 30, 1997. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder who is
not an Eligible Account Holder (or persons through a single account) will
receive non-transferable subscription rights to purchase that number of shares
which is equal to the greater of 7,500 shares ($75,000), or 15 times the product
(rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number
of shares to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the
qualifying deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the
denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders. If the exercise of subscription rights in this
category results in an oversubscription, shares shall be allocated among
subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such
account holder, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or
the total amount of his subscription. Any shares not so allocated shall be
allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on an
equitable basis, related to the amounts of their respective qualifying deposits
as compared to the total qualifying deposits of all subscribing Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders. The right of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders to
subscribe for shares is subordinate to the rights of the Eligible Account
Holders and Employee Plans to subscribe for shares. See "-- Limitations on
Purchases and Transfer of Shares."
Category 4: Other Members (Fourth Priority). Other Members are persons who have
a deposit account of at least $50 on the voting record date of our special
meeting and certain borrowers whose loans were outstanding as of April 1, 1996
and continue to be outstanding, on the voting record date of our special
meeting. Each Other Member who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental
Eligible Account Holder, will receive non-transferable subscription rights to
purchase up to 7,500 shares ($75,000) to the extent such shares are available
following subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, and
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event there are not enough shares
to fill the orders of the Other Members, the subscriptions of the Other Members
will be allocated so that each subscribing Other Member will be entitled to
purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares ordered. Any remaining
shares will be allocated among Other Members whose subscriptions remain
unsatisfied on a 100 share (or whatever lesser amount is available) per order
basis until all orders have been filled on the remaining shares have been
allocated. See "-- Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares."
Members in Non-Qualified States. We will make reasonable efforts to
comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which
persons entitled to subscribe for the shares pursuant to the Plan reside.
However, no person will be offered or allowed to purchase any shares under the
Plan if he resides in a foreign country or in a state with respect to which any
of the following apply: (i) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to
subscribe for shares under the Plan reside in that state or foreign country;
(ii) the granting of subscription rights or offer or sale of shares of common
stock to those persons would require either us, or our employees to register,
under the securities laws of that state or foreign country, as a broker or
dealer or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in that state
or
18
<PAGE>
foreign country; or (iii) such registration or qualification would be
impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise. No payments will be made in lieu
of the granting of subscription rights to any person.
We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we
become aware of the transfer of subscription rights and will not honor orders
believed by us to involve the transfer of subscription rights.
Expiration Date. The Subscription Offering will expire at 11:00 a.m.,
Eastern Time, on __________ ____, 1998, (Expiration Date). Subscription rights
will become void if not exercised prior to the Expiration Date.
Community or Public Offering
To the extent that shares remain available and subject to market
conditions at or near the completion of the Subscription Offering, we may offer
shares, in a community offering, with a preference to persons who reside in
Allegheny County, Pennsylvania or to selected persons in a Public Offering on a
best-efforts basis through Ryan, Beck in such a manner as to promote a wide
distribution of common stock. Any orders received in connection with the
Community Offering or Public Offering, if any, will receive a lower priority
than orders properly made in the Subscription Offering by persons exercising
Subscription Rights. Common Stock sold in the Community Offering or Public
Offering will be sold at the same price as all other shares in the Subscription
Offering. We have the right to reject any orders in the Community Offering or
Public Offering.
No person will be permitted to purchase more than 7,500 shares or
$75,000 of Common Stock in the Community Offering or Public Offering. In
addition, no person, related person or persons acting together, may purchase in
all categories more than 12,500 shares. To order Common Stock in connection with
the Community Offering or Public Offering, if held, an executed stock order and
payment must be received prior to the termination of the Community Offering or
Public Offering. Promptly upon receipt of available funds, together with a
properly executed stock order and account withdrawal authorization, if
applicable, and certification, Ryan, Beck will forward funds for any order in a
Community Offering or Public Offering to the Bank to be deposited in a
subscription escrow account.
The date by which orders must be received in the Community Offering or
Public Offering ("Community Offering or Public Offering Expiration Date") will
be set by us at the time of commencement of the Community Offering or Public
Offering; provided however, if the Offerings are extended beyond __________
____, 1998, each purchaser will have the opportunity to maintain, modify, or
rescind his order. In such event, all funds received in the Community Offering
or Public Offering will be promptly returned with interest unless the subscriber
affirmatively indicates otherwise.
If an order in the Community Offering or Public Offering is accepted,
promptly after the completion of the conversion, a certificate for the
appropriate amount of shares will be forwarded to Ryan, Beck as nominee for the
beneficial owner. In the event that an order is not accepted in the Community
Offering or Public Offering or the conversion is not consummated, Stanton
Federal Savings Bank will promptly refund with interest the funds received to
Ryan, Beck which will then return the funds to purchaser's accounts. If the
aggregate pro forma market value of the Stanton Federal Savings Bank, as
converted, is less than $4,675,000 or more than $7,273,750, each purchaser will
have the right to modify or rescind his order. The Plan also permits Ryan, Beck
to conduct a Syndicated Public Offering, which is not expected to occur. If a
Syndicated Public Offering does occur, it will be on the same terms as the
Community Offering and the Public Offering.
19
<PAGE>
Ordering and Receiving Shares
Use of Order Forms. Rights to subscribe in the Subscription Offering or
purchase stock in the Community Offering or Public Offering (if any) may only be
exercised by completion of an original order form. Persons ordering shares in
the Subscription Offering must deliver by mail or in person a properly completed
and executed original order form to us prior to the Expiration Date. Order forms
must be accompanied by full payment for all shares ordered. See "-- Payment for
Shares." Subscription rights under the Plan will expire on the Expiration Date,
whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription
rights. Once submitted, subscription orders cannot be revoked without our
consent.
In the event an order form (i) is not delivered and is returned to us
by the United States Postal Service or we are unable to locate the addressee,
(ii) is not received or is received after the Expiration Date, (iii) is
defectively completed or executed, or (iv) is not accompanied by full payment
for the shares subscribed for (including instances where a savings account or
certificate balance from which withdrawal is authorized is insufficient to fund
the amount of such required payment), the subscription rights for the person to
whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though that person failed to
return the completed order form within the time period specified. We may, but
will not be required to, waive any irregularity on any order form or require the
submission of corrected order forms or the remittance of full payment for
subscribed shares by such date as we specify. The waiver of an irregularity on
an order form in no way obligates us to waive any other irregularity on that, or
any irregularity on any other, order form. Waivers will be considered on a case
by case basis. Photocopies of order forms, payments from private third parties,
or electronic transfers of funds will not be accepted. Our interpretation of the
terms and conditions of the Plan and of the acceptability of the order forms
will be final. We have the right to investigate any irregularity on any order
form.
To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the Expiration Date in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Exchange Act,
no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand
delivered any later than two days prior to such date. Execution of the order
form will confirm receipt or delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order
forms will only be distributed with a prospectus.
Payment for Shares. Payment for shares of common stock may be made (i)
in cash, if delivered in person, (ii) by check or money order, or (iii) by
authorization of withdrawal from savings accounts (including certificates of
deposit) maintained with us. Appropriate means by which such withdrawals may be
authorized are provided in the order form. Once such a withdrawal has been
authorized, none of the designated withdrawal amount may be used by the
subscriber for any purpose other than to purchase the shares. Where payment has
been authorized to be made through withdrawal from a savings account, the sum
authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest at the contract rate
until the conversion has been completed or terminated. Interest penalties for
early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to
withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares; however, if a partial
withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the
applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate evidencing the remaining
balance will earn interest at the passbook savings account rate subsequent to
the withdrawal. Payments made in cash or by check or money order, will be placed
in a segregated savings account and interest will be paid by us at our passbook
savings account rate from the date payment is received until the conversion is
completed or terminated. An executed order form, once received by us, may not be
modified, amended, or rescinded without our consent, unless the conversion is
not completed within 45 days after the conclusion of the Subscription Offering,
in which event subscribers may be given an opportunity to increase, decrease, or
rescind their order. In the event that the conversion is not consummated, all
funds submitted pursuant to the offering will be refunded promptly with
interest.
20
<PAGE>
Individual Retirement Accounts ("IRAs") maintained with us do not
permit investment in common stock. If you are interested in using your IRA funds
to purchase SFSB Common Stock, you must do so through a self-directed IRA. Since
we do not offer such accounts, we will allow you to make a trustee-to- trustee
transfer of the IRA funds to a trustee offering a self-directed IRA program with
the agreement that such funds will be used to purchase SFSB Common Stock in the
Offering. There will be no early withdrawal or IRS interest penalties for such
transfers. The new trustee would hold your stock in a self-directed account in
the same manner as we now hold your IRA funds. An annual administrative fee may
be payable to the new trustee. If you are interested in using your IRA funds to
purchase SFSB Common Stock, you should contact our Stock Information Center as
soon as practicable so that the necessary forms may be forwarded for execution
and returned prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, the provisions of ERISA
and IRS regulations require that officers, directors and 10% stockholders who
use self-directed IRA funds to purchase shares in the Offering make such
purchases for the exclusive benefit of IRAs.
The ESOP may subscribe for shares by submitting its order form along
with evidence of a loan commitment from a financial institution or SFSB for the
purchase of the shares during the Subscription Offering and by making payment
for shares on the date of completion of the conversion.
Federal regulations prohibit us from lending funds or extending credit
to any person to purchase shares in the conversion.
Delivery of Stock Certificates. Certificates representing shares of
common stock issued in the conversion will be mailed to the person(s) at the
address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable following consummation
of the conversion. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held until
properly claimed or otherwise disposed. Persons ordering shares might not be
able to sell their shares until they receive their stock certificates.
Plan of Distribution
Materials for the offering have been distributed to eligible
subscribers by mail. Additional copies are available at our stock information
center. Our officers may be available to answer questions about the conversion.
Responses to questions about us will be limited to the information contained in
this document. Officers will not be authorized to render investment advice. All
subscribers for the shares being offered will be instructed to send payment
directly to us. The funds will be held in a segregated special escrow account
and will not be released until the closing of the conversion or its termination.
Marketing Arrangements
Ryan, Beck has been engaged as our consultant and financial advisor in
connection with the offering. Ryan, Beck has agreed to exercise its best efforts
to solicit subscriptions and purchase orders for shares in the offering.
However, Ryan, Beck is not obligated to take or purchase any shares of common
stock in the offering. Ryan, Beck will receive $120,000 which includes payment
for out-of-pocket and legal expenses. Also, we have agreed to indemnify Ryan,
Beck for reasonable costs and expenses in connection with certain claims or
liabilities which might be asserted against Ryan, Beck. This indemnification
covers the investigation, preparation of defense and defense of any action,
proceeding or claim relating to misrepresentation or breach of warranty of the
written agreement among Ryan, Beck and us or the omission or alleged omission of
a material fact required to be stated or necessary in the prospectus or other
documents.
The shares will be offered principally by the distribution of this
document and through activities conducted at a Stock Information Center located
at our main office. The Stock Information Center is
21
<PAGE>
expected to operate during our normal business hours throughout the offering. A
registered representative employed by Ryan, Beck will be working at, and
supervising the operation of, the Stock Information Center. Ryan, Beck will
assist us in responding to questions regarding the conversion and the offering
and processing order forms. Our personnel will be present in the Stock
Information Center to assist Ryan, Beck with clerical matters and to answer
questions related solely to our business.
Stock Pricing
FinPro, an independent economic consulting and appraisal firm, which is
experienced in the evaluation and appraisal of business entities, including
savings institutions involved in the conversion process has been retained by us
to prepare an appraisal of our estimated pro forma market value. FinPro will
receive a fee of $25,000 for preparing the appraisal and its assistance in
connection with the preparation of a business plan and will be reimbursed for
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We have agreed to indemnify FinPro under
certain circumstances against liabilities and expenses arising out of or based
on any misstatement or untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
information supplied by us to FinPro.
The appraisal was prepared by FinPro in reliance upon the information
contained herein, including the financial statements. The appraisal contains an
analysis of a number of factors including, but not limited to, our financial
condition and operating trends, the competitive environment within which we
operate, operating trends of certain savings institutions and savings and loan
holding companies, relevant economic conditions, both nationally and in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania which affect the operations of savings
institutions, and stock market values of certain savings institutions. In
addition, FinPro has advised us that it has considered the effect of the
additional capital raised by the sale of the shares on our estimated aggregate
pro forma market value.
On the basis of the above, FinPro has determined, in its opinion, that
as of November 24, 1997 our estimated aggregate pro forma market value was
$5,500,000. OTS regulations require, however, that the appraiser establish a
range of value for the stock to allow for fluctuations in the aggregate value of
the stock due to changing market conditions and other factors. Accordingly,
FinPro has established a range of value from $4,675,000 to $6,325,000 for the
offering, the EVR. The EVR will be updated prior to consummation of the
conversion and the EVR may increase to $7,273,750.
The board of directors has reviewed the independent appraisal,
including the stated methodology of the independent appraiser and the
assumptions used in the preparation of the independent appraisal. The board of
directors is relying upon the expertise, experience and independence of the
appraiser and is not qualified to determine the appropriateness of the
assumptions.
In order for stock sales to take place FinPro must confirm to the OTS
that, to the best of FinPro's knowledge and judgment, nothing of a material
nature has occurred which would cause FinPro to conclude that the Purchase Price
on an aggregate basis was incompatible with FinPro's estimate of our pro forma
market value of us in converted form at the time of the sale. If, however, facts
do not justify such a statement, an amended EVR may be established.
The appraisal is not a recommendation of any kind as to the
advisability of purchasing these shares. In preparing the appraisal, FinPro has
relied upon and assumed the accuracy and completeness of financial and
statistical information provided by us. FinPro did not independently verify the
financial statements and other information provided by us, nor did FinPro value
independently our assets and liabilities. The appraisal considers us only as a
going concern and should not be considered as our liquidation value. Moreover,
because the appraisal is based upon estimates and projections
22
<PAGE>
of a number of matters which are subject to change, the market price of the
common stock could decline below $10.00.
Change in Number of Shares to be Issued in the Conversion
Depending on market and financial conditions at the time of the
completion of the offerings, we may significantly increase or decrease the
number of shares to be issued in the conversion. In the event of an increase in
the valuation, we may increase the total number of shares to be issued in the
conversion. An increase in the total number of shares to be issued in the
conversion would decrease a subscriber's percentage ownership interest and the
pro forma net worth (book value) per share and increase the pro forma net income
and net worth (book value) on an aggregate basis. In the event of a material
reduction in the valuation, we may decrease the number of shares to be issued to
reflect the reduced valuation. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued
in the conversion would increase a subscriber's percentage ownership interest
and the pro forma net worth (book value) per share and decrease pro forma net
income and net worth on an aggregate basis.
Persons ordering shares will not be permitted to modify or cancel their
orders unless the change in the number of shares to be issued in the conversion
results in an offering which is either less than $4,675,000 or more than
$7,273,750. If the offering is either less than $4,675,000 or more than
$7,273,750, only, persons who subscribed for shares will have an opportunity to
modify or cancel their orders. Persons who did not subscribe for shares will not
have the opportunity to do so.
Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares
The Plan provides for certain additional purchase limitations. The
minimum purchase is 25 shares and the maximum purchase for any individual person
or persons ordering through a single account, is 7,500 shares. In addition, no
person or persons ordering through a single account, together with their
associates, or group of persons acting together, may purchase more than 12,500
shares, except for the Employee Plans which may purchase up to 8% of the shares
sold. The OTS regulations governing the conversion provide that officers and
directors and their associates may not purchase, in the aggregate, more than 35%
of the shares issued pursuant to the conversion. Pursuant to the Plan, the board
of directors has the authority to determine whether persons are associates or
acting in concert.
Depending on market conditions and the results of the offering, the
board of directors may increase or decrease any of the purchase limitations
without the approval of our members and without resoliciting subscribers. If the
maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons who ordered the maximum amount
will be given the first opportunity to increase their orders. In doing so the
preference categories in the offerings will be followed.
In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in
the conversion due to an increase in the EVR of up to 15% (the "Adjusted
Maximum"), the additional shares will be allocated in the following order of
priority: (i) to fill the Employee Plans' subscription of up to 8% of the
Adjusted Maximum number of shares (the ESOP currently intends to subscribe for
8%); (ii) in the event that there is an oversubscription by Eligible Account
Holders, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders; (iii) in
the event that there is an oversubscription by Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions to Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders; (iv) in the event that there is an oversubscription by Other Members,
to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of Other Members; and (v) to fill unfulfilled
subscriptions in the Community Offering or Public Offering to the extent
possible.
23
<PAGE>
The term "associate" of a person means (i) any corporation or
organization (other than us or a majority-owned subsidiary of ours) of which
such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the
beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities, (ii) any
trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest
or as to which such person serves as director or in a similar fiduciary capacity
(excluding tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans), and (iii) any relative
or spouse of such person or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home
as such person or who is a director or officer of us, or any of our
subsidiaries. For example, a corporation of which a person serves as an officer
would be an associate of that person, and therefore all shares purchased by that
corporation would be included with the number of shares which that person
individually could purchase under the above limitations.
The term "officer" may include our chairman of the board, president,
vice presidents in charge of principal business functions, Secretary and
Treasurer and any other person performing similar functions. All references
herein to an officer have the same meaning as used for an officer in the Plan.
To order shares in the conversion, persons must certify that their
purchase does not conflict with the purchase limitations. In the event that the
purchase limitations are violated by any person (including any associate or
group of persons affiliated or otherwise acting in concert with such persons),
we will have the right to purchase from that person at $10.00 per share all
shares acquired by that person in excess of the purchase limitations. If the
excess shares have been sold by that person, we may recover the profit from the
sale of the shares by that person. We may assign our right either to purchase
the excess shares or to recover the profits from their sale.
Shares of common stock purchased pursuant to the conversion will be
freely transferable, except for shares purchased by our directors and officers.
For certain restrictions on the shares purchased by directors and officers, see
" -- Restrictions on Sales and Purchases of Shares by Directors and Officers."
In addition, under guidelines of the NASD, members of the NASD and their
associates are subject to certain restrictions on the transfer of securities
purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting
requirements upon purchase of such securities.
Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares
Generally, during the first year following the conversion, SFSB may not
repurchase its shares and during each of the second and third years following
the conversion, SFSB may repurchase five percent of the outstanding shares
provided they are purchased in open-market transactions. Repurchases must not
cause us to become undercapitalized and at least 10 days prior notice of the
repurchase must be provided to the OTS. The OTS may disapprove a repurchase
program upon a determination that (1) the repurchase program would adversely
affect our financial condition, (2) the information submitted is insufficient
upon which to base a conclusion as to whether the financial condition would be
adversely affected, or (3) a valid business purpose was not demonstrated.
However, the OTS may grant special permission to repurchase shares after six
months following the conversion and to repurchase more than five percent during
each of the second and third years. In addition, SEC rules also govern the
method, time, price, and number of shares of common stock that may be
repurchased by SFSB and affiliated purchasers. If, in the future, the rules and
regulations regarding the repurchase of stock are liberalized, SFSB may utilize
the rules and regulations then in effect.
Restrictions on Sales and Purchases of Shares by Directors and Officers
Shares purchased by directors and officers of SFSB may not be sold for
one year following the conversion, except in the event of the death of the
director or officer. Any shares issued to directors and
24
<PAGE>
officers as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to
restricted stock shall be subject to the same restrictions.
For three years following the conversion, directors and officers may
purchase shares only through a registered broker or dealer. Exceptions are
available only if the OTS has approved the purchase or the purchase is an arm's
length transaction and involves more than one percent of the outstanding shares.
Interpretation and Amendment of the Plan
We have the authority to interpret and amend the Plan. Our
interpretations are final. Amendments to the Plan after the receipt of member
approval will not need further member approval unless required by the OTS.
Conditions and Termination
Completion of the conversion requires (i) the approval of the Plan by
the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the total number of votes
eligible to be cast by our members; and (ii) completion of the sale of shares
within 24 months following approval of the Plan by our members. If these
conditions are not satisfied, the Plan will be terminated and we will continue
our business in the mutual form of organization. We may terminate the Plan at
any time prior to the meeting of members to vote on the Plan or at any time
thereafter with the approval of the OTS.
Other
All statements made in this document are hereby qualified by the
contents of the Plan of conversion, the material terms of which are set forth
herein. The Plan of Conversion is attached to the proxy statement mailed to
certain depositors and borrowers. Copies of the Plan are available from us and
should be consulted for further information. Adoption of the Plan by our members
authorizes us to interpret, amend or terminate the Plan.
25
<PAGE>
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
STATEMENT OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended Years ended
September 30, December 31,
------------------------------------ -------------------------------------
1997 1996 1996 1995
----------------- ---------------- ----------------- -----------------
(Unaudited) (Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
Loans receivable................................. $ 678,482 $ 598,336 $ 834,482 $ 776,386
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks....... 271,582 218,877 294,199 346,932
Investment securities
Taxable........................................ 265,666 181,849 250,711 239,544
Exempt from federal income tax................. 40,626 36,698 49,209 47,728
Mortgage-backed securities....................... 398,505 370,582 537,353 530,470
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total interest and dividend income............. 1,654,861 1,406,342 1,965,954 1,941,060
--------- --------- --------- ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits......................................... 1,059,221 830,195 1,136,528 1,066,938
--------- ---------- --------- ---------
Total interest expense......................... 1,059,221 830,195 1,136,528 1,066,938
--------- ---------- --------- ---------
NET INTEREST INCOME............................ 595,640 576,147 829,426 874,122
Provision for Loan Losses...................... 39,000 9,000 36,500 21,000
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES........................ 556,640 567,147 792,926 853,122
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
NONINTEREST INCOME
Service charges.................................. 41,973 8,708 16,393 11,867
Net securities gains (losses).................... - 124,468 124,468 -
Other income..................................... 11,394 8,941 12,729 4,900
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total noninterest income....................... 53,367 142,117 153,590 16,767
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Compensation and employee benefits............... 441,565 294,132 447,279 328,764
Occupancy and equipment ......................... 166,920 64,853 128,242 66,544
Federal insurance premium........................ 28,289 208,702 211,724 66,882
Data processing.................................. 96,882 44,372 67,933 56,426
Stationary and printing.......................... 18,469 16,342 25,793 8,591
Other operating expenses......................... 187,860 109,884 152,232 100,443
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total noninterest expense...................... 939,985 738,285 1,033,203 627,650
---------- ---------- --------- ----------
Income before income taxes....................... (329,978) (29,021) (86,687) 242,239
Income tax expense (benefit)..................... (146,693) (39,345) (40,416) 79,164
---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS).................................. $ (183,285) $ 10,324 $ (46,271) $ 163,075
========== =========== =========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes beginning on page F-6.
26
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results
of operations is intended to assist you in understanding our financial condition
and results of operations. The information in this section should also be read
with our Financial Statements and Notes to the Financial Statements elsewhere in
this document.
General
SFSB has recently been formed and, accordingly, has no results of
operations. The following discussion relates only to our financial condition and
results of operations.
Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income,
which is determined by (i) the difference between rates of interest we earn on
our interest-earning assets and the rates we pay on interest-bearing liabilities
(our interest rate spread), and (ii) the relative amounts of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities, consisting of deposits. Our results of
operations are also affected by non-interest income, including, primarily,
income from customer deposit account service charges, gains and losses from the
sale of investments and mortgage-backed securities and non-interest expense,
including, primarily, compensation and employee benefits, federal deposit
insurance premiums, office occupancy costs, and data processing costs. Our
results of operations also are affected significantly by general, and economic
and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates,
government policies and actions of regulatory authorities, all of which are
beyond our control.
Recent Business Strategy
Prior to September 1996, we conducted business from one office, our
Lawrenceville office located within the City of Pittsburgh. The Lawrenceville
office has limited space and physical facilities, and the community's economy is
stagnant. Accordingly, we built a new office on Saxonburg Boulevard in Shaler
Township, a growing suburb of Pittsburgh, which opened in September 1996. The
new office provides expanded teller areas, drive in facilities and offices for
growth and expansion of existing and new services. During our first year, our
new office opened approximately $9 million in deposits, which significantly
exceeded our expectations and business plan.
The initial costs associated with opening the office adversely affected
our net income for the year ended December 31, 1996 and nine months ended
September 30, 1997. Occupancy and equipment expense have more than doubled and
will continue to adversely affect net income, unless and until, we are able to
expand our lending and investment activities. We face extensive competition in
our new market area for loan originations beyond the competition for insured
savings deposits. In addition to commercial banks, thrifts institutions and
other financial institutions, we compete for loan originations with mortgage
banking companies, insurance companies and investment banking companies. As
such, and as is typical with opening a new banking office, the amount of loan
originations from the new office is significantly below the amount of new
deposits. See "Risk Factors-Insufficient Loan Demand."
To the extent new deposits have exceeded our loan originations at the
new office, we have invested these deposits primarily in short-term securities
so that they are readily available to fund new loans in our market area. As
discussed herein, this has improved our interest rate risk, but has adversely
affected our net interest income. One of the business reasons for the stock
conversion is to raise capital to expand our business commensurate with our new
physical facilities. Since the new deposits and stock proceeds are expected to
exceed our ability to originate loans in our market area, we may purchase loans,
mortgage-
27
<PAGE>
backed securities and other investments with higher yields that will improve our
interest income and net income.
Asset/Liability Management
Our assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive. An asset or
liability is interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will
mature or reprice within that time period. If our assets mature or reprice more
quickly or to a greater extent than our liabilities, our net portfolio value and
net interest income would tend to increase during periods of rising interest
rates but decrease during periods of falling interest rates. Conversely, if our
assets mature or reprice more slowly or to a lesser extent than our liabilities,
our net portfolio value and net interest income would tend to decrease during
periods of rising interest rates but increase during periods of falling interest
rates. Our policy has been to address the interest rate risk inherent in the
historical savings institution business of originating long-term loans funded by
short-term deposits by maintaining sufficient liquid assets for material and
prolonged changes in interest rates.
We emphasize origination of fixed rate real estate loans in the nature
of one- to- four family and home equity loans. These loans approximated 89% of
our loan portfolio at September 30, 1997. Currently liquid assets are at an
unusually high level due to the influx of new deposits at the new home office
opened in September 1996, which have not yet been invested in loans or
longer-term securities. Although maintaining liquid assets reduces interest rate
risk, it also tends to reduce potential net income because liquid assets usually
provide a lower yield than less liquid assets. At September 30, 1997, the
average weighted term to maturity of our mortgage loan portfolio was slightly
more than 20 years and the average weighted term of our deposits was slightly
less than 11 months. See "Risk Factors-Insufficient Loan Demand" and "Business
of Stanton Federal Savings Bank -- Lending Activities."
Net Portfolio Value
In recent years, we have measured our interest rate sensitivity by
computing the "gap" between the assets and liabilities which were expected to
mature or reprice within certain time periods, based on assumptions regarding
loan prepayment and deposit decay rates formerly provided by the OTS. However,
we now compute amounts by which the net present value of expected cash flows
from assets, liabilities and off balance sheet items (our net portfolio value or
"NPV") would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market
interest rates. These computations estimate the effect on our NPV from
instantaneous and permanent 1% to 4% (100 to 400 basis points) increases and
decreases in market interest rates. Based upon OTS assumptions, the following
table presents our NPV at September 30, 1997.
28
<PAGE>
Percentage Change in Net Portfolio Value
----------------------------------------------
Changes Change in NPV
in Market NPV Ratio(1) Ratio(2)
Interest Rates ------------ --------
(basis points)
+ 400 7.29% - 473 bp
+ 300 8.46 - 346 bp
+ 200 9.72 - 220 bp
+ 100 10.91 - 101 bp
0 11.92
- 100 12.62 + 70 bp
- 200 13.31 +139 bp
- 300 14.24 +222 bp
- 400 15.21 +329 bp
- ------------------
(1) Calculated as the estimated NPV divided by present value of total assets.
(2) Calculated as the excess (deficiency) of the NPV ratio assuming the
indicated change in interest rates over the estimated NPV ratio assuming no
change in interest rates.
Management believes these calculations indicate that we would be deemed
to have an average or normal level of interest rate risk under applicable
regulatory capital requirements. See "Regulation -- Savings Institution
Regulation -- Regulatory Capital Requirements."
While we cannot predict future interest rates or their effects on our
NPV or net interest income, we do not expect current interest rates, assuming
rates remain stable, to have a material adverse effect on our NPV or net
interest income. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest
rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of
market interest rates, prepayments and deposit run-offs and should not be relied
upon as indicative of actual results. Certain shortcomings are inherent in such
computations. Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturity
or periods of repricing they may react at different times and in different
degrees to changes in the market interest rates. The interest rates on certain
types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market
interest rates, while rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag
behind changes in market interest rates. In the event of a change in interest
rates, prepayments and early withdrawal levels could deviate significantly from
those assumed in making calculations set forth above. Additionally, an increased
credit risk may result as the ability of many borrowers to service their debt
may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.
The board of directors reviews our asset and liability policies. The
board of directors meets quarterly to review interest rate risk and trends, as
well as liquidity and capital ratios and requirements. Management administers
the policies and determinations of the board of directors with respect to our
asset and liability goals and strategies. We expect that our asset and liability
policies and strategies will continue as described so long as competitive and
regulatory conditions in the financial institution industry and market interest
rates continue as they have in recent years.
Financial Condition
Our total assets increased $4.5 million, or 13.5%, to $37.8 million at
September 30, 1997 from $33.3 million at December 31, 1996. Our increase was
primarily attributable to a $1.1 million increase in our interest-bearing
deposits with other banks, a $1.8 million in our investment securities and
mortgage-
29
<PAGE>
backed securities held to maturity, and a $793,000 increase in our net loan
portfolio. Our increase in investment and mortgage-backed securities outpaced
our loan originations in our lending area. The increase in our deposits funded
our increase in assets at September 30, 1997. Our total liabilities increased
$4.6 million, or 15.5%, to $34.3 million at September 30, 1997 from $29.7
million at December 31, 1996. Our increase was primarily attributable to a $4.6
million increase in our deposits. Our deposits increased as a result of new
deposits being attracted to our new Shaler Township office, which opened in
September 1996. We believe that the aggregate dollar amount of deposits will
remain stable.
Results of Operations
Our net income decreased $193,000 for the nine months ended September
30, 1997, to a net loss of $183,000 from net income of $10,000 for the nine
months ended September 30, 1996. Our decrease was primarily attributable to a
$30,000 increase in our provision for loan losses, an $89,000 decrease in our
noninterest income, a $198,000 increase in our noninterest expense offset by a
$19,000 increase in our net interest income and a $107,000 decrease in our
income taxes due to our net loss on operations.
Our net income decreased $209,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996,
to a net loss of $46,000 from net income of $163,000 for the year ended December
31, 1995. Our decrease was primarily attributable to a $46,000 decrease in net
interest income, a $16,000 increase in our provision for loan losses, a $406,000
increase in our noninterest expense offset by a $137,000 increase in our
noninterest income and a $119,000 decrease in our income taxes due to our net
loss on operations.
Net Interest Income. Net interest income is the most significant
component of our income from operations. Net interest income is the difference
between interest we receive on our interest-earning assets primarily loans,
investment and mortgage-backed securities and interest we pay on our
interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits. Net interest income depends on
the volume of and rates earned on interest-earning assets and the volume of and
rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
30
<PAGE>
The following tables set forth a summary of average balances of assets
and liabilities as well as average yield and cost information. Average balances
are derived from month-end balances, however, we do not believe the use of
month-end balances has caused any material differences in the information
presented. Tax equivalent adjustments have been made to yields on securities
that are exempt from federal income tax.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended September 30,(4) At September 30,
--------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
1997 1996 1997
-------------------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------
Average Average Average Average Average
Balance Interest Yield/Cost Balance Interest Yield/Cost Balance Yield/Cost
------- -------- ---------- ------- -------- ---------- ------- ----------
Interest-earning assets: (Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Loans receivable (1)........................ $11,220 $ 678 8.06% $ 9,564 $ 598 8.32% $11,768 8.18%
Mortgage-backed securities.................. 8,146 399 6.53 8,119 371 6.09 8,526 6.47
Investment securities....................... 7,129 306 6.11 5,116 219 6.20 6,468 5.96
Other interest-earning assets............... 6,611 272 5.43 5,300 219 5.51 7,736 5.68
------ ----- ------ ----- ------
Total interest-earning assets................. 33,106 1,655 6.75 28,099 1,407 6.76 34,498 6.78
----- -----
Non-interest-earning assets................... 2,866 1,700 3,312
------ ------ ------
Total assets.................................. $35,972 $29,799 $37,810
====== ====== ======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing demand deposits............ $ 2,786 48 2.30% $ 2,383 44 2.46% $ 2,893 2.33%
Certificates of deposit..................... 19,268 811 5.61 14,548 595 5.44 20,399 5.67
Savings deposits............................ 8,940 200 2.98 8,594 192 2.98 9,284 3.00
------ ----- ------ ----- -------
Total interest-bearing liabilities............ 30,994 1,059 4.56 25,525 831 4.34 32,576 4.61
------ ----- ------ ----- ------
Non-interest-bearing liabilities............ 1,488 627 1,754
------ ------ ------
Total liabilities......................... $32,482 26,152 34,330
------ ------ ------
Retained earnings............................. 3,490 3,647 3,480
------ ------ ------
Total liabilities and retained earnings....... $35,972 $29,799 $37,810
====== ====== ======
Net interest income........................... $ 596 $ 576
===== =====
Interest rate spread (2)...................... 2.19% 2.42% 2.17%
Net yield on interest-earning assets (3)...... 2.40% 2.73% 2.40%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to
average interest-bearing liabilities........ 106.81% 110.08% 105.90%
</TABLE>
- ---------------------------------
(1) Average balances include non-accrual loans.
(2) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing
liabilities.
(3) Net yield on interest-earning assets represents net interest income as a
percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(4) Annualized (where appropriate) for purposes of comparability with fiscal
year data.
31
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31,
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1996 1995
--------------------------------- --------------------------------
Average Average Average Average
Balance Interest Yield/Cost Balance Interest Yield/Cost
------- -------- ---------- ------- -------- ----------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest-earning assets:
Loans receivable (1).............................. $ 9,845 $ 834 8.47% $ 9,130 $ 776 8.50%
Mortgage-backed securities........................ 7,992 537 6.72 8,048 530 6.59
Investment securities............................. 5,151 301 6.33 4,692 288 6.67
Other interest-earning assets..................... 5,564 294 5.28 6,180 347 5.61
------ ----- ------ -----
Total interest-earning assets....................... 28,552 1,966 6.97 28,050 1,941 7.01
----- -----
Non-interest-earning assets......................... 1,939 981
------ ------
Total assets........................................ $30,491 $29,031
====== ======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing demand deposits.................. $ 2,402 59 2.46% $ 2,566 64 2.49
Certificates of deposit........................... 15,062 820 5.44 13,499 730 5.41
Savings deposits.................................. 8,645 258 2.98 9,053 273 3.02
------ ----- -------- -----
Total interest-bearing liabilities.................. 26,109 1,137 4.35 25,118 1,067 4.25
------ ----- ------ -----
Non-interest-bearing liabilities.................. 746 457
------ ------
Total liabilities............................... 26,855 25,575
------ ------
Retained earnings................................... 3,636 3,456
------ ------
Total liabilities and retained earnings............. $30,491 $29,031
====== ======
Net interest income............................... $ 829 $ 874
===== =====
Interest rate spread (2).......................... 2.62% 2.76%
Net yield on interest-earning assets (3)............ 2.90% 3.12%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to
average interest-bearing liabilities................ 109.36% 111.67%
</TABLE>
- ---------------------------------
(1) Average balances include non-accrual loans.
(2) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing
liabilities.
(3) Net yield on interest-earning assets represents net interest income as a
percentage of average interest-earning assets.
32
<PAGE>
The table below sets forth information regarding changes in our
interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each
category of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities,
information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in volume
(changes in volume multiplied by old rate), and (ii) changes in rate (changes in
rate multiplied by old volume).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended September 30, Year Ended December 31,
------------------------------- --------------------------
1997 vs. 1996 1996 vs. 1995
------------------------------- --------------------------
Increase (Decrease) Increase (Decrease)
Due to Due to
------------------------------- --------------------------
Volume Rate Net Volume Rate Net
------ ---- --- ------ ---- ---
(In thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income:
Loans receivable ............. $103 $(22) $ 81 $ 61 $ (3) $ 58
Mortgage-backed securities ... 1 27 28 (4) 11 7
Investment securities ........ 86 1 87 30 (17) 13
Other interest-earning assets 54 (1) 53 (35) (18) (53)
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
Total interest-earning assets 244 5 249 52 (27) 25
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing
demand deposits ........... $ 7 $ (3) $ 4 $ (4) $ (1) $ (5)
Certificates of deposit ..... 193 24 217 85 5 90
Savings deposits ............ 8 -- 8 (12) (3) (15)
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
Total interest-bearing ..... 208 21 229 69 1 70
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
liabilities
Change in net interest income . $ 36 $(16) $ 20 $(17) $(28) $(45)
==== ==== ==== ==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
33
<PAGE>
Our net interest income increased $19,000, or 3.3%, to $595,000 at
September 30, 1997, as compared to the same period in 1996. The increase was
primarily due to the growth in our average interest-earning assets to $33.1
million in 1997 from $28.1 million in 1996, partially offset by a decline in our
interest rate spread of 2.19% in 1997 compared to 2.42% in 1996. The decline in
our interest rate spread had a corresponding impact on our net yield on
interest-earning assets which declined 33 basis points to 2.40% in 1997.
The increase in our average interest-earning assets of $5.0 million
reflects increases of $1.7 million in our balance of average loans, $2.0 million
in the average investment securities and $1.3 million in average other
interest-earning assets, which was funded by our increase in average
interest-bearing deposits. The increase in our average interest-bearing deposits
reflects the opening of our Shaler Township office in September 1996.
Our interest rate spread and net yield on interest-earning assets
declined at September 30, 1997 compared to the same period in 1996 primarily due
to an increase in our average cost of funds to 4.56% in 1997 compared to 4.34%
in 1996. The increase in our average cost of funds was affected by a $4.7
million increase in our balance of average certificates of deposits, primarily
from the new deposits obtained from the opening of our Shaler Township office
and the movement from our lower paying passbook accounts to our higher yielding
certificate accounts.
Our net interest income decreased $45,000, or 5.1%, to $829,000 for
1996 from $874,000 for the same period in 1995. The decrease was primarily due
to the increase in our average interest-bearing liabilities to $26.1 million in
1996 from $25.1 million in 1995 coupled with a decline in our interest rate
spread to 2.62% in 1996 from 2.76% in 1995. The decline in interest rate spread
had a corresponding impact on our net yield on interest-earning assets which
declined 22 basis points to 2.90% in 1996.
The increase in our average interest-bearing liabilities of $1.0
million reflects an increase of $1.6 million in our average certificates of
deposit offset by a $164,000 decrease in our interest-bearing demand deposits
and a $408,000 decrease in our savings deposit accounts. The increase in our
average deposits reflects the opening of our Shaler Township office in September
1996 and the movement of our lower paying passbook accounts to our higher
yielding certificate accounts.
Provision for Loan Losses. Our provision for loan losses increased
$30,000 to $39,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 compared with
$9,000 for the same period in 1996. Our provision for loan losses increased
$16,000 to $37,000 in 1996 from $21,000 in 1995. The increase in the amount of
our provision for loan losses in 1996 was based upon our non-performing assets
portfolio increasing $77,000 coupled with our one-to four -family and home
equity mortgage portfolios increasing $1.5 million. Due to the opening of our
Shaler Township office in September 1996, we decided to further increase our
allowance for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 in
anticipation of a larger and more diversified loan portfolio. Within the next
year, we intend to offer new loan products, such as, home equity lines of credit
loans and small business commercial loans.
Historically, we have emphasized our loss experience over other factors
in establishing the provision for loan losses. We review the allowance for loan
losses in relation to (i) our past loan loss experience, (ii) known and inherent
risks in our portfolio, (iii) adverse situations that may affect the borrower's
ability to repay, (iv) the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and (v)
current economic conditions. Because of the increased coverage of the allowances
for loan losses to total loans, management believes the allowance for loan
losses is at a level that is considered to be adequate to provide for estimated
losses; however, there can be no assurance that further additions will not be
made to the allowance and that such losses will not exceed the estimated amount.
34
<PAGE>
Noninterest Income. Our noninterest income decreased $89,000 for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997, compared to the same period in 1996 and
increased $137,000 in 1996 compared to 1995. For the nine months ended September
30, 1997, we had no sales from our available for sale portfolio. In 1996, we
recognized $124,000 of gains from the sales of FHLMC common stock. However,
since the opening of our Shaler Township office in September 1996, our service
fees increased due to a higher fee structure and a larger deposit base. Our
other income increased in 1997 due to our safe deposit rental income of $3,000.
Our Shaler Township office offers safe deposit rental to our depositors. In
order to promote this service, we offered free rental to our depositors for the
remainder of 1996. Our Lawrenceville office does not offer this service. In
fiscal 1996, our other income increased $7,800 from fiscal 1995. Of this
increase, our rental income increased $2,900, since we recognized a full year's
rental on our property at 920 Saxonburg Boulevard. Due to the increase in our
mortgage loans, our appraisal fee and credit report income increased $1,200. Due
to our larger depositor base, our miscellaneous income increased $1,400.
Noninterest Expense. Our noninterest expense increased by $202,000, to
$940,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1997, compared to $738,000 for
the same period in 1996. The increase was the result of our operating a larger
organization including the opening of our Shaler Township office in September
1996. Of the increase, $147,000 was in compensation and employee benefits,
$102,000 in expenses associated with the Shaler Township office, $53,000 in data
processing and $78,000 in other operating expenses. For the nine months ended
September 30, 1997, we also began a directors consultation and retirement plan
and recognized $56,000 of expense to implement this plan, which is included in
other operating expenses. Our increase in noninterest expenses was partially
offset by a $180,000 decrease in federal insurance premiums. The decrease in
federal insurance premiums was the result of the recapitalization of the Savings
Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF").
Our noninterest expense increased by $406,000, to $1,033,000 in 1996
compared to $627,000 in 1995. Of the increase, $160,000 relates to our special
assessment required to recapitalize the SAIF. On September 30, 1996, the
President signed into law legislation which included the recapitalization of
SAIF by a one time charge to SAIF-insured institutions of 65.7 basis points per
$100 of insurable deposits as of March 31, 1995. Future deposit expense are
expected to be lower as a result of this one-time charge. The legislation also
provides that we will pay, in addition to the normal deposit insurance premium
as a member of the SAIF, an annual amount equal to approximately 6.4 basis
points of outstanding SAIF deposits toward the retirement of the Financing
Corporation Bonds ("Fico Bonds") issued in the 1980's to assist in the recovery
of the savings and loan industry. Members of the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF"), by
contrast, will pay, in addition to their normal deposit insurance premium,
approximately 1.3 basis points toward the retirement of the Fico Bonds.
Beginning no later than January 1, 2000, the rate paid to retire the Fico Bonds
will be equal for members of the BIF and the SAIF. The Act also provides for the
merging of the BIF and the SAIF by January 1, 1999 provided there are no
financial institutions still chartered as savings associations at that time.
Should the insurance funds be merged before January 1, 2000, the rate paid by
all members of this new fund to retire the Fico Bonds would be equal.
In fiscal 1996, due to the hiring and training of five full time
equivalent personnel in connection with the opening of our Shaler Township
office in September 1996, our noninterest expenses increased significantly from
fiscal 1995. Because of these changes, our compensation and employee benefits
expenses increased $119,000. Our occupancy and equipment expenses increased
$62,000 due to our additional operating expenses incurred in operating an
additional office. Our data processing costs increased $11,000 due to our new
office and the number of new accounts we opened, particularly our demand
deposits accounts. Our other operating expenses increased $52,000 due to
miscellaneous items pertaining to our new office start up.
35
<PAGE>
A great deal of information has been disseminated about the global
computer year 2000. Many computer programs that can only distinguish the final
two digits of the year entered (a common programming practice in earlier years)
are expected to read entries for the year 2000 as the year 1900 and compute
payment, interest or delinquency based on the wrong date or are expected to be
unable to compute payment, interest or delinquency. Rapid and accurate data
processing is essential to our operation. Data processing is also essential to
most other financial institutions and many other companies. All of our material
data processing that could be affected by this problem is provided by a third
party service bureau. Our service bureau has advised us that it expects to
resolve this potential problem before the year 2000. However, if our service
bureau is unable to resolve this potential problem in time, we would likely
experience significant data processing delays, mistakes or failures. These
delays, mistakes or failures could have a significant adverse impact on our
financial condition and our results of operation.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit). Our income tax benefit increased
$107,000, to $146,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from $39,000
for the same period in 1996. The increase resulted from our larger net loss on
operations. Our income taxes decreased $120,000 to a net tax benefit of $40,000
in 1996 from an income tax expense of $79,000 in 1995, due to a net loss on
operations in 1996.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We are required to maintain minimum levels of liquid assets as defined
by OTS regulations. This requirement, which varies from time to time depending
upon economic conditions and deposit flows, is based upon a percentage of our
deposits and short-term borrowings. The required minimum ratio currently is 5.0%
and our regulatory liquidity ratio was 24.88%, 14.83%, and 30.07% at September
30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, and December 31, 1995.
Our primary sources of funds are deposits, repayment of loans and
mortgage-backed securities, maturities of investments, interest-bearing deposits
with other banks and funds provided from operations. While scheduled repayments
of loans and mortgage-backed securities and maturities of investment securities
are predicable sources of funds, deposit flows, and loan prepayments are greatly
influenced by the general level of interest rates, economic conditions and
competition. We use our liquid resources principally to fund loan commitments,
maturing certificates of deposit and demand deposit withdrawals, to invest in
other interest-earning assets, and to meet operating expenses.
Net cash used for our operating activities (the cash effects of
transactions that enter into our determination of net income -- e.g., non-cash
items, amortization and depreciation, provision for loan losses) at September
30, 1997 was $140,000 compared to net cash provided by our operating activities
of $225,000 at September 30, 1996. Net cash used for our operating activities
for fiscal 1997 was $32,000 compared to net cash provided by our operations of
$180,000 for fiscal 1996.
Net cash used for our investing activities (i.e., cash disbursed,
primarily for investment securities and mortgage-backed securities portfolios
and our loan portfolio) totaled $2.8 million for the nine months ended September
30, 1997, an increase of $1.7 million from September 30, 1996. The increase was
primarily attributable to our use of $564,000 in cash to fund the increase in
loan originations and the use of $2.0 million in cash to fund the net increase
in investment and mortgage-backed securities. Net cash used for our investing
activities for the year ended December 31, 1996 totalled $3.1 million, an
increase of $3.3 million from December 31, 1995. The increase was primarily
attributable to our use of $2.2 million in cash to fund the purchase of
certificates of deposits, $546,000 in cash to fund the increase in loan
originations and $448,000 to construct and equip the Shaler Township office.
36
<PAGE>
Net cash provided by our financing activities (i.e., cash receipts from
our net increases in deposits) totaled $4.5 million and $3.9 million, for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1996,
respectively.
BUSINESS OF SFSB HOLDING COMPANY
SFSB is not an operating company and has not engaged in any significant
business to date. It was formed in October 1997 as a Pennsylvania-chartered
corporation to be the holding company for Stanton Federal Savings Bank. The
holding company structure and retention of proceeds will facilitate: (i)
diversification into non-banking activities, (ii) acquisitions of other
financial institutions, such as savings institutions, (iii) expansion within
existing and into new market areas and (iv) stock repurchases without adverse
tax consequences. There are no present plans regarding diversification,
acquisitions, expansion, or repurchases.
Since SFSB will own only one savings bank, it generally will not be
restricted in the types of business activities in which it may engage, provided
that we retain a specified amount of our assets in housing-related investments.
SFSB initially will not conduct any active business and does not intend to
employ any persons other than officers but will utilize our support staff from
time to time.
The office of the SFSB is located at 900 Saxonburg Boulevard,
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The telephone number is (412) 487-4200.
BUSINESS OF STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
The principal sources of funds for our activities are deposits and
payments on loans and investments. Our deposits totalled $33.9 million at
September 30, 1997. Funds are used primarily for the origination of fixed rate
loans secured by mortgages on one- to four-family residences which are located
in our market area and the purchase of investment securities. Such loans
totalled $10.5 million, or 89%, of our total loans receivable portfolio at
September 30, 1997. Our principal source of revenue is interest received on
loans and investments and our principal expense is interest paid on deposits.
Market Area
Our main office is located in Shaler Township, a suburb of Pittsburgh
and our branch office is located in the Lawrenceville section of Pittsburgh. The
communities of Shaler Township, Lawrenceville and surrounding areas of Allegheny
County are considered to be our primary market area. Most of our deposits and
lending activity is generated from individuals who live in these areas. We are a
community- oriented institution and have served the local Allegheny County
community since 1890. Until September 1996, we operated from our Lawrenceville
office where there was limited growth opportunities for loan originations and
deposit needs. We moved to our new main office in Shaler Township in September
1996. Since the opening of the Shaler Township office, we have generated a
significant amount of deposits.
The Greater Pittsburgh area has been in the process of restructuring
over the past decade. Once centered on heavy manufacturing, primarily steel, its
economic base is now more diverse, including technology, health and business
services. Several "Fortune 500" industrial firms are headquartered in the
Greater Pittsburgh area, including USX Corporation. The largest employers in
Pittsburgh, by the number of local employees, include the United States
Government, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, USAir, and the University of
Pittsburgh. Seven colleges and universities are located in the general
Pittsburgh area.
37
<PAGE>
Lending Activities
Most of our loans are mortgage loans which are secured by one- to
four-family residences. We also make home equity, multi-family, commercial real
estate and consumer loans. Loans originated by us historically have rates of
interest which are fixed for the term of the loan ("fixed rate"). In the future,
we anticipate that any home equity lines of credit and business loans will be
offered at adjustable rates of interest.
The following table sets forth information concerning the types of
loans held by us.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At September 30, At December 31,
------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
------------------------ ---------------------------- ----------------------------
Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent
------ ------- ------ ------- ------ -------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Type of Loans:
Real Estate Loans:
One- to four-family ........................ $ 7,554 64.19% $ 7,539 68.88% $6,623 68.63%
Home equity................................. 2,929 24.89 2,017 18.43 1,460 15.13
Multi-family................................ 33 .28 69 .63 81 .84
Commercial.................................. 789 6.70 921 8.41 1,087 11.27
Consumer Loans:
Share loans................................. 348 2.96 329 3.01 364 3.77
Other....................................... 115 .98 70 .64 35 .36
------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------
Total loans............................. 11,768 100.00% 10,945 100.00% 9,650 100.00%
------ ====== ------ ====== ------ ======
Less:
Deferred loan origination fees and costs.... 5 14 31
Allowance for loan losses .................. 105 66 40
------- -------- ------
Total loans, net......................... $11,658 $10,865 $9,579
====== ====== =====
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the estimated maturity of our loan
portfolio at September 30, 1997. All of our loans have fixed rates of interest.
The table does not include the effects of possible prepayments or scheduled
repayments. Prepayments and scheduled principal repayments of loans totaled $1.6
million at September 30, 1997. All mortgage loans are shown as maturing based on
the date of the last payment required by the loan agreement.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
One- to four-
Family
Real Estate Home Multi-
Mortgage Equity Family Commercial Consumer Total
-------- ------ ------ ---------- -------- -----
(In thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Amounts due:
Within 1 year............ $ 147 $ 4 $ - $ 4 $352 $ 507
Over 1 to 3 years........ 10 201 33 - 40 284
Over 3 to 5 years........ 399 793 - 136 62 1,390
Over 5 to 10 years....... 932 1,228 - 38 9 2,207
Over 10 to 20 years...... 1,982 703 - 611 - 3,296
Over 20 years............ 4,084 - - - - 4,084
----- ------- --- ----- ---- ------
Total amount due......... $7,554 $2,929 $33 $789 $463 $11,768
===== ===== == === === ======
</TABLE>
38
<PAGE>
One- to Four-Family Residential Loans. Our primary lending activity
consists of the origination of one- to four-family fixed rate residential
mortgage loans secured by property located in our primary market area. We
generally originate one- to four-family fixed rate residential mortgage loans in
amounts up to 97% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price, with
private mortgage insurance required on loans with a loan-to-value ratio in
excess of 80%. The maximum loan-to-value ratio on mortgage loans secured by
non-owner occupied properties generally is limited to 70%. We retain all of our
mortgage loans and originate these loans with maturities of up to 30 years.
Mortgage loans originated and held by us generally include due-on-sale
clauses. This gives us the right to deem the loan immediately due and payable in
the event the borrower transfers ownership of the property securing the mortgage
loan without our consent.
Home Equity Loans, Second Mortgages and Other Loans. We originate home
equity loans and second mortgage loans which are secured by one to four-family
residences. We originate these loans on one- to four-family residences with
fixed rate terms of up to 15 years. The loans are generally subject to a 80%
combined loan-to-value limitation, including any other outstanding mortgages or
liens. We anticipate offering adjustable rate home equity lines of credit loans
and commercial business loans within the next year.
Commercial Real Estate Loans. Our commercial real estate loans are
secured by office buildings, retail establishments, and other commercial
properties. These loans generally have not exceeded $400,000 or had terms
greater than 20 years.
Commercial real estate lending entails significant additional risks
compared to residential property lending. These loans typically involve large
loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. The repayment
of these loans typically is dependent on the successful operation of the real
estate project securing the loan. These risks can be significantly affected by
supply and demand conditions in the market for office and retail space and may
also be subject to adverse conditions in the economy.
Loan Approval Authority and Underwriting. We establish various lending
limits for our officers and maintain a loan committee consisting of the
President, the Secretary and two outside board members. Ms. Mallen, our
President, and Mr. Gallagher, our Senior Vice President have loan authority to
approve home equity loans up to $75,000 and unsecured consumer loans up to
$10,000. The loan committee ratifies all residential mortgage loans and all
other real estate and consumer loans.
Upon receipt of a completed loan application from a prospective
borrower, a credit report is ordered. Income and certain other information is
verified. If necessary, additional financial information may be requested. An
appraisal or other estimate of value of the real estate intended to be used as
security for the proposed loan is obtained. Appraisals are processed by
independent fee appraisers.
Title insurance is generally required on all real estate mortgage
loans. We do not require title insurance on home equity loans and second
mortgages, but we obtain a property report from Select Business Services, a
division of the Credit Bureau, which indicates whether there are any liens or
other encumbrances against the property. Borrowers also must obtain fire and
casualty insurance. Flood insurance is also required on loans secured by
property that is located in a flood zone.
Loan Commitments. Written commitments are given to prospective
borrowers on all approved real estate loans. Generally, the commitment requires
acceptance within 10 days of the date of issuance. At September 30, 1997,
commitments to cover originations of mortgage loans totalled $460,000. We
believe that virtually all of our commitments will be funded.
39
<PAGE>
Loans to One Borrower. The maximum amount of loans which we may make to
any one borrower may not exceed the greater of $500,000 or 15% of our unimpaired
capital and unimpaired surplus. We may lend an additional 10% of our unimpaired
capital and unimpaired surplus if the loan is fully secured by readily
marketable collateral. Our maximum loan-to-one borrower limit has been $450,000.
At September 30, 1997, the aggregate loans outstanding of our five largest
borrowers have outstanding balances of between $145,000 and $381,000. These
loans are performing loans.
Nonperforming and Problem Assets
Loan Delinquencies. When a mortgage loan becomes 30 days past due, a
notice of nonpayment is sent to the borrower. If, after 60 days, payment is
still delinquent, a notice of right to cure default is sent to the borrower
giving 30 additional days to bring the loan current before foreclosure is
commenced. If the loan continues in a delinquent status for 90 days past due and
no repayment plan is in effect, foreclosure proceedings will be initiated. The
customer will be notified when foreclosure is commenced.
Loans are reviewed on a monthly basis and are placed on a non-accrual
status when the loan becomes more than 90 days delinquent or when, in our
opinion, the collection of additional interest is doubtful. Interest accrued and
unpaid at the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is charged against
interest income. Subsequent interest payments, if any, are either applied to the
outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on the
assessment of the ultimate collectibility of the loan.
Nonperforming Assets. The following table sets forth information
regarding nonaccrual loans and real estate owned, as of the dates indicated. We
have no loans categorized as troubled debt restructurings within the meaning of
SFAS 15 and no accruing loans that were delinquent more than 90 days. Interest
income that would have been recorded on loans accounted for on a nonaccrual
basis under the original terms of such loans was approximately $9,200 for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997.
40
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At September 30, At December 31,
---------------- -------------------------
1997 1996 1995
---- ---- ----
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
Real estate loans:
One- to four-family residential real estate............. $ 57 $ 85 $ 80
Commercial real estate.................................. 4 - -
Consumer.................................................. 9 - -
---- ---- ----
Total non-accrual loans................................... 70 85 80
--- --- ---
Accruing loans which are contractually past
due 90 days or more:
Real estate loans:
One- to four-family residential real estate............. 144 141 44
Commercial real estate.................................. - 4 4
Home equity............................................. 7 - -
Non-mortgage loans:
Consumer.................................................. 2 2 5
---- ---- ----
Total accrual loans....................................... 153 147 53
--- --- ---
Total non-accrual and accrual loans....................... $223 $232 $133
=== === ===
Real estate owned......................................... $ - $ - $ 22
==== === ===
Total non-performing assets............................... $223 $232 $155
=== === ===
Total non-performing loans to total loans................. 1.89% 2.12% 1.38%
==== ==== ====
Total non-performing loans to total assets................ .59% .70% .45%
==== ==== ====
Total non-performing assets to total assets............... .59% .70% .53%
==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
Classified Assets. OTS regulations provide for a classification system
for problem assets of savings associations which covers all problem assets.
Under this classification system, problem assets of savings institutions such as
ours are classified as "substandard," "doubtful," or "loss." An asset is
considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth
and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any.
Substandard assets include those characterized by the "distinct possibility"
that the savings institution will sustain "some loss" if the deficiencies are
not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent
in those classified substandard, with the added characteristic that the
weaknesses present make "collection or liquidation in full," on the basis of
currently existing facts, conditions, and values, "highly questionable and
improbable." Assets classified as loss are those considered "uncollectible" and
of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment
of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets may be designated "special
mention" because of potential weaknesses that do not currently warrant
classification in one of the aforementioned categories.
When a savings association classifies problem assets as either
substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances for loan losses in
an amount deemed prudent by management. General allowances represent loss
allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated
with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been
allocated to particular problem assets. When a savings association classifies
problem assets as loss, it is required either to establish a specific allowance
for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge
off such amount. A savings association's determination as to the classification
of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by
the OTS, which may order the establishment of additional general or specific
loss allowances. A portion of general loss allowances established to cover
possible
41
<PAGE>
losses related to assets classified as substandard or doubtful may be included
in determining a savings association's regulatory capital. Specific valuation
allowances for loan losses generally do not qualify as regulatory capital.
At September 30, 1997, we had $223,000 of loans classified as
substandard. These substandard loans are classified as nonperforming loans. See
"-- Nonperforming and Problem Assets."
Allowances for Loan Losses. A provision for loan losses is charged to
operations based on management's evaluation of the losses that may be incurred
in our loan portfolio. The evaluation, including a review of all loans on which
full collectibility of interest and principal may not be reasonably assured,
considers: (i) our past loan loss experience, (ii) known and inherent risks in
our portfolio, (iii) adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability
to repay, (iv) the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and (v) current
economic conditions.
We monitor our allowance for loan losses and make additions to the
allowance as economic conditions dictate. Although we maintain our allowance for
loan losses at a level that we consider adequate for the inherent risk of loss
in our loan portfolio, future losses could exceed estimated amounts and
additional provisions for loan losses could be required. In addition, our
determination of the amount of the allowance for loan losses is subject to
review by the OTS, as part of its examination process. After a review of the
information available, the OTS might require the establishment of an additional
allowance. Any increase in the loan loss allowance required by the OTS would
have a negative impact on our earnings.
The following table illustrates the allocation of the allowance for
loan losses for each category of loan. The allocation of the allowance to each
category is not necessarily indicative of future loss in any particular category
and does not restrict our use of the allowance to absorb losses in other loan
categories.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At
September 30, At December 31,
---------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
---------------------------------- ---------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Percent of Percent of Percent of
Loans in Each Loans in Each Loans in Each
Category to Category to Category to
Amount Total Loans Amount Total Loans Amount Total Loans
------ ----------- ------ ------------ ------ -----------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
One-to four-family $ 100 89.08% $ 63 87.31% $ 37 83.76%
Multi-family 1 .28 1 .63 1 .84
Commercial 3 6.70 2 8.41 2 11.27
Consumer 1 3.94 - 3.65 - 4.13
----- ------ ----- ------ ------ ------
Total $ 105 100.00% $ 66 100.00% $ 40 100.00%
====== ====== ===== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
42
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth information with respect to our
allowance for loan losses at the dates and for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Nine
Months Ended at For the Years Ended
September 30, December 31,
--------------------- ----------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
--------------------- ------------------ -------------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total loans outstanding................................... $11,768 $ 10,945 $9,651
====== ====== =====
Average loans outstanding................................. $11,220 $ 9,845 $9,130
====== ====== =====
Allowance balance at beginning of period.................. $ 66 $ 40 $ 34
Provision:
Real estate............................................. 39 37 16
Consumer................................................ -- -- 5
Charge-offs:
Real estate............................................. -- (10) (10)
Consumer................................................ -- (1) (5)
Recoveries:
Real estate............................................. -- -- --
Consumer................................................ -- -- --
------- -------- -------
Allowance balance at end of period........................ $ 105 $ 66 $ 40
====== ======= ======
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total
loans outstanding....................................... 0.89% 0.60 % 0.41 %
Net loans charged off as a percent of average
loans outstanding....................................... -- (0.11)% (.16)%
</TABLE>
Investment Activities
Investment Securities. We are required under federal regulations to
maintain a minimum amount of liquid assets which may be invested in specified
short-term securities and certain other investments. See "Regulation -- Savings
Institution Regulation -- Federal Home Loan Bank System" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
Liquidity and Capital Resources." The level of liquid assets varies depending
upon several factors, including: (i) the yields on investment alternatives, (ii)
our judgment as to the attractiveness of the yields then available in relation
to other opportunities, (iii) expectation of future yield levels, and (iv) our
projections as to the short-term demand for funds to be used in loan origination
and other activities. We classify our investment securities as "available for
sale" or "held to maturity" in accordance with SFAS No. 115. At September 30,
1997, our investment portfolio policy allowed investments in instruments such
as: (i) U.S. Treasury obligations, (ii) U.S. federal agency or federally
sponsored agency obligations, (iii) local municipal obligations, (iv)
mortgage-backed securities, (v) banker's acceptances, (vi) certificates of
deposit, (vii) federal funds, including FHLB overnight and term deposits, and
(viii) investment grade corporate bonds, commercial paper and mortgage
derivative products. See "-- Mortgage-backed Securities." The board of directors
may authorize additional investments.
43
<PAGE>
Mortgage-backed Securities. To supplement lending activities, we have
invested in residential mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities
can serve as collateral for borrowings and, through repayments, as a source of
liquidity. Mortgage-backed securities represent a participation interest in a
pool of single-family or other type of mortgages. Principal and interest
payments are passed from the mortgage originators, through intermediaries
(generally quasi-governmental agencies) that pool and repackage the
participation interests in the form of securities, to investors such as us. The
quasi-governmental agencies guarantee the payment of principal and interest to
investors and include the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"),
Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), and Federal National Mortgage
Association ("FNMA.")
Mortgage-backed securities typically are issued with stated principal
amounts. The securities are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with
interest rates that are within a set range and have varying maturities. The
underlying pool of mortgages can be composed of either fixed rate or adjustable
rate mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are generally referred to as
mortgage participation certificates or pass-through certificates. The interest
rate risk characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages (i.e., fixed rate
or adjustable rate) and the prepayment risk, are passed on to the certificate
holder. The life of a mortgage-backed pass-through security is equal to the life
of the underlying mortgages. Expected maturities will differ from contractual
maturities due to scheduled repayments and because borrowers may have the right
to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.
Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLMC and GNMA make up a majority of the
pass-through certificates market.
Securities Portfolio. The following table sets forth the carrying
(i.e., amortized cost) value of our investment securities held to maturity, at
the dates indicated. Our securities portfolio classified as available for sale
is carried at market value.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At
September 30, At December 31,
------------- ---------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
------------- ----------- ------------
(In thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. Government agencies...................................... $ 3,257 $ 2,678 $ 2,385
Obligations of state and political subdivisions............... 1,803 1,606 1,604
Mortgage-backed securities.................................... 8,472 7,457 7,991
------ ------ ------
Total securities held to maturity.......................... 13,532 11,741 11,980
------ ------ ------
Securities available for sale:
Mutual funds.................................................. 784 756 247
FHLMC common stock............................................ 624 489 495
Mortgage-backed securities.................................... 53 53 90
------- ------- --------
Total securities available for sale........................ 1,461 1,298 832
------ ------ -------
Total investment and mortgage-backed securities............ $14,993 $13,039 $12,812
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
44
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth information regarding the scheduled
maturities, carrying values, approximate fair values, and weighted average
yields for our investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolio at September
30, 1997 by contractual maturity. The following table does not take into
consideration the effects of scheduled repayments or the effects of possible
prepayments.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of September 30, 1997
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
More than More than
One Year or Less One to Five Years Five to Ten Years More than Ten Years Total Investment Securities
---------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------------- ---------------------------
Carrying Average Carrying Average Carrying Average Carrying Average Carrying Average Market
Value Yield Value Yield Value Yield Value Yield Value Yield Value
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- ----- -------- ------- -------- ------ ---------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Government
agencies........... $ 250 4.80% $1,700 6.06% $450 7.27% $ 856 7.70% $ 3,256 6.56% $ 3,248
Obligations of
state and
political
subdivisions ...... 300 5.12 418 8.82 311 9.21 774 6.24 1,803 7.17 1,870
Mutual funds ........ 784 5.35 -- -- -- -- -- -- 784 5.35 784
FHLMC common stock .. 624 .11 -- -- -- -- -- -- 624 0.11 624
Mortgage-backed
securities......... 454 5.28 2,496 5.94 66 8.57 5,510 6.78 8,526 6.47 8,638
------- ---- ----- ---- --- ---- ----- ---- ------ ---- ------
Total ............. $ 2,412 3.90% $4,614 6.25% $827 8.10% $7,140 6.83% $14,993 6.25% $15,164
======= ==== ===== ==== === ==== ===== ==== ====== ==== ======
</TABLE>
45
<PAGE>
Sources of Funds
Deposits are our major external source of funds for lending and other
investment purposes. Funds are also derived from the receipt of payments on
loans and prepayment of loans and maturities of investment securities and
mortgage-backed securities and, to a much lesser extent, borrowings and
operations. Scheduled loan principal repayments are a relatively stable source
of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are
significantly influenced by general interest rates and market conditions.
Deposits. Consumer and commercial deposits are attracted principally
from within our primary market area through the offering of a selection of
deposit instruments including regular savings accounts, money market accounts,
and term certificate accounts. IRA accounts are also offered. Deposit account
terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time period the funds
must remain on deposit, and the interest rate.
The interest rates paid by us on deposits are set weekly at the
direction of our senior management. Interest rates are determined based on our
liquidity requirements, interest rates paid by our competitors, and our growth
goals and applicable regulatory restrictions and requirements.
At September 30, 1997, we had no brokered deposits and our deposits
were represented by the following types of savings programs.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Minimum Balance as of Percentage
Interest Balance September 30, of Total
Category Term Rate(1) Amount 1997 Deposits
- -------- ---- ------- ------ ---- --------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Non-interest Accounts -- -- $1,308 3.90%
NOW Accounts 2.00% $ 300 1,603 4.69
Regular Savings None 3.00 100 9,284 27.40
Money Market Accounts 2.75 2,500 1,290 3.81
Certificates of Deposit:
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate 3 months 4.25 500 128 .38
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate 6 months 5.00 500 2,644 7.80
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate 12 months 5.87 500 9,630 28.42
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate 30 months 6.02 500 4,157 12.27
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate 60 months 5.87 500 1,382 4.08
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate 72 - 120 months 5.87 500 929 2.74
Jumbo Certificates (2) 100,000 1,529 4.51
------ -------
Total $33,884 100.00%
====== ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Interest rate offerings as of September 30, 1997.
(2) Negotiated rates and terms
46
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth our time deposits classified by interest
rate at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At
September 30, As of December 31,
------------- --------------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
---- ---------------- ----------------
(In thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest Rate
4.00% or less $ 32 $ 181 $ 131
4.01 - 6.00% 16,353 13,037 10,188
6.01 - 8.00% 3,986 4,091 4,205
8.01 - 10.00 28 26 24
------- ------- -------
Total $20,399 $17,335 $14,548
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of our time
deposits at September 30, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Amount Due
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
After
September 30, September 30, September 30, September 30,
Interest Rate 1998 1999 2000 2000 Total
- ------------- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------ ------------------- -----------------------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
2.00 - 4.00% $ 4 $ 28 $ - $ - $ 32
4.01 - 6.00% 13,509 1,133 659 1,052 16,353
6.01 - 8.00% 2,673 525 538 250 3,986
8.01 - 10.00% - - - 28 28
-------- ------- ------- ------ -------
Total $16,186 $1,686 $1,197 $1,330 $20,399
====== ===== ===== ===== ======
</TABLE>
The following table indicates the amount of our certificates of deposit
of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of September 30, 1997.
Certificates
Maturity Period of Deposits
--------------- -----------
(In thousands)
Within three months $ 306
Three through six months 721
Six through twelve months 502
Over twelve months -
-------
$1,529
======
Borrowings. Advances (borrowing) may be obtained from the FHLB of
Pittsburgh to supplement our supply of lendable funds. Advances from the FHLB of
Pittsburgh are typically secured by a pledge of our stock in the FHLB of
Pittsburgh, a portion of our first mortgage loans and other assets. Each FHLB
credit program has its own interest rate, which may be fixed or adjustable, and
range of maturities. We may borrow up to $16.2 million from the FHLB of
Pittsburgh. If the need arises, we may also access the Federal Reserve Bank
discount window to supplement our supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit
withdrawal requirements. At September 30, 1997, we had no borrowings from the
FHLB of Pittsburgh.
47
<PAGE>
Competition
Competition for deposits comes from other insured financial
institutions such as commercial banks, thrift institutions, credit unions,
finance companies, and multi-state regional banks in our market areas.
Competition for funds also includes a number of insurance products sold by local
agents and investment products such as mutual funds and other securities sold by
local and regional brokers. Loan competition varies depending upon market
conditions and comes from commercial banks, thrift institutions, credit unions
and mortgage bankers, most of whom have far greater resources than we have.
Properties
We operate from our main office and one branch office.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Net Book Value
Year at
Location Owned Acquired September 30, 1997
- -------- --------------------- -------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
900 Saxonburg Boulevard Owned 1996 $1,082,078
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
5200 Butler Street Owned 1958 $ 200,097
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15201
</TABLE>
In addition, we own property at 920 Saxonburg Boulevard which consists
of a single family dwelling that we rent for $650 per month. Upon termination of
our lease, we plan to use this property as a paved parking area for our
customers and employees. At September 30, 1997, the net book value of the
property was $65,000. On November 14, 1997, we purchased property at 922
Saxonburg Boulevard for $66,000. Initially, we plan to use this property as
rental property.
Personnel
At September 30, 1997 we had 12 full-time and three part-time
employees. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining
group. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.
Legal Proceedings
We are, from time to time, a party to legal proceedings arising in the
ordinary course of our business, including legal proceedings to enforce our
rights against borrowers. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings
which are expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial
statements.
48
<PAGE>
REGULATION
Set forth below is a brief description of certain laws which relate to
us. The description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by
references to applicable laws and regulation.
Holding Company Regulation
General. SFSB will be required to register and file reports with the
OTS and will be subject to regulation and examination by the OTS. In addition,
the OTS will have enforcement authority over SFSB and any non-savings
institution subsidiaries. This will permit the OTS to restrict or prohibit
activities that it determines to be a serious risk to us. This regulation is
intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and not for the benefit
of you, as stockholders of SFSB.
QTL Test. Since SFSB will only own one savings institution, it will be
able to diversify its operations into activities not related to banking, but
only so long as we satisfy the QTL test. If SFSB controls more than one savings
institution, it would lose the ability to diversify its operations into
non-banking related activities, unless such other savings institutions each also
qualify as a QTL or were acquired in a supervised acquisition. See "-- Savings
Institution Regulation -- Qualified Thrift Lender Test."
Restrictions on Acquisitions. SFSB must obtain approval from the OTS
before acquiring control of any other SAIF-insured savings institution. No
person may acquire control of a federally insured savings institution without
providing at least 60 days written notice to the OTS and giving the OTS an
opportunity to disapprove the proposed acquisition.
Savings Institution Regulation
General. As a federally chartered, SAIF-insured savings institution, we
are subject to extensive regulation by the OTS and the FDIC. Our lending
activities and other investments must comply with various federal and state
statutory and regulatory requirements. We are also subject to certain reserve
requirements promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
("Federal Reserve System").
The OTS, in conjunction with the FDIC, regularly examines us and
prepares reports for the consideration of our board of directors on any
deficiencies that the OTS finds in our operations. Our relationship with our
depositors and borrowers is also regulated to a great extent by federal and
state law, especially in such matters as the ownership of savings accounts and
the form and content of our mortgage documents.
We must file reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning our
activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining regulatory
approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with or
acquisitions of other financial institutions. This regulation and supervision
establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can
engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the SAIF and depositors.
The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive
discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and
examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of
assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory
purposes. Any change in regulations, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or any other
government agency, could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The FDIC is authorized to establish
separate annual assessment rates for deposit insurance for members of the BIF
and the SAIF. The FDIC may increase assessment rates for either fund if
necessary to restore the fund's ratio of reserves to insured deposits to its
target
49
<PAGE>
level within a reasonable time and may decrease such assessment rates if such
target level has been met. The FDIC has established a risk-based assessment
system for both SAIF and BIF members. Under this system, assessments are set
within a range, based on the risk the institution poses to its deposit insurance
fund. This risk level is determined based on the institution's capital level and
the FDIC's level of supervisory concern about the institution.
Because a significant portion of the assessments paid into the SAIF by
savings institutions were used to pay the cost of prior savings institution
failures, the reserves of the SAIF were below the level required by law. The BIF
had, however, met its required reserve level during the third calendar quarter
of 1995. As a result, deposit insurance premiums for deposits insured by the BIF
were substantially less than premiums for deposits such as ours which are
insured by the SAIF. Legislation to capitalize the SAIF and to eliminate the
significant premium disparity between the BIF and the SAIF became effective
September 30, 1996. The recapitalization plan provided for a special assessment
equal to $.657 per $100 of SAIF deposits held at September 30, 1995, in order to
increase SAIF reserves to the level required by law. Certain BIF institutions
holding SAIF-insured deposits were required to pay a lower special assessment.
Based on our deposits at September 30, 1995, we paid a pre-tax special
assessment of $161,000.
The recapitalization plan also provides that the cost of prior failures
which were funded through the issuance of Fico Bonds (bonds issued to fund the
cost of savings institution failures in prior years) will be shared by members
of both the SAIF and the BIF. This will increase BIF assessments for healthy
banks to approximately $.013 per $100 of deposits in 1997. SAIF assessments for
healthy savings institutions in 1997 will be approximately $.064 per $100 in
deposits and may be reduced, but not below the level set for healthy BIF
institutions.
The FDIC has lowered the rates on assessments paid to the SAIF and
widened the spread of those rates. The FDIC's action established a base
assessment schedule for the SAIF with rates ranging from 4 to 31 basis points,
and an adjusted assessment schedule that reduces these rates by 4 basis points.
As a result, the effective SAIF rates range from 0 to 27 basis points as of
October 1, 1996. In addition, the FDIC's final rule prescribed a special interim
schedule of rates ranging from 18 to 27 basis points for SAIF-member savings
institutions for the last quarter of calendar 1996, to reflect the assessments
paid to the Financing Corp. (Fico Bonds). Finally, the FDIC's action established
a procedure for making limited adjustments to the base assessment rates by
rulemaking without notice and comment, for both the SAIF and the BIF.
The recapitalization plan also provides for the merger of the SAIF and
BIF effective January 1, 1999, assuming there are no savings institutions under
federal law. Under separate proposed legislation, Congress is considering the
elimination of the federal thrift charter and elimination of the separate
federal regulation of thrifts. As a result, we might have to convert to a
different financial institution charter and be regulated under federal law as a
bank, including being subject to the more restrictive activity limitations
imposed on national banks. We cannot predict the impact of our conversion to, or
regulation as, a bank until the legislation requiring such change is enacted.
Regulatory Capital Requirements. OTS capital regulations require
savings institutions to meet three capital standards: (1) tangible capital equal
to 1.5% of total adjusted assets, (2) core capital equal to at least 3% of total
adjusted assets, and (3) risk-based capital equal to 8% of total risk-weighted
assets. Our capital ratios are set forth under "Historical and Pro Forma Capital
Compliance."
Tangible capital is defined as core capital less all intangible assets
(including supervisory goodwill), less certain mortgage servicing rights and
less certain investments. Core capital is defined as common stockholders' equity
(including retained earnings), noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and
minority
50
<PAGE>
interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, certain
nonwithdrawable accounts and pledged deposits of mutual savings associations and
qualifying supervisory goodwill, less nonqualifying intangible assets, certain
mortgage servicing rights and certain investments.
The risk-based capital standard for savings institutions requires the
maintenance of total risk-based capital (which is defined as core capital plus
supplementary capital) of 8% of risk-weighted assets. The components of
supplementary capital include, among other items, cumulative perpetual preferred
stock, perpetual subordinated debt, mandatory convertible subordinated debt,
intermediate-term preferred stock, and the portion of the allowance for loan
losses not designated for specific loan losses. The portion of the allowance for
loan and lease losses includable in supplementary capital is limited to a
maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Overall, supplementary capital is
limited to 100% of core capital. A savings association must calculate its
risk-weighted assets by multiplying each asset and off-balance sheet item by
various risk factors as determined by the OTS, which range from 0% for cash to
100% for delinquent loans, property acquired through foreclosure, commercial
loans, and other assets.
The risk-based capital standards of the OTS generally require savings
institutions with more than a "normal" level of interest rate risk to maintain
additional total capital. An institution's interest rate risk will be measured
in terms of the sensitivity of its "net portfolio value" to changes in interest
rates. Net portfolio value is defined, generally, as the present value of
expected cash inflows from existing assets and off-balance sheet contracts less
the present value of expected cash outflows from existing liabilities. A savings
institution will be considered to have a "normal" level of interest rate risk
exposure if the decline in its net portfolio value after an immediate 200 basis
point increase or decrease in market interest rates (whichever results in the
greater decline) is less than two percent of the current estimated economic
value of its assets. An institution with a greater than normal interest rate
risk will be required to deduct from total capital, for purposes of calculating
its risk-based capital requirement, an amount (the "interest rate risk
component") equal to one-half the difference between the institution's measured
interest rate risk and the normal level of interest rate risk, multiplied by the
economic value of its total assets.
The OTS calculates the sensitivity of an institution's net portfolio
value based on data submitted by the institution in a schedule to its quarterly
Thrift Financial Report and using the interest rate risk measurement model
adopted by the OTS. The amount of the interest rate risk component, if any, to
be deducted from an institution's total capital will be based on the
institution's Thrift Financial Report filed two quarters earlier. Savings
institutions with less than $300 million in assets and a risk-based capital
ratio above 12% are generally exempt from filing the interest rate risk schedule
with their Thrift Financial Reports. However, the OTS may require any exempt
institution that it determines may have a high level of interest rate risk
exposure to file such schedule on a quarterly basis and may be subject to an
additional capital requirement based upon its level of interest rate risk as
compared to its peers. However, due to our net size and risk-based capital
level, we are exempt from the interest rate risk component.
Dividend and Other Capital Distribution Limitations. OTS regulations
require us to give the OTS 30 days advance notice of any proposed declaration of
dividends to SFSB, and the OTS has the authority under its supervisory powers to
prohibit the payment of dividends by us to SFSB. In addition, we may not declare
or pay a cash dividend on our capital stock if the effect would be to reduce our
regulatory capital below the amount required for the liquidation account to be
established at the time of the conversion. See "The Conversion -- Effects of
Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and Borrowers of Stanton Federal Savings
Bank -- Liquidation Account."
OTS regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by
savings institutions, such as cash dividends, payments to repurchase or
otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in
a cash-out merger, and other distributions charged against capital. The rule
establishes three
51
<PAGE>
tiers of institutions based primarily on an institution's capital level. An
institution that exceeds all fully phased-in capital requirements before and
after a proposed capital distribution ("Tier 1 institution") and has not been
advised by the OTS that it is in need of more than the normal supervision can,
after prior notice but without the approval of the OTS, make capital
distributions during a calendar year equal to the greater of (i) 100% of its net
income to date during the calendar year plus the amount that would reduce by
one-half its "surplus capital ratio" (the excess capital over its fully
phased-in capital requirements) at the beginning of the calendar year, or (ii)
75% of its net income over the most recent four quarter period. Any additional
capital distributions require prior regulatory notice. As of September 30, 1997,
we qualified as a Tier 1 institution.
In the event our capital falls below our fully phased-in requirement or
the OTS notifies us that we are in need of more than normal supervision, we
would become a Tier 2 or Tier 3 institution and as a result, our ability to make
capital distributions could be restricted. Tier 2 institutions, which are
institutions that before and after the proposed distribution meet their current
minimum capital requirements, may only make capital distributions of up to 75%
of net income over the most recent four quarter period. Tier 3 institutions,
which are institutions that do not meet current minimum capital requirements and
propose to make any capital distribution, and Tier 2 institutions that propose
to make a capital distribution in excess of the noted safe harbor level, must
obtain OTS approval prior to making such distribution. In addition, the OTS
could prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any institution, which would
otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the OTS determines that such
distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. The OTS has
proposed rules relaxing certain approval and notice requirements for
well-capitalized institutions.
A savings institution is prohibited from making a capital distribution
if, after making the distribution, the savings institution would be
undercapitalized (i.e., not meet any one of its minimum regulatory capital
requirements). Further, a savings institution cannot distribute regulatory
capital that is needed for its liquidation account.
Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Savings institutions must meet a
qualified thrift lender ("QTL") test. If we maintain an appropriate level of
qualified thrift investments ("QTIs") (primarily residential mortgages and
related investments, including certain mortgage-related securities) and
otherwise qualify as a QTL, we will continue to enjoy full borrowing privileges
from the FHLB of Pittsburgh. The required percentage of QTIs is 65% of portfolio
assets (defined as all assets minus intangible assets, property used by the
institution in conducting its business and liquid assets equal to 10% of total
assets). Certain assets are subject to a percentage limitation of 20% of
portfolio assets. In addition, savings institutions may include shares of stock
of the FHLBs, FNMA, and FHLMC as QTIs. Compliance with the QTL test is
determined on a monthly basis in nine out of every 12 months. As of September
30, 1997, we were in compliance with our QTL requirement with approximately
69.22% of our assets invested in QTIs.
Transactions With Affiliates. Generally, restrictions on transactions
with affiliates require that transactions between a savings institution or its
subsidiaries and its affiliates be on terms as favorable to the savings
institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain
of these transactions are restricted to an aggregate percentage of the savings
institution's capital. Collateral in specified amounts must usually be provided
by affiliates in order to receive loans from the savings institution. Our
affiliates include SFSB and any company which would be under common control with
us. In addition, a savings institution may not extend credit to any affiliate
engaged in activities not permissible for a bank holding company or acquire the
securities of any affiliate that is not a subsidiary. The OTS has the discretion
to treat subsidiaries of savings institution as affiliates on a case-by-case
basis.
52
<PAGE>
Liquidity Requirements. All savings institutions are required to
maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets equal to a certain percentage
of the sum of its average daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts and
borrowings payable in one year or less. The liquidity requirement may vary from
time to time (between 4% and 10%) depending upon economic conditions and savings
flows of all savings institutions. At September 30, 1997, our required liquid
asset ratio was 5.0% and our actual ratio was 25.40%. Monetary penalties may be
imposed upon institutions for violations of liquidity requirements.
Federal Home Loan Savings Bank System. We are a member of the FHLB of
Pittsburgh, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or
central bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily
from funds deposited by savings institutions and proceeds derived from the sale
of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans to members (i.e.,
advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of
directors of the FHLB.
As a member, we are required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB
of Pittsburgh in an amount equal to at least 1% of our aggregate unpaid
residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts or similar obligations at
the beginning of each year. At September 30, 1997, we had $171,000 in FHLB
stock, at cost, which was in compliance with this requirement. The FHLB imposes
various limitations on advances such as limiting the amount of certain types of
real estate related collateral to 30% of a member's capital and limiting total
advances to a member.
The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the resolution of troubled
savings institutions and to contribute to affordable housing programs through
direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment
and low- and moderate-income housing projects. These contributions have
adversely affected the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so
in the future.
Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve System requires all
depository institutions to maintain non-interest bearing reserves at specified
levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW and Super NOW
checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits. The balances maintained to
meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System may be used
to satisfy the liquidity requirements that are imposed by the OTS. At September
30, 1997, our reserve met the minimum level required by the Federal Reserve
System.
Savings institutions have authority to borrow from the Federal Reserve
System "discount window," but Federal Reserve System policy generally requires
savings institutions to exhaust all other sources before borrowing from the
Federal Reserve System. We had no borrowings from the Federal Reserve System at
September 30, 1997.
TAXATION
Federal Taxation
We are subject to the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), in the same general manner as other corporations.
However, prior to August 1996, savings institutions such as us, which met
certain definitional tests and other conditions prescribed by the Code could
benefit from certain favorable provisions regarding their deductions from
taxable income for annual additions to their bad debt reserve. The amount of the
bad debt deduction that a qualifying savings institution could claim with
respect to additions to its reserve for bad debts was subject to certain
limitations. We reviewed the most favorable way to calculate the deduction
attributable to an addition to our bad debt reserve on an annual basis.
53
<PAGE>
In August 1996, the Code was revised to equalize the taxation of
thrifts and banks. Thrifts, such as us, no longer have a choice between the
percentage of taxable income method and the experience method in determining
additions to bad debt reserves. Thrifts with $500 million of assets or less may
still use the experience method, which is generally available to small banks
currently. Larger thrifts must use the specific charge off method regarding bad
debts. Any reserve amounts added after 1987 will be taxed over a six year period
beginning in 1996; however, bad debt reserves set aside through 1987 are
generally not taxed. A savings institution may delay recapturing into income its
post-1987 bad debt reserves for an additional two years if it meets a
residential-lending test. At September 30, 1997, we had excess bad debt reserves
of approximately $85,000 which will create a tax recapture of approximately
$29,000.
Under the percentage of taxable income method, the bad debt deduction
attributable to "qualifying real property loans" could not exceed the greater of
(i) the amount deductible under the experience method, or (ii) the amount which,
when added to the bad debt deduction for non-qualifying loans, equaled the
amount by which 12% of the sum of the total deposits and the advance payments by
borrowers for taxes and insurance at the end of the taxable year exceeded the
sum of the surplus, undivided profits and reserves at the beginning of the
taxable year. The amount of the bad debt deduction attributable to qualifying
real property loans computed using the percentage of taxable income method was
permitted only to the extent that the institution's reserve for losses on
qualifying real property loans at the close of the taxable year did not exceed
6% of such loans outstanding at such time.
Under the experience method, the bad debt deduction may be based on (i)
a six-year moving average of actual losses on qualifying and non-qualifying
loans, or (ii) a fill-up to the institution's base year reserve amount, which is
the tax bad debt reserve determined as of December 31, 1987.
The percentage of specially computed taxable income that was used to
compute a savings institution's bad debt reserve deduction under the percentage
of taxable income method (the "percentage bad debt deduction") was 8%. The
percentage of taxable income bad debt deduction thus computed was reduced by the
amount permitted as a deduction for non-qualifying loans under the experience
method. The availability of the percentage of taxable income method permitted
qualifying savings institutions to be taxed at a lower effective federal income
tax rate than that applicable to corporations (generally, approximately 31.3%,
assuming the maximum percentage bad debt deduction).
If a savings institution's qualifying assets (generally, loans secured
by residential real estate or deposits, educational loans, cash and certain
government obligations) constitute less than 60% of its total assets, the
institution may not deduct any addition to a bad debt reserve and generally must
include existing reserves in income over a four year period, which is
immediately accruable for financial reporting purposes. As of September 30,
1997, at least 60% of our assets were qualifying assets as defined in the Code.
No assurance can be given that we will meet the 60% test for subsequent taxable
years.
Earnings appropriated to our bad debt reserve and claimed as a tax
deduction including our supplemental reserves for losses will not be available
for the payment of cash dividends or for distribution to you, our stockholders
(including distributions made on dissolution or liquidation), unless we include
the amount in income, along with the amount deemed necessary to pay the
resulting federal income tax. As of September 30, 1997, we had approximately
$975,000 of accumulated earnings, representing our base year tax reserve, for
which federal income taxes have not been provided. If such amount is used for
any purpose other than bad debt losses, including a dividend distribution or a
distribution in liquidation, it will be subject to federal income tax at the
then current rate.
54
<PAGE>
Generally, for taxable years beginning after 1986, the Code also
requires most corporations, including savings institutions, to utilize the
accrual method of accounting for tax purposes. Further, for taxable years ending
after 1986, the Code disallows 100% of a savings institution's interest expense
deemed allocated to certain tax-exempt obligations acquired after August 7,
1986. Interest expense allocable to (i) tax-exempt obligations acquired after
August 7, 1986 which are not subject to this rule, and (ii) tax-exempt
obligations issued after 1982 but before August 8, 1986, are subject to the rule
which applied prior to the Code disallowing the deductibility of 20% of the
interest expense.
The Code imposes a tax ("AMT") on alternative minimum taxable income
("AMTI") at a rate of 20%. AMTI is increased by certain preference items,
including the excess of the tax bad debt reserve deduction using the percentage
of taxable income method over the deduction that would have been allowable under
the experience method. Only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net operating loss
carryovers of which we currently have none. AMTI is also adjusted by determining
the tax treatment of certain items in a manner that negates the deferral of
income resulting from the regular tax treatment of those items. Thus, our AMTI
is increased by an amount equal to 75% of the amount by which our adjusted
current earnings exceeds our AMTI (determined without regard to this adjustment
and prior to reduction for net operating losses). In addition, for taxable years
beginning after December 31, 1986 and before January 1, 1996, an environmental
tax of 0.12% of the excess of AMTI (with certain modifications) over $2 million
is imposed on corporations, including us, whether or not an AMT is paid. Under
pending legislation, the AMT rate would be reduced to zero for taxable years
beginning after December 31, 1994, but this rate reduction would be suspended
for taxable years beginning in 1995 and 1996 and the suspended amounts would be
refunded as tax credits in subsequent years.
SFSB may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from us as
a member of the same affiliated group of corporations. A 70% dividends received
deduction generally applies with respect to dividends received from corporations
that are not members of such affiliated group, except that an 80% dividends
received deduction applies if SFSB owns more than 20% of the stock of a
corporation paying a dividend. The above exclusion amounts, with the exception
of the affiliated group figure, were reduced in years in which we availed
ourself of the percentage of taxable income bad debt deduction method.
Our federal income tax returns have not been audited by the IRS since
our fiscal year ended December 31, 1991. As a result of the audit, there was no
material effect to our financial statements.
State Taxation
We are subject to the Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania based on our financial net income determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles with certain
adjustments. Our tax rate under the Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax is 11.5%.
Interest on state and federal obligations is excluded from net income. An
allocable portion of net interest expense incurred to carry the obligations is
disallowed as a deduction. Three year carryforwards of losses are allowed.
Upon consummation of the conversion, we will also be subject to the
Corporate Net Income Tax and the Capital Stock Tax of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
MANAGEMENT OF SFSB HOLDING COMPANY
SFSB board of directors consists of the same individuals who serve as
directors of Stanton Federal Savings Bank. The articles of incorporation and
bylaws of SFSB require that directors be divided into four classes, as nearly
equal in number as possible. Each class of directors serves for a four-year
period, with approximately one-fourth of the directors elected each year. The
officers of SFSB will be elected
55
<PAGE>
annually by the board and serve at the board's discretion. Such officers are
also officers of Stanton Federal Savings Bank. See "Management of Stanton
Federal Savings Bank."
MANAGEMENT OF STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
Directors and Executive Officers
Our board of directors is composed of five members each of whom serves
for a term of three years, with approximately one-third of the directors elected
each year. Our proposed stock articles of incorporation and bylaws for SFSB
require that directors be divided into four classes, as nearly equal in number
as possible. Our officers are elected annually by our board and serve at the
board's discretion.
The following table sets forth information with respect to our
directors and executive officers, all of whom will continue to serve in the same
capacities after the conversion.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Age at Current
September 30, Director Term
Directors 1997 Position Since Expires(1)
- --------- ------------------- -------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Timothy R. Maier 38 Chairman of the Board 1986 1998
and Director
Barbara J. Mallen 55 President and Director 1972 2000
Joseph E. Gallagher 45 Senior Vice President, 1989 2000
Secretary, and Director
Jerome L. Kowalewski 53 Treasurer and Director 1993 1999
Mary Lois Loftus 68 Director 1994 1998
</TABLE>
- -------------------
(1) The terms for directors of SFSB are the same as those of Stanton
Federal Savings Bank except that Ms. Mallen's term will expire in 2001.
The business experience for the past five years of each of the
directors and executive officers is as follows:
Timothy R. Maier has been a member of the board since 1986 and Chairmen
since 1996. Mr. Maier is in the insurance business and owns two insurance
agencies in the local Pittsburgh area. Mr. Maier is the Past President and the
President Elect of the Rotary Club of Lawrenceville and a member of the
Lawrenceville Business Association and the Lawrenceville Development
Corporation.
Barbara J. Mallen has been employed by us since 1960 and has been the
President since 1988 and a member of the board since 1972. Ms. Mallen is a
member of the Lawrenceville Business Association and past Director of the
Western Pennsylvania League of Savings Association.
Joseph E. Gallagher has been employed by us since 1979 and has been
Senior Vice President and Secretary since 1996 and a member of the board since
1989. Mr. Gallagher is Director and Treasurer of St. Mary's Lawrenceville Arts
Program.
56
<PAGE>
Jerome L. Kowalewski has been a member of the board since 1993 and
Treasurer since 1996. Mr. Kowalewski is the majority shareholder and President
of Al & Bob's Auto Parts Inc., in the local Pittsburgh area. Mr. Kowalewski is a
member of the Lawrenceville Business Association.
Mary Lois Loftus has been a member of the board since 1995. Ms. Loftus
is a retired real estate agent and the former owner of Loftus Florist in the
local Pittsburgh area.
Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors
The board of directors conducts its business through meetings of the
board and through activities of its committees. During the year ended December
31, 1996, the board of directors held 12 regular meetings. No director attended
fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the board of directors and committees on
which such director served during the year ended December 31, 1996.
Director Compensation
Each director is paid quarterly and total aggregate fees paid to the
directors for the year ended December 31, 1996 were $30,000. Beginning July 1,
1997, directors' compensation was increased to a monthly fee of $650.
Directors Consultant and Retirement Plan ("DRP"). Our DRP provides
retirement benefits to our directors based upon the number of years of service
to our board, which must be at least 5 years. If a director agrees to become a
consulting director to our board upon retirement, he or she will receive a
monthly payment of between $450 to $650 for 5 years or until death, whichever is
earlier. Benefits under our DRP will begin upon a director's retirement. In the
event there is a change in control, all directors will be presumed to have not
less than 5 years of service.
Executive Compensation
Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the cash and
non-cash compensation awarded to or earned by our chief executive officer at
December 31, 1996. No employee earned in excess of $100,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Annual Compensation
-------------------------------------------------
Other Annual
Compensation
Name and Principal Position Salary Bonus(1) (2)
- --------------------------- ------ -------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Barbara J. Mallen, President $78,420 $25,300 $6,000
</TABLE>
- --------------------
(1) Included in this bonus amount is a special bonus of $15,000, for services
in connection with the construction of our Shaler Township office.
(2) Consists of $6,000 in director fees.
Employment Agreement. We have entered into an employment agreement with
our President, Barbara J. Mallen. Ms. Mallen's base salary under the employment
agreement is $96,000. The employment agreement has a term of three years. The
agreement is terminable by us for "just cause" as defined in the agreement. If
we terminate Ms. Mallen without just cause, Ms. Mallen will be entitled to a
continuation of her salary from the date of termination through the remaining
term of the agreement. The employment
57
<PAGE>
agreement contains a provision stating that in the event of the termination of
employment in connection with any change in control of us, Ms. Mallen will be
paid a lump sum amount equal to 2.99 times her five year average annual taxable
cash compensation. If such payments had been made under the agreement as of
September 30, 1997, such payments would have equaled approximately $287,000. The
aggregate payments that would have been made to Ms. Mallen would be an expense
to us, thereby reducing our net income and our capital by that amount. The
agreement may be renewed annually by our board of directors upon a determination
of satisfactory performance within the board's sole discretion. If Ms. Mallen
shall become disabled during the term of the agreement, she shall continue to
receive payment of 100% of the base salary for a period of 12 months and 60% of
such base salary for the remaining term of such agreement. Such payments shall
be reduced by any other benefit payments made under other disability programs in
effect for our employees.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan. We have established an employee stock
ownership plan, the ESOP, for the exclusive benefit of participating employees
of ours, to be implemented upon the completion of the conversion. Participating
employees are employees who have completed one year of service with us or our
subsidiary and have attained the age of 21. An application for a letter of
determination as to the tax-qualified status of the ESOP will be submitted to
the IRS. Although no assurances can be given, we expect that the ESOP will
receive a favorable letter of determination from the IRS.
The ESOP is to be funded by contributions made by us in cash or common
stock. Benefits may be paid either in shares of the common stock or in cash. In
accordance with the Plan, the ESOP may borrow funds with which to acquire up to
8% of the common stock to be issued in the conversion. The ESOP intends to
borrow funds from SFSB. The loan is expected to be for a term of ten years at an
annual interest rate equal to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street
Journal. Presently it is anticipated that the ESOP will purchase up to 8% of the
common stock to be issued in the offering (i.e., $440,000, based on the midpoint
of the EVR). The loan will be secured by the shares purchased and earnings of
ESOP assets. Shares purchased with such loan proceeds will be held in a suspense
account for allocation among participants as the loan is repaid. We anticipate
contributing approximately $44,000 annually (based on a $440,000 purchase) to
the ESOP to meet principal obligations under the ESOP loan, as proposed. It is
anticipated that all such contributions will be tax-deductible. We will also
make additional contributions, as necessary to meet the interest obligations of
the ESOP loan. This loan is expected to be fully repaid in approximately 10
years.
Shares sold above the maximum of the EVR (i.e., more than 727,375
shares) may be sold to the ESOP before satisfying remaining unfilled orders of
Eligible Account Holders to fill the ESOP's subscription or the ESOP may
purchase some or all of the shares covered by its subscription after the
conversion in the open market.
Contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account
will be allocated among participants on the basis of total compensation. All
participants must be employed at least 1,000 hours in a plan year, or have
terminated employment following death, disability or retirement, in order to
receive an allocation. Participant accounts under the plan shall become vested
following 5 years of service. Employment prior to the adoption of the ESOP shall
be credited for the purposes of vesting. Vesting will be accelerated upon
retirement, death, disability, our change in control, or termination of the
ESOP. Forfeitures will be reallocated to participants on the same basis as other
contributions in the plan year. Benefits may be payable in the form of a lump
sum upon retirement, death, disability or separation from service. Our
contributions to the ESOP are discretionary and may cause a reduction in other
forms of compensation. Therefore, benefits payable under the ESOP cannot be
estimated.
58
<PAGE>
The board of directors has appointed non-employee directors to the ESOP
Committee to administer the ESOP and to serve as the initial ESOP Trustees. The
board of directors or the ESOP Committee may instruct the ESOP Trustees
regarding investments of funds contributed to the ESOP. The ESOP Trustees must
vote all allocated shares held in the ESOP in accordance with the instructions
of the participating employees. Unallocated shares and allocated shares for
which no timely direction is received will be voted by the ESOP Trustees as
directed by the board of directors or the ESOP Committee, subject to the
Trustees' fiduciary duties.
Pension Plan. We sponsor a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan
(the "Pension Plan"). All our full-time employees are eligible to participate
after one year of service and attainment of age 21. A qualifying employee
becomes fully vested in the Pension Plan upon completion of six years of
qualifying service. The Pension Plan is intended to comply with the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").
Our Pension Plan provides for monthly payments to each participating
employee at normal retirement age (the later of age 65 or five years after entry
into the plan). Benefits payable at normal retirement are equal to 66.6% of your
average monthly compensation multiplied by your earned benefit percentage. Such
earned benefit percentage equals your years of benefit service divided by the
greater of your maximum years of service until your normal retirement age, or
age 25. Such benefits payable at normal retirement are reduced for participants
completing less than six years of service upon retirement at the normal
retirement age, termination of service prior to the normal retirement age or
commencement of benefits prior to the normal retirement age.
Benefits are paid for the life of the participant following retirement.
The Pension Plan also provides for payments in the event of death. At September
30, 1997, Ms. Mallen had 36 years of credited service under the Pension Plan.
Upon normal retirement at age 65, Ms. Mallen would receive an annual benefit of
$69,000.
Benefits are payable in the form of various annuity alternatives,
including a joint and survivor option. For the Pension Plan year ended September
30, 1997, the highest permissible annual benefit under the Internal Revenue Code
is $125,000. Benefits under the Pension Plan are not subject to offset for
Social Security benefits.
Proposed Future Stock Benefit Plans
Stock Option Plan. Our board of directors intend to adopt a stock
option plan (the Option Plan) following the conversion, subject to approval by
SFSB's stockholders, at a stockholders meeting to be held no sooner than six
months after the conversion. The Option Plan would be in compliance with the OTS
regulations in effect. See "-- Restrictions on Stock Benefit Plans." If the
Option Plan is implemented within one year after the conversion, in accordance
with OTS regulations, a number of shares equal to 10% of the aggregate shares of
common stock to be issued in the offering (i.e., 55,000 shares based upon the
sale of 550,000 shares at the midpoint of the EVR) would be reserved for
issuance by SFSB upon exercise of stock options to be granted to our officers,
directors and employees from time to time under the Option Plan. The purpose of
the Option Plan would be to provide additional performance and retention
incentives to certain officers, directors and employees by facilitating their
purchase of a stock interest in SFSB. Under the OTS regulations, the Option
Plan, would provide that options awarded would vest over a five year period
(i.e., 20% per year), beginning one year after the date of grant of the option.
Options would be granted based upon several factors, including seniority, job
duties and responsibilities, job performance, our financial performance and a
comparison of awards given by other savings institutions converting from mutual
to stock form.
59
<PAGE>
SFSB would receive no monetary consideration for the granting of stock
options under the Option Plan. It would receive the option price for each share
issued to optionees upon the exercise of such options. Shares issued as a result
of the exercise of options will be either authorized but unissued shares,
treasury shares, or shares purchased in the open market by SFSB. The exercise of
options and payment for the shares received would contribute to the equity of
SFSB.
If the Option Plan is implemented more than one year after the
conversion, the Option Plan will comply with OTS regulations and policies that
are applicable at such time.
Restricted Stock Plan. Our board of directors intends to adopt the RSP
following the conversion, the objective of which is to enable us to retain
personnel and directors of experience and ability in key positions of
responsibility. SFSB expects to hold a stockholders' meeting no sooner than six
months after the conversion in order for stockholders to vote to approve the
RSP. If the RSP is implemented within one year after the conversion, in
accordance with applicable OTS regulations, the shares granted under the RSP
will be in the form of restricted stock vesting over a five year period (i.e.,
20% per year) beginning one year after the date of grant of the award.
Compensation expense in the amount of the fair market value of the common stock
granted will be recognized pro rata over the years during which the shares are
payable. Until they have vested, such shares may not be sold, pledged or
otherwise disposed of and are required to be held in escrow. Any shares not so
allocated would be voted by the RSP Trustees. The RSP will be implemented in
accordance with applicable OTS regulations. See "-- Restrictions on Stock
Benefit Plans." Awards would be granted based upon a number of factors,
including seniority, job duties and responsibilities, job performance, our
performance and a comparison of awards given by other institutions converting
from mutual to stock form. The RSP would be managed by a committee of
non-employee directors (the "RSP Trustees"). The RSP Trustees would have the
responsibility to invest all funds contributed by us to the trust created for
the RSP (the "RSP Trust").
We expect to contribute sufficient funds to the RSP so that the RSP
Trust can purchase, in the aggregate, up to 4% of the amount of common stock
that is sold in the conversion. The shares purchased by the RSP would be
authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or would be purchased in the
open market. In the event the market price of the common stock is greater than
$10.00 per share, our contribution of funds will be increased. Likewise, in the
event the market price is lower than $10.00 per share, our contribution will be
decreased. In recognition of their prior and expected services to us and SFSB,
as the case may be, the officers, other employees and directors responsible for
implementation of the policies adopted by the board of directors and our
profitable operation will, without cost to them, be awarded stock under the RSP.
Based upon the sale of 550,000 shares of common stock in the offering at the
midpoint of the EVR, the RSP Trust is expected to purchase up to 22,000 shares
of common stock. If the RSP is implemented more than one year after the
conversion, the RSP will comply with such OTS regulations and policies that are
applicable at such time.
Restrictions on Stock Benefit Plans. OTS regulations provide that in
the event stock option or management and/or employee stock benefit plans are
implemented within one year from the date of conversion, such plans must comply
with the following restrictions: (1) the plans must be fully disclosed in the
prospectus, (2) for stock option plans, the total number of shares for which
options may be granted may not exceed 10% of the shares issued in the
conversion, (3) for restricted stock plans, the shares may not exceed 3% of the
shares issued in the conversion (4% for institutions with 10% or greater
tangible capital), (4) the aggregate amount of stock purchased by the ESOP in
the conversion may not exceed 10% (8% for well-capitalized institutions
utilizing a 4% restricted stock plan), (5) no individual employee may receive
more than 25% of the available awards under the option plan or the restricted
stock plans, (6) directors who are not employees may not receive more than 5%
individually or 30% in the aggregate of the awards under any plan, (7) all plans
must be approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be
60
<PAGE>
cast at any duly called meeting of SFSB's stockholders held no earlier than six
months following the conversion, (8) for stock option plans, the exercise price
must be at least equal to the market price of the stock at the time of grant,
(9) for restricted stock plans, no stock issued in a conversion may be used to
fund the plan, (10) neither stock option awards nor restricted stock awards may
vest earlier than 20% as of one year after the date of stockholder approval and
20% per year thereafter, and vesting may be accelerated only in the case of
disability or death (or if not inconsistent with applicable OTS regulations in
effect at such time, in the event of a change in control), (11) the proxy
material must clearly state that the OTS in no way endorses or approves of the
plans, and (12) prior to implementing the plans, all plans must be submitted to
the Regional Director of the OTS within five days after stockholder approval
with a certification that the plans approved by the stockholders are the same
plans that were filed with and disclosed in the proxy materials relating to the
meeting at which stockholder approval was received.
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF SFSB HOLDING COMPANY
While the board of directors is not aware of any effort that might be
made to obtain control of SFSB after conversion, the board of directors believes
that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of SFSB's articles
of incorporation to protect the interests of SFSB and its stockholders from
hostile takeovers ("anti-takeover"provisions) which the board of directors might
conclude are not in the best interests of us or our stockholders. These
provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt which
is not approved by the board of directors but which individual stockholders may
deem to be in their best interests or in which stockholders may receive a
substantial premium for their shares over the current market prices. As a
result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may
not have an opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also render the removal
of the current board of directors or management of SFSB more difficult.
The following discussion is a general summary of the material
provisions of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, and certain other
regulatory provisions of SFSB, which may be deemed to have such an anti-takeover
effect. The description of these provisions is necessarily general and reference
should be made in each case to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of SFSB
which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part. See "Where You Can Find Additional Information" as to how
to obtain a copy of these documents.
Provisions of SFSB Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
Limitations on Voting Rights. The articles of incorporation of SFSB
provide that for a period of five years from completion of the conversion, in no
event shall any record owner of any outstanding equity security which is
beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in
excess of 10% of any class of equity security outstanding (the "Limit") be
entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the
Limit. The number of votes which may be cast by any record owner who
beneficially owned shares in excess of the Limit shall be a number equal to the
total number of votes which a single record owner of all common stock owned by
such person would be entitled to cast, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the number of shares of such class or series which are both
beneficially owned by such person and owned of record by such record owner and
the denominator of which is the total number of shares of common stock
beneficially owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit. In
addition, for a period of five years from the completion of our conversion, no
person may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial
ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of SFSB.
The impact of these provisions on the submission of a proxy on behalf
of a beneficial holder of more than 10% of the common stock is (1) to disregard
for voting purposes and require divestiture of
61
<PAGE>
the amount of stock held in excess of 10% (if within five years of the
conversion more than 10% of the common stock is beneficially owned by a person)
and (2) limit the vote on common stock held by the beneficial owner to 10% or
possibly reduce the amount that may be voted below the 10% level (if more than
10% of the common stock is beneficially owned by a person more than five years
after the conversion). Unless the grantor of a revocable proxy is an affiliate
or an associate of such a 10% holder or there is an arrangement, agreement or
understanding with such a 10% holder, these provisions would not restrict the
ability of such a 10% holder of revocable proxies to exercise revocable proxies
for which the 10% holder is neither a beneficial nor record owner. A person is a
beneficial owner of a security if he has the power to vote or direct the voting
of all or part of the voting rights of the security, or has the power to dispose
of or direct the disposition of the security. The articles of incorporation of
SFSB further provide that this provision limiting voting rights may only be
amended upon the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of voting stock.
Election of Directors. Certain provisions of SFSB's articles of
incorporation and bylaws will impede changes in majority control of the board of
directors. SFSB's articles of incorporation provide that the board of directors
of SFSB will be divided into four staggered classes, with directors in each
class elected for four-year terms. Thus, it would take three annual elections to
replace a majority of SFSB's board. SFSB's articles of incorporation provide
that the size of the board of directors may be increased or decreased only if
two-thirds of the directors then in office concur in such action. The articles
of incorporation also provide that any vacancy occurring in the board of
directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of
directors, shall be filled for the remainder of the unexpired term by a majority
vote of the directors then in office. Finally, the articles of incorporation and
the bylaws impose certain notice and information requirements in connection with
the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of
directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an
annual meeting of stockholders.
The articles of incorporation provide that a director may only be
removed for cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the shares
of SFSB entitled to vote generally in an election of directors cast at a meeting
of stockholders called for that purpose.
Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings. The articles of incorporation
of SFSB provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only
pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors.
Absence of Cumulative Voting. SFSB's articles of incorporation provide
that stockholders may not cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
Authorized Shares. The articles of incorporation authorizes the
issuance of 4,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred
stock. The shares of common stock and preferred stock were authorized in an
amount greater than that to be issued in the conversion to provide SFSB's board
of directors with as much flexibility as possible to effect, among other
transactions, financings, acquisitions, stock dividends, stock splits and the
exercise of stock options. However, these additional authorized shares may also
be used by the board of directors consistent with its fiduciary duty to deter
future attempts to gain control of SFSB. The board of directors also has sole
authority to determine the terms of any one or more series of Preferred Stock,
including voting rights, conversion rates, and liquidation preferences. As a
result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of Preferred Stock, the
board has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue
a series of Preferred Stock to persons friendly to management in order to
attempt to block a post-tender offer merger or other transaction by which a
third party seeks control, and thereby assist management to retain its position.
62
<PAGE>
Procedures for Certain Business Combinations. The articles of
incorporation require the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the outstanding
shares of SFSB entitled to vote in the election of directors in order for SFSB
to engage in or enter into certain "Business Combinations," as defined therein,
with any Principal Shareholder (as defined below) or any affiliates of the
Principal Shareholder, unless the proposed transaction has been approved in
advance by SFSB's board of directors, excluding those who were not directors
prior to the time the Principal Shareholder became the Principal Shareholder.
The term "Principal Shareholder" is defined to include any person and the
affiliates and associates of the person (other than SFSB or its subsidiary) who
beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the outstanding shares
of voting stock of SFSB. Any amendment to this provision requires the
affirmative vote of at least 80% of the shares of SFSB entitled to vote
generally in an election of directors.
Amendment to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to SFSB's
articles of incorporation must be approved by SFSB's board of directors and also
by a majority of the outstanding shares of SFSB's voting stock, provided,
however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is
generally required for certain provisions (i.e., provisions relating to
restrictions on the acquisition and voting of greater than 10% of the common
stock; number, classification, election and removal of directors; amendment of
bylaws; call of special stockholder meetings; director liability; certain
business combinations; power of indemnification; and amendments to provisions
relating to the foregoing in the articles of incorporation).
The bylaws may be amended by a majority vote of the board of directors
or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares
of SFSB entitled to vote in the election of directors cast at a meeting called
for that purpose.
Benefit Plans. In addition to the provisions of SFSB's articles of
incorporation and bylaws described above, certain benefit plans of ours adopted
in connection with the conversion contain provisions which also may discourage
hostile takeover attempts which the boards of directors might conclude are not
in the best interests for us or our stockholders. For a description of the
benefit plans and the provisions of such plans relating to changes in control,
see "Management of Stanton Federal Savings Bank -- Proposed Future Stock Benefit
Plans."
Regulatory Restrictions. A federal regulation prohibits any person
prior to the completion of a conversion from transferring, or entering into any
agreement or understanding to transfer, the legal or beneficial ownership of the
subscription rights issued under a plan of conversion or the stock to be issued
upon their exercise. This regulation also prohibits any person prior to the
completion of a conversion from offering, or making an announcement of an offer
or intent to make an offer, to purchase such subscription rights or stock. For
three years following conversion, OTS regulations prohibit any person, without
the prior approval of the OTS, from acquiring or making an offer to acquire more
than 10% of the stock of any converted savings institution if such person is, or
after consummation of such acquisition would be, the beneficial owner of more
than 10% of such stock. In the event that any person, directly or indirectly,
violates this regulation, the securities beneficially owned by such person in
excess of 10% shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote and shall not be
voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter
submitted to a vote of stockholders.
Federal regulations require that, prior to obtaining control of an
insured institution, a person, other than a company, must give 60 days notice to
the OTS and have received no OTS objection to such acquisition of control, and a
company must apply for and receive OTS approval of the acquisition. Control,
involves a 25% voting stock test, control in any manner of the election of a
majority of the institution's directors, or a determination by the OTS that the
acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a
controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution.
Acquisition of more than 10%
63
<PAGE>
of an institution's voting stock, if the acquiror also is subject to any one of
either "control factors," constitutes a rebuttable determination of control
under the regulations. The determination of control may be rebutted by
submission to the OTS, prior to the acquisition of stock or the occurrence of
any other circumstances giving rise to such determination, of a statement
setting forth facts and circumstances which would support a finding that no
control relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The
regulations provide that persons or companies which acquire beneficial ownership
exceeding 10% or more of any class of a savings association's stock after the
effective date of the regulations must file with the OTS a certification that
the holder is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable
determination of control and will take no action which would result in a
determination or rebuttable determination of control without prior notice to or
approval of the OTS, as applicable.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SFSB is authorized to issue 4,000,000 shares of the common stock, $0.10
par value per share, and 1,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock, no par
value per share. SFSB currently expects to issue up to 727,375 shares of common
stock in the conversion. SFSB does not intend to issue any shares of serial
preferred stock in the conversion, nor are there any present plans to issue such
preferred stock following the conversion. The aggregate par value of the issued
shares will constitute the capital account of SFSB. The balance of the purchase
price will be recorded for accounting purposes as additional paid-in capital.
See "Capitalization." The capital stock of SFSB will represent nonwithdrawable
capital and will not be insured by us, the FDIC, or any other government agency.
Common Stock
Voting Rights. Each share of the common stock will have the same
relative rights and will be identical in all respects with every other share of
the common stock. The holders of the common stock will possess exclusive voting
rights in SFSB, except to the extent that shares of serial preferred stock
issued in the future may have voting rights, if any. Each holder of the common
stock will be entitled to only one vote for each share held of record on all
matters submitted to a vote of holders of the common stock and will not be
permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of SFSB's directors.
Liquidation. In the unlikely event of the complete liquidation or
dissolution of SFSB, the holders of the common stock will be entitled to receive
all assets of SFSB available for distribution in cash or in kind, after payment
or provision for payment of (i) all debts and liabilities of SFSB; (ii) any
accrued dividend claims; and (iii) liquidation preferences of any serial
preferred stock which may be issued in the future.
Restrictions on Acquisition of the Common Stock. See "Certain
Restrictions on Acquisition of SFSB" for a discussion of the limitations on
acquisition of shares of the common stock.
Other Characteristics. Holders of the common stock will not have
preemptive rights with respect to any additional shares of the common stock
which may be issued. Therefore, the board of directors may sell shares of
capital stock of SFSB without first offering such shares to existing
stockholders of SFSB. The common stock is not subject to call for redemption,
and the outstanding shares of common stock when issued and upon receipt by SFSB
of the full purchase price therefor will be fully paid and non-assessable.
Issuance of Additional Shares. Except in the Subscription and Public
Offerings and possibly pursuant to the RSP or Option Plan, the SFSB has no
present plans, proposals, arrangements or understandings to issue additional
authorized shares of the common stock. In the future, the authorized but
unissued and unreserved shares of the common stock will be available for general
corporate purposes, including, but not limited to, possible issuance: (i) as
stock dividends; (ii) in connection with mergers or
64
<PAGE>
acquisitions; (iii) under a cash dividend reinvestment or stock purchase plan;
(iv) in a public or private offering; or (v) under employee benefit plans. See
"Risk Factors -- Possible Dilutive Effect of RSP and Stock Options" and "Pro
Forma Data." Normally no stockholder approval would be required for the issuance
of these shares, except as described herein or as otherwise required to approve
a transaction in which additional authorized shares of the common stock are to
be issued.
For additional information, see "Dividends," "Regulation" and
"Taxation" with respect to restrictions on the payment of cash dividends; "The
Conversion -- Restrictions on Sales and Purchases of Shares by Directors and
Officers" relating to certain restrictions on the transferability of shares
purchased by directors and officers; and "Restrictions on Acquisitions of SFSB
Holding Company" for information regarding restrictions on acquiring common
stock of SFSB.
Serial Preferred Stock
None of the 1,000,000 authorized shares of serial preferred stock of
SFSB will be issued in the conversion. After the conversion is completed, the
board of directors of SFSB will be authorized to issue serial preferred stock
and to fix and state voting powers, designations, preferences or other special
rights of such shares and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions
thereof, subject to regulatory approval but without stockholder approval. If and
when issued, the serial preferred stock is likely to rank prior to the common
stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preferences, or both, and may have full
or limited voting rights. The board of directors, without stockholder approval,
can issue serial preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could
adversely affect the voting power of the holders of the common stock. The board
of directors has no present intention to issue any of the serial preferred
stock.
LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS
The legality of the common stock has been passed upon for us by
Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C., Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters for
Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc. may be passed upon by Tucker Arensburg, P.C.. The federal
and state income tax consequences of the conversion have been passed upon for us
by Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C., Washington, D.C.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Stanton Federal Savings Bank as of and
for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 appearing in this document have
been audited by LaFrance, Walker, Jackley & Saville, independent certified
public accountants, as set forth in their report which appears elsewhere in this
document, and is included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority
of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
FinPro has consented to the publication herein of a summary of its
letters to Stanton Federal Savings Bank setting forth its opinion as to the
estimated pro forma market value of us in the converted form and its opinion
setting forth the value of subscription rights and to the use of its name and
statements with respect to it appearing in this document.
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
The common stock of SFSB will be registered pursuant to Section 12(g)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") prior to
completion of the conversion. SFSB will be subject to the information, proxy
solicitation, insider trading restrictions, tender offer rules, periodic
reporting
65
<PAGE>
and other requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act. SFSB may not
deregister the common stock under the Exchange Act for a period of at least
three years following the conversion.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SFSB and Stanton Federal Savings Bank are not currently subject to the
informational requirements of the Exchange Act.
SFSB has filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form SB-2 under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the common stock offered
in this document. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this
document does not contain all the information set forth in the registration
statement. Such information can be examined without charge at the public
reference facilities of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the SEC at
prescribed rates. The SEC also maintains an internet address ("Web site") that
contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants, including the Company, that file electronically with the
SEC. The address for this Web site is "http://www.sec.gov." The statements
contained in this document as to the contents of any contract or other document
filed as an exhibit to the Form SB-2 are, of necessity, brief descriptions and
are not necessarily complete; each such statement is qualified by reference to
such contract or document.
Stanton Federal Savings Bank has filed an Application for conversion
with the OTS with respect to the conversion. Pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the OTS, this document omits certain information contained in
that Application. The Application may be examined at the principal office of the
OTS, 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552 and at the Northeast Regional
Office of the OTS, 10 Exchange Place, Jersey City, New Jersey 07302, without
charge.
A copy of the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of SFSB are
available without charge from Stanton Federal Savings Bank.
66
<PAGE>
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
Index to Financial Statements
Page
----
Independent Auditors' Report................................................F-2
Balance Sheets..............................................................F-3
Statement of Income........................................................ 26
Statement of Changes in Retained Earnings...................................F-4
Statement of Cash Flows.....................................................F-5
Notes to Financial Statements...............................................F-6
All schedules are omitted because the required information is either not
applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.
Separate financial statements for SFSB have not been included since it will not
engage in material transactions until after the conversion. SFSB, which has been
inactive to date, has no significant assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses or
contingent liabilities.
F-1
<PAGE>
LaFrance, Walker, Jackley & Saville
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
1373 WASHINGTON PIKE
BRIDGEVILLE, PA 15017-2821
SERVICE IN
TELE: (412) 200-5000 PRINCIPAL CITIES OF
FAX: (412) 220-7050 THE UNITED STATES AND
OTHER COUNTRIES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
------------------------------
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Stanton Federal Savings Bank
as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related statements of income, retained
earnings, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Bank's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the balance sheet of Stanton Federal Savings Bank, as of
December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
As discussed in the notes to the financial statements, effective January 1,
1995, the Bank changed its method of accounting for the impairment of loans and
the related allowance for loan losses.
/s/LaFrance, Walker, Jackley & Saville
Bridgeville, PA
March 6, 1997, except for the
first paragraph of Note 17,
as to which date is August 6, 1997
F-2
<PAGE>
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
1997 1996 1995
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks $ 1,321,349 $ 770,715 $ 253,452
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks 7,564,347 6,452,895 5,525,835
Investment securities available for sale 1,408,229 1,244,753 742,243
Investment securities held to maturity (market
value of $5,118,005, $4,268,173 and $4,008,600) 5,059,392 4,283,449 3,988,300
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale 53,197 53,791 89,535
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity (market
value of $8,584,674, $7,402,651 and
$8,047,081) 8,472,389 7,457,415 7,991,446
Loans receivable (net of allowance for loan losses of
$104,951, $40,951 and $40,013) 11,657,657 10,864,801 9,579,231
Accrued interest receivable 259,615 225,714 213,430
Premises and equipment 1,617,570 1,664,306 752,374
Federal Home Loan Bank stock 171,700 161,800 153,500
Other assets 224,152 117,238 64,736
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
TOTAL ASSETS $ 37,809,597 $ 33,296,877 $ 29,354,082
================ ================ ================
LIABILITIES
Deposits $ 33,884,171 $ 29,318,964 $ 25,418,128
Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance 66,531 125,711 131,812
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 378,782 282,073 179,771
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES 34,329,484 29,726,748 25,729,711
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
RETAINED EARNINGS
Retained earnings-substantially restricted 3,118,707 3,301,992 3,348,263
Net unrealized gain on securities 361,406 268,137 276,108
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
TOTAL RETAINED EARNINGS 3,480,113 3,570,129 3,624,371
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
RETAINED EARNINGS $ 37,809,597 $ 33,296,877 $ 29,354,082
================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
STATEMENT OF RETAINED EARNINGS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Net Unrealized
Retained Gain (Loss)
Earnings on Securities Total
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994 $ 3,185,188 $ 192,746 $ 3,377,934
Net income 163,075 163,075
Net unrealized gain on securities 83,362 83,362
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Balance, December 31, 1995 3,348,263 276,108 3,624,371
Net loss (46,271) (46,271)
Net unrealized loss on securities (7,971) (7,971)
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Balance, December 31, 1996 3,301,992 268,137 3,570,129
Net loss (unaudited) (183,285) (183,285)
Net unrealized gain on securities 93,269 93,269
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Balance, September 30, 1997
(unaudited) $ 3,118,707 $ 361,406 $ 3,480,113
================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
See acompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended September 30, Year Ended December 31,
1997 1996 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss) $ (183,285) $ 10,324 $ (46,271) $ 163,075
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
net cash provided by operating
activities:
Provision for loan losses 39,000 9,000 36,500 21,000
Depreciation and amortization 91,125 18,900 58,203 23,357
Net securities gains - (124,468) (124,468) -
Deferred income taxes (50,233) 10,363 789 (3,544)
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest
receivable (33,901) 52,891 (12,284) 38,598
Other, net (2,316) 248,360 55,759 (62,651)
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Net cash provided by (used for)
operating activities (139,610) 225,370 (31,772) 179,835
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Decrease (increase) in certificates
of deposits (86,772) (11,069) (668,453) 1,509,044
Investment securities available for sale:
Purchases (24,401) (522,269) (525,018) -
Proceeds from sales - 130,333 130,333 -
Maturities and repayments 2,305 3,278 3,998 3,727
Investment securities held to maturity:
Purchases (2,346,537) - (700,000) (624,856)
Maturities and repayments 1,571,749 269,819 405,240 790,472
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale:
Maturities and repayments 532 36,617 36,795 91,422
Mortgage-backed securities held to
maturity:
Purchases (2,665,318) (1,094,529) (1,094,529) (1,271,781)
Maturities and repayments 1,638,807 1,322,676 1,622,237 978,042
Net increase in loans
receivable (831,856) (268,219) (1,322,070) (775,891)
Purchase of Federal Home Loan
Bank stock (9,900) (8,300) (8,300) (5,200)
Purchase of premises and
equipment, net (44,389) (941,268) (970,135) (522,182)
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Net cash provided by (used for)
investing activities (2,795,780) (1,082,931) (3,089,902) 172,797
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended September 30, Year Ended December 31,
1997 1996 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase in deposits $ 4,565,207 $ 782,625 $ 3,900,836 $ 995,066
Net decrease in advances by borrowers
for taxes and insurance (59,180) (63,290) (6,101) (22,291)
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Net cash provided by
financing activities 4,506,027 719,335 3,894,735 972,775
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents 1,570,637 (138,226) 773,061 1,325,407
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD 4,378,710 3,605,649 3,605,649 2,280,242
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
AT END OF PERIOD $ 5,949,347 $ 3,467,423 $ 4,378,710 $ 3,605,649
================ ================ ================ ================
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURE
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest on deposits and
borrowings $ 1,057,984 $ 829,382 $ 1,135,755 $ 1,066,980
Income taxes - 19,389 19,389 75,332
Non-cash items:
Loans transferred to real estate
owned - - - 22,010
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
(ALL DATA RELATED TO SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 ARE UNAUDITED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Stanton Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") is a federally
chartered mutual savings bank located in Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania. The Bank's principal sources of revenue emanate
from its investment, mortgage-backed securities, and mortgage
loan portfolios. The Bank is supervised by the Office of Thrift
Supervision.
Basis of Presentation
---------------------
The accounting policies followed by the Bank and the methods of
applying these principles conform with generally accepted
accounting principles and with general practice within the
banking industry. In preparing the financial statements,
management is required to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the
date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the
period. Actual results could differ significantly from those
estimates.
A summary of significant accounting and reporting policies
applied in the presentation of the accompanying financial
statements follows:
Investment Securities Including Mortgage-Backed Securities
----------------------------------------------------------
Debt securities, including mortgage-backed securities, acquired
with the intent and ability to hold to maturity are stated at
cost and adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of
discount, which are computed using a level yield method and are
recognized as adjustments of interest income. Certain other debt
and equity securities have been classified as available for sale
to serve principally as a source of liquidity. Unrealized holding
gains and losses for available for sale securities are reported
as a separate component of retained earnings, net of tax, until
realized. Realized securities gains and losses are computed using
the specific identification method. Interest and dividends on
investment securities are recognized as income when earned.
Common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the "FHLB")
represents ownership in an institution which is wholly-owned by
other financial institutions. This equity security is accounted
for at cost and reported separately on the accompanying statement
of financial condition.
Loans Receivable
----------------
Loans receivable are stated at their unpaid principal amounts net
of any unearned income. Interest on loans is credited to income
as earned. Interest accrued on loans more than 90 days delinquent
is generally offset by a reserve for uncollected interest and is
not recognized as income.
Loan Origination Fees
---------------------
Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan
origination costs are being deferred and the net amount amortized
as an adjustment of the related loan's yield. The Bank is
amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the related
loans.
F-7
<PAGE>
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Allowance for Loan Losses
-------------------------
Effective January 1, 1995, the Bank adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors
for Impairment of a Loan," as amended by Statement No. 118. Under
this Standard, the Bank estimates credit losses on impaired loans
based on the present value of expected cash flows or fair value
of the underlying collateral if the loan repayment is expected to
come from the sale or operation of such collateral. Prior to
1995, the credit losses related to these loans were estimated
based on undiscounted cash flows or the fair value of the
underlying collateral. Statement 118 amends Statement 114 to
permit a creditor to use existing methods for recognizing
interest income on impaired loans eliminating the income
recognition provisions of Statement 114. The adoption of these
statements did not have a material effect on the Bank's financial
position or results of operation.
Impaired loans are commercial and commercial real estate loans
for which it is probable that the Bank will not be able to
collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the
loan agreement. The Bank individually evaluates such loans for
impairment and does not aggregate loans by major risk
classifications. The definition of "impaired loans" is not the
same as the definition of "nonaccrual loans," although the two
categories overlap. The Bank may choose to place a loan on
nonaccrual status due to payment delinquency or uncertain
collectibility, while not classifying the loan as impaired if the
loan is not a commercial or commercial real estate loan. Factors
considered by management in determining impairment include
payment status and collateral value. The amount of impairment for
these types of impaired loans is determined by the difference
between the present value of the expected cash flows related to
the loan, using the original interest rate, and its recorded
value, or, as a practical expedient in the case of collateralized
loans, the difference between the fair value of the collateral
and the recorded amount of the loans. When foreclosure is
probable, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the
collateral.
Mortgage loans on one-to-four family properties and all consumer
loans are large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans and
are measured for impairment collectively. Loans that experience
insignificant payment delays, which are defined as 90 days or
less, generally are not classified as impaired. Management
determines the significance of payment delays on a case-by-case
basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances
surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of
the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of
shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.
The allowance for loan losses represents the amount which
management estimates is adequate to provide for potential losses
in its loan portfolio. The allowance method is used in providing
for loan losses. Accordingly, all loan losses are charged to the
allowance and all recoveries are credited to it. The allowance
for loan losses is established through a provision for loan
losses charged to operations. The provision for loan losses is
based on management's periodic evaluation of individual loans,
economic factors, past loan loss experience, changes in the
composition and volume of the portfolio, and other relevant
factors. The estimates used in determining the adequacy of the
allowance for loan losses, including the amounts and timing of
future cash flows expected on impaired loans, are particularly
susceptible to changes in the near term.
Premises and Equipment
----------------------
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using straight-line and
accelerated methods over the useful lives of the related assets.
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to
operations as incurred. Costs of major additions and improvements
are capitalized.
F-8
<PAGE>
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Real Estate Owned
-----------------
Real estate owned, acquired in settlement of foreclosed loans, is
carried at the lower of cost or fair value minus estimated cost
to sell. Valuation allowances for estimated losses are provided
when the carrying value exceeds the fair value. Direct costs
incurred on such properties are recorded as expenses of current
operations.
Federal Income Taxes
--------------------
Deferred tax assets or liabilities are computed based on the
difference between the financial statement and income tax basis
of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rates.
Deferred income tax expenses or benefits are based on the changes
in the deferred tax asset or liability from period to period.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
-------------------------
The Bank has defined cash and cash equivalents as those cash and
due from banks and overnight deposits with the FHLB.
Reclassification of Comparative Amounts
---------------------------------------
Certain comparative account balances for prior periods have been
reclassified to conform to the current period classifications.
Such reclassifications did not effect net income.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
--------------------------------
In June 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("the
FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
and Extinguishment of Liabilities," which provides accounting and
reporting standards for transfers and servicing of financial
assets and extinguishment of liabilities. This statement applies
prospectively in fiscal years beginning after December 31, 1996,
and establishes new standards that focus on control whereas,
after a transfer of financial assets, an entity recognizes the
financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it
has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been
surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished. The
adoption of Statement 125 did not have a material impact on the
Bank's results of operations or financial position at or for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997.
In December 1996, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 127, "Deferral of the Effective Date of
Certain Provisions of FASB Statement No. 125." Statement 127
defers for one year the effective date of portions of Statement
125 that address secured borrowings and collateral for all
transactions. Additionally, Statement 127 defers for one year the
effective date of transfers of financial assets that are part of
repurchase agreements, securities lending and similar
transactions. The Bank does not expect adoption of Statement 127
to have a material impact on the Bank's results of operations or
financial position.
In July 1997 the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income." Statement No. 130 is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 1997. This statement
establishes standards for reporting and presentation of
comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses,
gains and losses) in a full set of general purpose financial
statements. It requires that all items that are required to be
recognized under accounting standards as
F-9
<PAGE>
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Recent Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)
--------------------------------------------
components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial
statement that is presented with the same prominence as other
financial statements. Statement No. 130 requires that companies
(i) classify items of other comprehensive income by their nature
in a financial statement and (ii) display the accumulated balance
of other comprehensive income separately from retained earnings
and additional paid-in capital in the equity section of the
statement of financial condition. Reclassification of financial
statements for earlier periods provided for comprehensive
purposes is required.
2. INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS WITH OTHER BANKS
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks are comprised of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Overnight deposits with FHLB $ 4,627,998 $ 3,607,995 $ 3,352,197
Certificates of deposit 2,936,349 2,844,900 2,173,638
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 7,564,347 $ 6,452,895 $ 5,525,835
================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, 1997
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market
Cost Gains Losses Value
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Available for Sale
Mutual funds $ 843,428 $ 744 $ (60,291) $ 783,881
FHLMC common stock 17,353 606,995 - 624,348
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 860,781 $ 607,739 $ (60,291) $ 1,408,229
================ ================ ================ ================
Held to Maturity
Securities of U.S. Government
agencies $ 3,255,999 $ 9,451 $ (17,021) $ 3,248,429
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions 1,803,393 66,377 (194) 1,869,576
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 5,059,392 $ 75,828 $ (17,215) $ 5,118,005
================ ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1996
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market
Cost Gains Losses Value
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Available for Sale
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Mutual funds $ 821,332 $ - $ (65,319) $ 756,013
FHLMC common stock 17,353 471,387 - 488,740
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 838,685 $ 471,387 $ (65,319) $ 1,244,753
================ ================ ================ ================
Held to Maturity
Securities of U.S. Government
agencies $ 2,678,012 $ - $ (34,444) $ 2,643,568
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions 1,605,437 47,474 (28,306) 1,624,605
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 4,283,449 $ 47,474 $ (62,750) $ 4,268,173
================ ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1995
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market
Cost Gains Losses Value
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Available for Sale
Mutual funds $ 300,314 $ - $ (53,059) $ 247,255
FHLMC common stock 23,218 471,770 - 494,988
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 323,532 $ 471,770 $ (53,059) $ 742,243
================ ================ ================ ================
Held to Maturity
Securities of U.S. Government
agencies $ 2,384,165 $ 5,473 $ (38,099) $ 2,351,539
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions 1,604,135 60,341 (7,415) 1,657,061
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 3,988,300 $ 65,814 $ (45,514) $ 4,008,600
================ ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
F-11
<PAGE>
3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
The amortized cost and estimated market value of investments in
debt securities by contractual maturity are shown below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, 1997 December 31, 1996
Held to Maturity Held to Maturity
Estimated Estimated
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Amortized Market Amortized Market
Cost Value Cost Value
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Due within one year $ 550,000 $ 548,736 $ 100,000 $ 100,000
Due after one year through
five years 2,117,804 2,121,172 2,916,318 2,868,433
Due after five years through
ten years 761,619 802,101 889,123 923,613
Due after ten years 1,629,969 1,645,996 378,008 376,127
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 5,059,392 $ 5,118,005 $ 4,283,449 $ 4,268,173
================ ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale
and gross gains and losses realized on those sales were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended September 30, Year Ended December 31,
1997 1996 1996 1995
-------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Proceeds from sales $ - $ 130,333 $ 130,333 $ -
Gross gains - 124,468 124,468 -
Gross losses - - - -
</TABLE>
4. MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, 1997
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market
Cost Gains Losses Value
---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Available for Sale
FNMA $ 53,059 $ 138 $ - $ 53,197
---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------
Total $ 53,059 $ 138 $ - $ 53,197
================ ================ =============== ================
Held to Maturity
Government National
Mortgage Association $ 4,044,025 $ 93,861 $ (25,181) $ 4,112,705
Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation 3,467,099 40,888 (12,583) 3,495,404
Federal National Mortgage
Association 961,265 15,300 - 976,565
---------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------
Total $ 8,472,389 $ 150,049 $ (37,764) $ 8,584,674
================ ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
F-12
<PAGE>
4. MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1996
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market
Cost Gains Losses Value
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Available for Sale
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
FNMA $ 53,589 $ 202 $ - $ 53,791
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 53,589 $ 202 $ 0 $ 53,791
================ ================ ================ ================
Held to Maturity
Government National
Mortgage Association $ 4,130,286 $ 34,324 $ (84,994) $ 4,079,616
Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation 2,725,306 25,342 (29,136) 2,721,512
Federal National Mortgage
Association 601,823 1,601 (1,901) 601,523
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 7,457,415 $ 61,267 $ (116,031) $ 7,402,651
================ ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1995
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market
Cost Gains Losses Value
---------------- ---------------- -------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Available for Sale
FNMA $ 54,269 $ 117 $ - $ 54,386
Collateralized mortgage
obligations 35,632 - (483) 35,149
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 89,901 $ 117 $ (483) $ 89,535
================ ================ ================ ================
Held to Maturity
Government National
Mortgage Ass $ 4,388,626 $ 88,739 $ (32,392) $ 4,444,973
Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation 3,450,333 33,704 (39,189) 3,444,848
Federal National Mortgage
Association 152,487 5,873 (1,100) 157,260
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 7,991,446 $ 128,316 $ (72,681) $ 8,047,081
================ ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
The amortized cost and estimated market value of mortgage-backed
securities by contractual maturity are shown below.
Mortgage-backed securities provide for periodic payments of
principal and interest. Due to expected repayment terms being
significantly less than the underlying mortgage loan pool
contractual maturities, the estimated lives of these securities
could be significantly shorter.
F-13
<PAGE>
4. MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, 1997
Available for Sale Held to Maturity
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated Estimated
Amortized Market Amortized Market
Cost Value Cost Value
-------------- -------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Due within one year $ - $ - $ 453,805 $ 448,763
Due after one year through
five years - - 2,496,354 2,496,465
Due after five years through
ten years - - 65,737 67,927
Due after ten years 53,059 53,197 5,456,493 5,571,519
-------------- -------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 53,059 $ 53,197 $ 8,472,389 $ 8,584,674
============== ============== ================ ================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1996
Available for Sale Held to Maturity
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated Estimated
Amortized Market Amortized Market
Cost Value Cost Value
--------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Due within one year $ - $ - $ 348,387 $ 340,842
Due after one year through
five years - - 1,839,235 1,829,778
Due after five years through
ten years - - 74,560 80,035
Due after ten years 53,589 53,791 5,195,233 5,151,997
--------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 53,589 $ 53,791 $ 7,457,415 $ 7,402,652
=============== ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
5. LOANS RECEIVABLE
Loans receivable consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Mortgage loans:
One to four family $ 7,554,279 $ 7,539,096 $ 6,622,814
Home equity 2,928,898 2,016,854 1,460,215
Multi - family 33,055 68,569 81,258
Commercial 788,941 921,368 1,087,530
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
11,305,173 10,545,887 9,251,817
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Consumer loans:
Share loans 347,432 328,573 363,769
Other 115,736 70,215 35,005
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
463,168 398,788 398,774
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Less:
Deferred loan origination costs, net 5,733 13,923 31,347
Allowance for loan losses 104,951 65,951 40,013
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
110,684 79,874 71,360
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 11,657,657 $ 10,864,801 $ 9,579,231
================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
The Bank's primary business activity is with customers located
within its local trade area. The repayment of these loans is
dependent upon the local economic conditions in its immediate
trade area.
Activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended September 30, Year Ended December 31,
1997 1996 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, at beginning of
period $ 65,951 $ 40,013 $ 40,013 $ 33,994
Loans charged off - (10,562) (10,562) (14,981)
Recoveries - - - -
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Net loans charged off - (10,562) (10,562) (14,981)
Provision for loan losses 39,000 9,000 36,500 21,000
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Balance, at end of period $ 104,951 $ 38,451 $ 65,951 $ 40,013
================ ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
The Bank had nonaccrual loans of $61,859, $85,100 and $79,945 at
September 30, 1997, December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively,
which in management's opinion did not meet the definition of
impaired in accordance with Statement 114. Interest income on
loans would have been increased by $9,177, $7,365 and $3,268,
respectively, if these loans had performed in accordance with
their original terms.
F-15
<PAGE>
5. LOANS RECEIVABLE (Continued)
In the normal course of business, loans are extended to directors
and executive officers and their associates. In management's
opinion, all of these loans are on substantially the same terms
and conditions as loans to other individuals and businesses of
comparable creditworthiness. A summary of loan activity for those
directors, executive officers, and their associates with loan
balances in excess of $60,000 for the nine months ended September
30, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1996, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Nine For the Year
Months Ended Ended
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996
---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Balance beginning of period $ 380,986 $ 378,232
Additions - 17,000
Repayments (12,534) (14,246)
---------------- ----------------
Balance end of period $ 368,452 $ 380,986
================ ================
</TABLE>
6. ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE
Accrued interest receivable consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Investment securities $ 79,164 $ 59,577 $ 68,266
Mortgage-backed securities 55,216 56,489 51,669
Interest-bearing deposits 43,964 44,008 36,126
Loans receivable 81,271 65,640 57,369
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 259,615 $ 225,714 $ 213,430
================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Land and improvements $ 422,181 $ 422,181 $ 93,082
Buildings and improvements 1,075,989 1,074,317 696,998
Furniture and equipment 643,273 600,556 336,839
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
2,141,443 2,097,054 1,126,919
Less accumulated depreciation 523,873 432,748 374,545
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 1,617,570 $ 1,664,306 $ 752,374
================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 1997
and 1996, and the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 was
$91,125, $18,900, $58,203, and $23,357, respectively.
F-16
<PAGE>
8. FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK
The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. As a
member, the Bank maintains an investment in the capital stock of
the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, at cost, in an amount
not less than the greater of 1% of its outstanding home loans or
5% of its outstanding notes payable to the Federal Home Loan Bank
of Pittsburgh as calculated at December 31 of each year.
9. DEPOSITS
Comparative details of deposits are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996 1995
---------------------------- --------------------------- --------------------
Amount % Amount % Amount %
---------------- -------- --------------- ------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Non-interest-bearing $ 1,307,867 3.9 % $ 678,870 2.3 % 107,118 0.4 %
---------------- ----- --------------- ----- ----------- -----
Interest-bearing
Savings 9,283,887 27.4 8,829,611 30.1 8,329,693 32.8
NOW checking 1,602,832 4.7 1,075,071 3.7 961,907 3.8
Money market 1,290,294 3.8 1,400,519 4.8 1,471,189 5.8
---------------- ----- --------------- ----- ----------- -----
12,177,013 35.9 11,305,201 38.6 10,762,789 42.4
---------------- ----- --------------- ----- ----------- -----
Time certificates of deposit
2.00 - 3.99% 32,581 0.1 180,745 0.6 130,259 0.5
4.00 - 5.99% 16,353,187 48.2 13,036,968 44.4 10,187,877 40.1
6.00 - 7.99% 3,985,835 11.8 4,091,085 14.0 4,205,982 16.5
8.00 - 9.99% 27,688 0.1 26,095 0.1 24,103 0.1
---------------- ----- --------------- ----- ----------- -----
20,399,291 60.2 17,334,893 59.1 14,548,221 57.2
---------------- ----- --------------- ----- ----------- -----
Total $ 33,884,171 100.0 % $ 29,318,964 100.0 % $25,418,128 100.0 %
================ ===== =============== ===== =========== =====
</TABLE>
The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum
denomination of $100,000 was $1,528,559 and $702,554 at September
30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, respectively. There were no
certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000
at December 31, 1995
The scheduled maturities of time certificates of deposit are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996
---------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Within one year $ 16,186,875 $14,026,134
Beyond one year but within three years 1,686,812 2,574,725
Beyond three years but within five years 1,196,832 681,888
Beyond five years 1,328,772 52,146
---------------- -----------
Total $ 20,399,291 $17,334,893
================ ===========
</TABLE>
F-17
<PAGE>
9. DEPOSITS (Continued)
Interest expense by deposit category is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended September 30, Year Ended December 31,
1997 1996 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Savings $ 199,554 $ 192,248 $ 258,295 $ 273,390
NOW and money market 48,506 43,642 58,793 63,499
Time certificates of deposit 811,161 594,305 819,440 730,049
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------
Total $ 1,059,221 $ 830,195 $ 1,136,528 $ 1,066,938
================ ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
10. BORROWING CAPACITY
Borrowing capacity consists of credit arrangements with the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. FHLB borrowings are subject
to annual renewal, incur no service charges, and are secured by a
blanket security agreement on certain investment and
mortgage-backed securities, outstanding residential mortgages and
the Bank's investment in FHLB stock. As of December 31, 1996, the
Bank's maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB was approximately
$16.2 million. As of September 30, 1997, December 31, 1996 and
1995, there were no outstanding borrowings.
11. SAVINGS ASSOCIATION INSURANCE FUNDS RECAPITALIZATION
On September 30, 1996, the President signed into law legislation
which included, among other things, recapitalization of the
Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") by a one time charge to
SAIF-insured institutions of 65.7 basis points per one hundred
dollars of insurable deposits. The gross effect to the Bank
amounted to $160,102, which is reflected in the financial results
of the Bank for the year ended December 31, 1996.
12. INCOME TAXES
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are summarized as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended September 30, Year Ended December 31,
1997 1996 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current payable
Federal $ (78,106) $ (39,495) $ (27,912) $ 66,552
State (18,354) (10,213) (13,293) 16,156
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
(96,460) (49,708) (41,205) 82,708
Deferred taxes
Federal (30,979) 18,425 8,867 (3,544)
State (19,254) (8,062) (8,078) -
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
$ (146,693) $ (39,345) $ (40,416) $ 79,164
================ ================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
F-18
<PAGE>
12. INCOME TAXES (Continued)
Income taxes applicable to net securities gains were $42,319 for
the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and for the year ended
December 31, 1996.
On August 20, 1996, The Small Business Job Protections Act (the
"Act") was signed into law. The Act eliminated the percentage of
taxable income bad debt deduction for thrift institutions for tax
years beginning after December 31, 1995. The Act provides that
bad debt reserves accumulated prior to 1988 be exempt from
recapture. Bad debt reserves accumulated after 1987 are subject
to recapture. The Bank has accumulated additional bad debt
reserves since 1987 of $85,251.
The following temporary differences gave rise to the net deferred
tax assets (liabilities):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred Tax Assets:
Allowance for loan losses $ 35,684 $ 13,923 $ 13,604
Pension adjustment 32,150 28,621 28,471
Deferred compensation 19,040 - -
Deferred loan origination costs, net 1,949 9,604 10,900
Other 1,338 689 -
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total gross deferred tax assets 90,161 52,837 52,975
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Net unrealized gain on securities 189,179 138,131 142,237
Premises and equipment 10,166 6,272 -
Discount on mortgage-backed securities 17,547 15,096 12,639
Excess tax bad debt reserve 28,985 28,985 28,985
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities 245,877 188,484 183,861
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Net deferred tax asse $ (155,716) $ (135,647) $ (130,886)
================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
No valuation allowance was established at September 30, 1997 or
December 31, 1996 and 1995, in view of the Bank's ability to
carryback taxes paid in previous years and to a lesser extent
future anticipated taxable income.
The reconciliation of the federal statutory rate and the Bank's
effective income tax rate is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended September 30,
1997 1996
-------------------------------- -----------------------------------
% of % of
Pre-tax Pre-tax
Amount Income Amount Income
---------------- ----------- --------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Provision at statutory rate $ (112,193) (34.0)% $ (9,867) (34.0)%
State tax expense, net of
federal tax benefit (12,114) (3.4) (12,062) (41.6)
Tax free income (13,813) (4.2) (12,477) (43.0)
Other, net (8,573) (2.6) (4,939) (17.0)
---------------- ----------- --------------- -----------
Actual tax expense
and effective rate $ (146,693) (44.5)% $ (39,345) (135.6)%
================ =========== =============== ===========
</TABLE>
F-19
<PAGE>
12. INCOME TAXES (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
% of % of
Pre-tax Pre-tax
Amount Income Amount Income
---------------- ----- --------------- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Provision at statutory rate $ (20,974) (34.0)% $ 82,361 34.0 %
State tax expense, net of
federal tax benefit (8,773) (10.1) 10,663 4.4
Tax free income (16,731) (19.3) (16,228) (6.7)
Other, net 14,562 16.8 2,368 1.0
---------------- ----- --------------- ----
Actual tax expense
and effective $ (40,416) (46.6)% $ 79,164 32.7 %
================ ===== =============== ====
</TABLE>
13. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Defined Benefit Plan
The Bank sponsors a trusteed, defined benefit pension plan
covering substantially all employees and officers. The plan calls
for benefits to be paid to eligible employees at retirement based
primarily upon years of service with the Bank and compensation
rates near retirement. The Bank's funding policy is to make
annual contributions as needed based upon the funding formula
developed by the plan's actuary. Net periodic pension cost is
comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1996 1995
---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Service cost of the current period $ 40,058 $ 26,295
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 52,882 43,424
Actual return on plan assets (21,803) (65,614)
Net amortization and deferral (14,237) 27,984
---------------- ----------------
Net periodic pension cost $ 56,900 $ 32,089
================ ================
</TABLE>
The actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligations at
December 31, 1996 and 1995, was $428,196 and $508,342, including
vested benefits of $391,647 and $469,395, respectively. The
following table sets forth the funded status and amounts
recognized in the statement of financial condition:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
1996 1995
---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Plan assets at fair value $ 549,600 $ 556,114
Projected benefit obligation 713,241 855,089
---------------- ----------------
Funded status (163,641) (298,975)
Unrecognized net loss 55,013 188,410
Unrecognized prior service costs 1,960 2,127
Unrecognized transition liability 22,488 24,699
---------------- ----------------
Net pension liability $ (84,180) $ (83,739)
================ ================
</TABLE>
F-20
<PAGE>
13. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (Continued)
Assumptions used in the accounting for the defined benefit plan
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Weighted average discount rate 7.25 % 6.25 %
Rates of increase in compensation levels 4.96 % 4.99 %
Expected long - term rate of return on assets 7.75 % 7.75 %
</TABLE>
Plan assets are invested in funds managed by the Principal Mutual
Life Insurance Company.
Supplemental Retirement Plan
Effective September 30, 1997, the Directors Consultation and
Retirement Plan was adopted to provide post-retirement payments
over a five year period to members of the Board of Directors who
have completed five or more years of service. Expenses for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997 amounted to $56,000.
14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Commitments
In the normal course of business, the Bank makes various
commitments which are not reflected in the accompanying financial
statements. These instruments involve, to varying degrees,
elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount
recognized in the statement of financial condition. The Bank's
exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other parties to the financial instruments is represented by the
contractual amounts as disclosed. The Bank minimizes its exposure
to credit loss under these commitments by subjecting them to
credit approval and review procedures, and collateral
requirements, as deemed necessary.
The off-balance sheet commitments were comprised of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Commitments to extend credit:
One to four family $ 360,000 $ 108,000 $ 238,000
Other mortgage loans 100,000 - -
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total $ 460,000 $ 108,000 $ 238,000
================ ================ ================
</TABLE>
All of the Bank's commitments to fund future loans are fixed rate
and at September 30, 1997 those rates ranged from 7.75% to 8.50%.
Contingent Liabilities
In the normal course of business, the Bank is involved in various
legal proceedings primarily involving the collection of
outstanding loans. None of these proceedings are expected to have
a material effect on the consolidated financial position or
operations of the Bank.
F-21
<PAGE>
15. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements
administered by the federal banking agencies. The Office of
Thrift Supervision sets forth capital standards applicable to all
thrifts. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can
initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary
actions by the regulators that, if undertaken, could have a
direct material effect on the Bank's financial statements.
Capital adequacy guidelines involve quantitative measures of the
Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as
calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's
capital amounts and classification are also subject to
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk
weightings, and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by the regulation to ensure
capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and
ratios of Total and Tier I capital (as defined in the
regulations) to risk-weighted assets, and of tangible and core
capital (as defined in the regulations) to adjusted assets (as
defined). Management believes as of December 31, 1996 that the
Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which they are
subject.
As of December 31, 1996, the most recent notification from the
Bank's primary regulator categorized the Bank as "well
capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective
action. To be categorized as "well capitalized" the Bank must
maintain minimum tangible, core, and risk-based ratios. There
have been no conditions or events since that notification that
management believes have changed the Bank's category.
The following table reconciles capital under generally accepted
accounting principles to regulatory capital.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total equity $ 3,480,113 $ 3,570,129 $3,624,371
Unrealized gain on securities (361,406) (268,137) (276,108)
---------------- ---------------- ----------
Tier I, core and tangible capital 3,118,707 3,301,992 3,348,263
Allowance for loan losses 104,951 65,951 40,013
---------------- ---------------- ----------
Risk-based capital $ 3,223,658 $ 3,367,943 $3,388,276
================ ================ ==========
</TABLE>
F-22
<PAGE>
15. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
Actual capital levels of the Bank and minimum required levels are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, December 31,
1997 1996 1995
----------------------- ------------------ -----------------
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
------------- ----- --------- ----- --------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
-------------------------------------
Actual $ 3,223,658 23.7 % 3,367,943 34.3 % 3,388,276 28.1 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes 1,086,480 8.0 786,000 8.0 964,000 8.0
To be "Well Capitalized" 1,358,100 10.0 982,500 10.0 1,205,000 10.0
Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
--------------------------------------
Actual $ 3,118,707 23.0 % 3,301,992 33.6 % 3,348,263 27.8 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes 543,240 4.0 393,000 4.0 482,000 4.0
To be "Well Capitalized" 814,860 6.0 589,500 6.0 723,000 6.0
Core Capital to Adjusted Assets
-------------------------------
Actual $ 3,118,707 8.4 % 3,301,992 10.1 % 3,348,263 11.6 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes 1,116,780 3.0 984,810 3.0 866,760 3.0
To be "Well Capitalized" 1,861,300 5.0 1,641,350 5.0 1,444,600 5.0
Tangible Capital to Adjusted Assets
-----------------------------------
Actual $ 3,118,707 8.4 % 3,301,992 10.1 % 3,348,263 11.6 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes 558,390 1.5 492,405 1.5 433,380 1.5
To be "Well Capitalized" N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
</TABLE>
Prior to the enactment of The Small Business Job Protection Act
discussed in Note 12, the Bank accumulated approximately $975,000
of retained earnings at December 31, 1996, which amount
represents allocations of income to bad debt deductions for tax
purposes only. Since this amount represents the accumulated bad
debt reserves prior to 1988, no provision for federal income tax
has been made for such amount. If any portion of this amount is
used other than to absorb loan losses (which is not anticipated),
the amount will be subject to federal income tax at the current
corporate rate.
F-23
<PAGE>
16. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments at
December 31, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
------------------------- -------------------------
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Value Value Value Value
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Financial assets:
Cash and due from banks,
interest-bearing deposits
in other bank $ 7,223,610 $ 7,223,610 $ 5,779,287 $ 5,779,287
Investment securities
available for sale 1,244,753 1,244,753 742,243 742,243
Investment securities
held to maturity 4,283,449 4,268,173 3,988,300 4,008,600
Mortgage-backed securities
available for sale 53,791 53,791 89,535 89,535
Mortgage-backed securities
held to maturity 7,457,415 7,402,651 7,991,446 8,047,081
FHLB stock 161,800 161,800 153,500 153,500
Loans receivable 10,864,801 10,949,438 9,579,231 9,926,374
Accrued interest receivable 225,714 225,714 213,430 213,430
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total $31,515,333 $31,529,930 $28,536,972 $28,960,050
=========== =========== =========== ===========
Financial liabilities:
Deposits $29,318,964 $29,361,112 $25,418,128 $25,541,297
Advances by borrowers
for taxes and insurance 125,711 125,711 131,812 131,812
Accrued interest payable 2,327 2,327 1,554 1,554
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total $29,447,002 $29,489,150 $25,551,494 $25,674,663
=========== =========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
Financial instruments are defined as cash, evidence of an
ownership interest in an entity, or a contract which creates an
obligation or right to receive or deliver cash or another
financial instrument from/to a second entity on potentially
favorable or unfavorable terms.
Fair value is defined as the amount at which a financial
instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between
willing parties other than in a forced or liquidation sale. If a
quoted market price is available for a financial instrument, the
estimated fair value would be calculated based upon the market
price per trading unit of the instrument.
If no readily available market exists, the fair value estimates
for financial instruments are based upon management's judgment
regarding current economic conditions, interest rate risk,
expected cash flows, future estimated losses, and other factors
as determined through various option pricing formulas or
simulation modeling. As many of these assumptions result from
judgments made by management based upon estimates which are
inherently uncertain, the resulting estimated fair values may not
be indicative of the amount realizable in the sale of a
particular financial instrument. In addition, changes in the
assumptions on which the estimated fair values are based may have
a significant impact on the resulting estimated fair values.
As certain assets, such as deferred tax assets and premises and
equipment, are not considered financial instruments, the
estimated fair value of financial instruments would not represent
the full value of the Bank.
F-24
<PAGE>
16. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)
The Office of Thrift Supervision employed simulation modeling in
determining the estimated fair value of financial instruments for
which quoted market prices were not available based upon the
following assumptions:
Cash and Due From Banks, Interest-bearing Deposits with Other
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Banks, Accrued Interest Receivable, FHLB Stock, Advances By
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Borrowers For Taxes and Insurance, and Accrued Interest Payable
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The fair value is equal to the current carrying value.
Investment Securities and Mortgage-Backed Securities
----------------------------------------------------
The fair value of these securities is equal to the available
quoted market price. If no quoted market price is available, fair
value is estimated using the quoted market price for similar
securities.
Loans Receivable and Deposits
-----------------------------
The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future
cash flows using a simulation model which estimates future cash
flows based upon current market rates adjusted for prepayment
risk and credit quality. Savings, checking, and money market
deposit accounts are valued at the amount payable on demand as of
year end. Fair values for time deposits are estimated using a
discounted cash flow calculation that applies contractual costs
currently being offered in the existing portfolio to current
market rates being offered for deposits of similar remaining
maturities.
Commitments to Extend Credit
----------------------------
These financial instruments are generally not subject to sale,
and estimated fair values are not readily available. The carrying
value, represented by the net deferred fee arising from the
unrecognized commitment and the fair value, determined by
discounting the remaining contractual fee over the term of the
commitment using fees currently charged to enter into similar
agreements with similar credit risk, are not considered material
for disclosure. The contractual amounts of unfunded commitments
are presented in Note 14.
17. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
Plan of Conversion
------------------
On September 30, 1997, the Board of Directors of the Bank,
subject to regulatory approval and approval by the members of the
Bank, adopted a Plan of Conversion (the "Plan") to convert from a
federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered
stock savings bank and the concurrent formation of a holding
company for the Bank. The Plan provides that the holding company
will offer nontransferable subscription rights to purchase common
stock of the holding company. The rights will be offered first to
eligible account holders, the Bank's tax-qualified employee stock
benefits plans, supplemental eligible account holders, and
directors, officers, and employees. Any shares remaining may then
be offered to the general public.
Conversion costs will be deferred and deducted from the proceeds
of the stock offering. If the offering is unsuccessful for any
reason, the deferred costs will be charged to operations.
F-25
<PAGE>
17. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (Continued)
At the date of conversion, the Bank will establish a liquidation
account in an amount equal to its retained earnings reflected in
the statement of financial condition appearing in the final
prospectus. The liquidation account will be maintained for the
benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible
account holders who continue to maintain their accounts at the
Bank after the conversion. The liquidation will be reduced
annually to the extent these account holders have reduced their
qualifying deposits. In the event of a complete liquidation, each
eligible savings account holder will be entitled to receive a
distribution from the liquidation account in an amount
proportionate to the current adjusted qualifying balances for
accounts then held.
The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase
any of its common shares if the effect thereof would cause the
Bank's shareholders' equity to be reduced below either the amount
required for the liquidation account or the regulatory capital
requirements for insured institutions.
F-26
<PAGE>
No dealer, salesman or other person has been authorized to give any information
or to make any representations not contained in this document in connection with
the offering made hereby, and, if given or made, such information or
representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Stanton
Federal Savings Bank, SFSB Holding Company or Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc. This
document does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer
to buy, any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction
in which such offer or solicitation would be unlawful. Neither the delivery of
this document by Stanton Federal Savings Bank, SFSB Holding Company or Ryan,
Beck & Co., Inc. nor any sale made hereunder shall in any circumstances create
an implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Stanton Federal
Savings Bank or SFSB Holding Company since any of the dates as of which
information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.
SFSB Holding Company
Up to __________ Shares
(Anticipated Maximum)
Common Stock
--------------------
PROSPECTUS
--------------------
Ryan, Beck & Co.
Dated __________ ____, 1997
THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR ACCOUNTS
AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED.
Until the later of __________ ____, 1997, or 90 days after
commencement of the offering of common stock, all dealers that
buy, sell or trade these securities, whether or not participating in
this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This
is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus
when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
<PAGE>
PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 24. Indemnification of Officers and Directors.
Sections 1741 through 1747 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Act
sets forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents
may be insured or indemnified against liability which they may incur in their
capacities as such.
The Articles of Incorporation of SFSB Holding Company (the "Articles")
attached as Exhibit 3(i) hereto, requires indemnification of directors, officers
and employees to the fullest extent permitted by Pennsylvania law.
SFSB Holding Company ("SFSB") may purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of
SFSB or is or was serving at the request of SFSB as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him
in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not SFSB
would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the
provisions of the Articles.
Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
* Special counsel and local counsel legal fees..........$ 50,000
* Printing and postage....................................35,000
* Appraisal/Business Plan.................................25,000
* Accounting fees.........................................35,000
* Data processing/Conversion agent........................10,000
* SEC Registration Fee.....................................2,200
* OTS Filing Fees..........................................8,400
* NASD Fairness Filing.....................................1,000
* Blue Sky legal and filing fees..........................10,000
* Underwriting fees and expenses,
including legal fees.................................120,000
* Stock Certificates.......................................1,000
* Transfer Agent...........................................5,000
* Miscellaneous expenses................................. 17,400
------
* TOTAL.................................................$320,000
=======
- -----------------
* Estimated.
<PAGE>
Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Not Applicable
Item 27. Exhibits:
The exhibits filed as part of this Registration Statement are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
1.1 Form of Sales Agency Agreement with Ryan, Beck & Co.*
2 Plan of Conversion of Stanton Federal Savings Bank
3(i) Articles of Incorporation of SFSB Holding Company
3(ii) Bylaws of SFSB Holding Company
4 Specimen Stock Certificate of SFSB Holding Company
5.1 Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. regarding legality of securities registered
5.2 Opinion of FinPro, Inc. as to the value of subscription rights
8.1 Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
8.2 State Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
10 Form of Employment Agreement between the Bank and Barbara J. Mallen*
10.1 Form of Directors Consultation and Retirement Plan
between the Bank and each of the directors
23.1 Consent of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. (contained in its
opinions filed as Exhibits 5.1 8.1 and 8.2)
23.2 Consent of LaFrance, Walker, Jackley & Saville
23.3 Consent of FinPro, Inc.
24 Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page)
27 Financial Data Schedule**
99.1 Stock Order Form
99.2 Appraisal Report of FinPro, Inc.*
99.3 Marketing Materials
</TABLE>
-----------------
* To be filed by amendment
** Electronic filing only
Item 28. Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which it offers or sells securities,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:
(i) Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of
the Securities Act of 1933 ("Securities Act");
(ii) Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which
individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information in
the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation
from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be
reflected in the
<PAGE>
form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the
aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent
change in the maximum offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.
(iii) Include any additional or changed material information
on the plan of distribution.
(2) For determining liability under the Securities Act, treat each
post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the securities
offered, and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona
fide offering.
(3) File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of
the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.
(4) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates
in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the
underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons
of the small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
payment by the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the small business issuer in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer
or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this registration
statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, on November 25, 1997.
SFSB HOLDING COMPANY
By: /s/Barbara J. Mallen
------------------------------------------
Barbara J. Mallen
President and Director
(Duly Authorized Representative)
We the undersigned directors and officers of SFSB Holding Company do
hereby severally constitute and appoint Barbara J. Mallen our true and lawful
attorney and agent, to do any and all things and acts in our names in the
capacities indicated below and to execute all instruments for us and in our
names in the capacities indicated below which said Barbara J. Mallen may deem
necessary or advisable to enable SFSB Holding Company to comply with the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements
of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration
statement on Form SB-2 relating to the offering of SFSB Holding Company's common
stock, including specifically but not limited to, power and authority to sign
for us or any of us, in our names in the capacities indicated below, the
registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) thereto; and we hereby ratify and confirm all that Barbara J. Mallen
shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities indicated as of November 25, 1997.
/s/Timothy R. Maier /s/Barbara J. Mallen
- ---------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
Timothy R. Maier Barbara J. Mallen
Chairman of the Board and Director President and Director
Principal Executive and Financial Officer)
/s/Jerome L. Kowalewski /s/Mary Lois Loftus
- ---------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
Jerome L. Kowalewski Mary Lois Loftus
Treasurer and Director Director
/s/Joseph E. Gallagher
- ----------------------------------
Joseph E. Gallagher
Senior Vice President, Secretary, and Director
(Principal Accounting Officer)
EXHIBIT 2
<PAGE>
PLAN OF CONVERSION
Adopted on
September 30, 1997
and Subsequently Amended
By the Board of Directors of
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
1. Introduction.................................................... 1
2. Definitions..................................................... 2
3. Procedure for Conversion........................................ 5
4. Holding Company Applications and Approvals...................... 5
5. Sale of Conversion Stock........................................ 5
6. Number of Shares and Purchase Price of
Conversion Stock......................................... 6
7. Purchase by the Holding Company of the Stock
of the Institution....................................... 7
8. Subscription Rights of Eligible Account
Holders (First Priority)................................. 7
9. Subscription Rights of Employee Plans (Second Priority)......... 7
10. Subscription Rights of Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders (Third Priority)......................... 8
11. Subscription Rights of Other Members
(Fourth Priority)........................................ 8
12. Community Offering.............................................. 9
13. Public Offering and Syndicated Public Offering.................. 9
14. Limitation on Purchases......................................... 10
15. Payment for Conversion Stock.................................... 11
16. Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights
Through Order Forms...................................... 12
17. Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Forms or
Insufficient Payment..................................... 13
18. Restrictions on Resale or Subsequent Disposition................ 13
19. Voting Rights of Stockholders................................... 14
20. Establishment of Liquidation Account............................ 14
21. Transfer of Savings Accounts.................................... 15
22. Restrictions on Acquisition of the Institution
and Holding Company...................................... 15
23. Payment of Dividends and Repurchases of Stock................... 16
24. Amendment of Plan............................................... 16
25. Charter and Bylaws.............................................. 16
26. Consummation of Conversion...................................... 16
27. Registration and Marketing...................................... 16
28. Residents of Foreign Countries and Certain States............... 17
29. Expenses of Conversion.......................................... 17
30. Conditions to Conversion........................................ 17
31. Interpretation.................................................. 17
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
PLAN OF CONVERSION
FOR
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA
1. INTRODUCTION
This Plan of Conversion ("Plan") provides for the conversion of Stanton
Federal Savings Bank, FSB ("INSTITUTION") into a federal capital stock savings
institution, to be known as Stanton Federal Savings Bank. The Board of Directors
of the INSTITUTION currently contemplates that all of the stock of the
INSTITUTION shall be held by another corporation (the "Holding Company"). The
purpose of this conversion is to enable the INSTITUTION to be in the stock form
of organization, like commercial banks and most other corporations. The
conversion will result in an increase in the INSTITUTION's capital available to
support growth and for expansion of its facilities, possible diversification
into other related financial services activities and further enhance the
INSTITUTION's ability to render services to the public and compete with other
financial institutions. The use of the Holding Company would also provide
greater organizational flexibility. Shares of capital stock of the INSTITUTION
will be sold to the Holding Company and the Holding Company will offer the
Conversion Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth herein to Eligible
Account Holders, the tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans (the "Employee
Plans") established by the INSTITUTION or the Holding Company, which may be
funded by the Holding Company, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other
Members in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. Any shares of
Conversion Stock not subscribed for by the foregoing classes of persons may be
offered for sale to certain members of the public either directly by the
INSTITUTION and the Holding Company through a Community Offering or through a
Public Offering or Syndicated Public Offering by an Underwriter. In the event
that the INSTITUTION decides not to utilize the Holding Company in the
conversion, Conversion Stock of the INSTITUTION, in lieu of the Holding Company,
will be sold as set forth above and in the respective priorities set forth in
this Plan. In addition to the foregoing, the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company
intend to implement stock option plans and other stock benefit plans at the time
of or subsequent to the conversion and may provide employment or severance
agreements to certain management employees and certain other benefits to the
directors, officers and employees of the INSTITUTION as described in the
prospectus for the Conversion Stock.
This Plan, which has been approved by the Board of Directors of the
INSTITUTION, must also be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
total number of votes entitled to be cast by Voting Members of the INSTITUTION
at a special meeting to be called for that purpose. Prior to the submission of
this Plan to the Voting Members for consideration, the Plan must be approved by
the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS").
Upon conversion, each Account Holder having a Savings Account at the
INSTITUTION prior to conversion will continue to have a Savings Account, without
payment therefor, in the same amount and subject to the same terms and
conditions (except for voting and liquidation rights) as in effect prior to the
conversion. After conversion, the INSTITUTION will succeed to all the rights,
interests, duties and obligations of the INSTITUTION before conversion,
including but not limited to all rights and interests of the INSTITUTION in and
to its assets and properties, whether real, personal or mixed. The INSTITUTION
will continue to be a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and all its
insured savings deposits will continue to be insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") to the extent provided by applicable law.
A-1
<PAGE>
2. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following
meanings:
Account Holder - The term Account Holder means any Person holding a
Savings Account in the INSTITUTION.
Acting in Concert - The Term "Acting in Concert" means (i) knowing
participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action
towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; (ii) a
combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an
issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding,
relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise; or
(iii) a person or company which acts in concert with another person or company
("other party") shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or
company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any
tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in
concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for
the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by
the plan will be aggregated.
Associate - The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship
with any person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the
INSTITUTION or a majority-owned subsidiary of the INSTITUTION) of which such
person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial
owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities, (ii) any trust or
other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to
which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity except
that for the purposes of Sections 9 and 14 hereof, the term "Associate" does not
include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Non-Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plan in which a person has a substantial beneficial
interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and except
that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and
Directors the term "Associate" does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock
Benefit Plan, and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative
of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a Director or
Officer of the INSTITUTION or the Holding Company, or any of its parents or
subsidiaries.
Community Offering - The term Community Offering, if applicable, means
the offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the
Holding Company, of shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering.
Conversion Stock - The term Conversion Stock means the $.10 par value
common stock offered and issued by the Holding Company upon conversion.
Director - The term Director means a member of the Board of Directors
of the INSTITUTION and, where applicable, a member of the Board of Directors of
the Holding Company.
Eligible Account Holder - The term Eligible Account Holder means any
person holding a Qualifying Deposit at the INSTITUTION on the Eligibility Record
Date. Only the name(s) of the Person(s) listed on the account as of the
Eligibility Record Date (or a successor entity or estate) is an Eligible Account
Holder. Any Person(s) added to a Qualifying Deposit after the Eligibility Record
Date is not an Eligible Account Holder.
Eligibility Record Date - The term Eligibility Record Date means the
date for determining Eligible Account Holders in the INSTITUTION and is the
close of business on December 31, 1995.
Employees - The term Employees means all Persons who are employed by
the INSTITUTION, excluding Directors and Officers.
A-2
<PAGE>
Employee Plans - The term Employee Plans means the Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans, including the Employee Stock Ownership Plan,
approved by the Board of Directors of the INSTITUTION.
Estimated Valuation Range. The term Estimated Valuation Range means the
range of the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock as
determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and
as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.
FDIC - The term FDIC means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Holding Company - The term Holding Company means the corporation formed
for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the
INSTITUTION to be issued upon its conversion to stock form unless the Holding
Company form of organization is not utilized. Shares of common stock of the
Holding Company will be issued in the Conversion to Participants and others in a
Subscription, Community, Public or Syndicated Public Offering, or through a
combination thereof.
Independent Appraiser - The term Independent Appraiser means an
appraiser retained by the INSTITUTION to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma
market value of the Conversion Stock.
Institution - The term INSTITUTION means Stanton Federal Savings Bank,
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
Local Community - The term local community means the county of
Allegheny in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Member - The term Member means any Person or entity who qualifies as a
member of the INSTITUTION pursuant to its charter and bylaws.
OTS - The term OTS means Office of Thrift Supervision of the Department
of the Treasury.
Officer - The term Officer means an executive officer of the
INSTITUTION and may include the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice
Presidents in charge of principal business functions, Secretary and Treasurer
and any individual performing functions similar to those performed by the
foregoing persons.
Order Form - The term Order Form means any form together with attached
cover letter, sent by the INSTITUTION to any Person containing among other
things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under the Plan
and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for
Conversion Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.
Other Member - The term Other Member means any person, who is a Member
of the INSTITUTION (other than Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders) at the close of business on the voting record date.
Participants - The term Participants means the Eligible Account
Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other
Members.
Person - The term Person means an individual, a corporation, a
partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust (including
Individual Retirement Accounts and KEOGH Accounts), any unincorporated
organization, a government or political subdivision thereof.
Plan - The term Plan means this Plan of Conversion of the INSTITUTION
as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance
with its terms.
A-3
<PAGE>
Public Offering - The term Public Offering, if applicable, means the
offering for sale through the Underwriter to the general public of any shares of
Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering.
Purchase Order - The term Purchase Order means any form together with
attached cover letter, sent by the Underwriter to any Person containing among
other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under
the Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions
for Conversion Stock in the Public Offering.
Purchase Price - The term Purchase Price means the per share price at
which the Conversion Stock will be sold in accordance with the terms hereof.
Qualifying Deposit - The term Qualifying Deposit means the balance of
each Savings Account of $50 or more in the INSTITUTION at the close of business
on the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date. Savings
Accounts with total deposit balances of less than $50 shall not constitute a
Qualifying Deposit. Pursuant to the authority contained in 12 C.F.R.
ss.563b.3(e)(1), the term Qualifying Deposit also includes demand accounts as
defined in 12 C.F.R. ss.561.16(a) of $50 or more in the INSTITUTION at the close
of business on the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record
Date.
SEC - The term SEC refers to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Savings Account - The term Savings Account includes savings accounts as
defined in Section 561.42 of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS and includes
certificates of deposit.
Special Meeting of Members - The term Special Meeting of Members means
the special meeting and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon
this Plan.
Subscription Offering - The term Subscription Offering means the
offering of Conversion Stock for purchase through Order Forms to Participants.
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date - The term Supplemental
Eligibility Record Date means the close of business on the last day of the
calendar quarter preceding the approval of the Plan by the OTS.
Supplemental Eligible Account Holder - The term Supplemental Eligible
Account Holder means a holder of a Qualifying Deposit in the INSTITUTION (other
than an officer or trustee or their Associates) at the close of business on the
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.
Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan - The term Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plan means any defined benefit plan or defined
contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan,
profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the
requirements to be "qualified" under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Syndicated Public Offering - The term Syndicated Public Offering means
the offering of Conversion Stock following the Subscription, Community (if
applicable) or Public Offerings through a syndicate of broker-dealers.
Underwriter - The term Underwriter means the investment banking firm or
firms through which the Conversion Stock will be offered and sold in the Public
Offering.
Voting Members - The term Voting Members means those Persons qualifying
as voting members of the INSTITUTION pursuant to its charter and bylaws.
A-4
<PAGE>
Voting Record Date - The term Voting Record Date means the date fixed
by the Directors in accordance with OTS regulations for determining eligibility
to vote at the Special Meeting of Members.
3. PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION
After approval of the Plan by the Board of Directors of the
INSTITUTION, the Plan shall be submitted together with all other requisite
material to the OTS for its approval. Notice of the adoption of the Plan by the
Board of Directors of the INSTITUTION will be published in a newspaper having
general circulation in each community in which an office of the INSTITUTION is
located and copies of the Plan will be made available at each office of the
INSTITUTION for inspection by the Members. Upon filing the application with the
OTS, the INSTITUTION also will cause to be published a notice of the filing with
the OTS of an application to convert in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan. Following approval by the OTS, the Plan will be submitted to a vote of the
Voting Members at a Special Meeting of Members called for that purpose. Upon
approval of the Plan by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by the
Voting Members, the INSTITUTION will take all other necessary steps pursuant to
applicable laws and regulations to convert the INSTITUTION to stock form. The
conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of the Plan by the
Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and
regulations.
The Board of Directors of the INSTITUTION intends to take all necessary
steps to form the Holding Company including the filing of an Application on Form
H-(e)1 or H-(e)1-S, if available to the Holding Company, with the OTS. Upon
conversion, the INSTITUTION will issue its capital stock to the Holding Company
and the Holding Company will issue and sell the Conversion Stock in accordance
with this Plan.
The Board of Directors of the INSTITUTION may determine for any reason
at any time prior to the issuance of the Conversion Stock not to utilize a
holding company form of organization in the Conversion, in which case, the
Holding Company's registration statement on Form S-1 or Form SB-2 will be
withdrawn from the SEC, the INSTITUTION will take all steps necessary to
complete the conversion from the mutual to the stock form of organization,
including filing any necessary documents with the OTS and will issue and sell
the Conversion Stock in accordance with this Plan. In such event, any
subscriptions or orders received for Conversion Stock of the Holding Company
shall be deemed to be subscriptions or orders for Conversion Stock of the
INSTITUTION without any further action by the INSTITUTION or the subscribers for
the Conversion Stock. Any references to the Holding Company in this Plan shall
mean the INSTITUTION in the event the Holding Company is eliminated in the
Conversion.
The Conversion Stock will not be insured by the FDIC. The INSTITUTION
will not knowingly lend funds or otherwise extend credit to any Person to
purchase shares of the Conversion Stock.
4. HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS
The Holding Company shall make timely applications for any requisite
regulatory approvals, including an Application on Form H-(e)1 or an H-(e)1-S, if
available to the Holding Company, to be filed with the OTS and a Registration
Statement on Form S-1 or Form SB-2 to be filed with the SEC. The INSTITUTION
shall be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.
5. SALE OF CONVERSION STOCK
The Conversion Stock will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription
Offering to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders and Other Members in the respective priorities set forth in
Sections 8 through 11 of this Plan. The Subscription Offering may be commenced
as early as the mailing of the Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting of
Members and must be commenced in time to complete the conversion within the time
period specified in Section 3.
A-5
<PAGE>
Any shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription
Offering may be offered for sale in the Community Offering, if any, as provided
in Section 12 of this Plan or offered in a Public Offering or Syndicated Public
Offering, as provided in Section 13, if necessary and feasible. The Subscription
Offering may be commenced prior to the Special Meeting of Members and, in that
event, the Community Offering or Public Offering may also be commenced prior to
the Special Meeting of Members. The offer and sale of Conversion Stock, prior to
the Special Meeting of Members shall, however, be conditioned upon approval of
the Plan by the Voting Members.
Shares of Conversion Stock may be sold in a Syndicated Public Offering
or in a Public Offering, as provided in Section 13 of this Plan in a manner that
will achieve the widest distribution of the Conversion Stock as determined by
the INSTITUTION. In the event of a Syndicated Public Offering or Public
Offering, the sale of all Conversion Stock subscribed for in the Subscription
Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Conversion
Stock in the Syndicated Public Offering or Public Offering is consummated and
only if all unsubscribed for Conversion Stock is sold.
The INSTITUTION may elect to pay fees on either a fixed fee or
commission basis or combination thereof to an investment banking firm which
assists it in the sale of the Conversion Stock in the offerings.
The INSTITUTION may also elect to offer to pay fees on a per share
basis to brokers who assist Persons in determining to purchase shares in the
Syndicated Public Offering and whose broker's name appears on the Order Form of
the Person.
6. NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF CONVERSION STOCK
The total number of shares (or a range thereof) of Conversion Stock to
be issued and offered for sale will be determined by the Boards of Directors of
the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company, immediately prior to the commencement
of the Offerings, subject to adjustment thereafter if necessitated by a change
in the appraisal due to changes in market or financial conditions, with the
approval of the OTS, if necessary.
All shares sold in the Conversion will be sold at a uniform price per
share referred to in this Plan as the Purchase Price. The aggregate Purchase
Price for all shares of Conversion Stock will not be inconsistent with the
estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the INSTITUTION. The estimated
consolidated pro forma market value of the INSTITUTION will be determined for
such purpose by the Independent Appraiser. Prior to the commencement of the
Subscription and Community Offerings, an Estimated Valuation Range will be
established, which range will vary within 15% above to 15% below the midpoint of
such range. The number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued and/or the
Purchase Price may be increased or decreased by the INSTITUTION. In the event
that the aggregate Purchase Price of the Conversion Stock is below the minimum
of the Estimated Valuation Range, or materially above the maximum of the
Estimated Valuation Range, a resolicitation only of persons who submitted a
purchase order may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the
maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range will not be deemed material so as to
require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such
manner and within such time as the INSTITUTION shall establish, with the
approval of the OTS, if required. Up to a 15% increase in the number of shares
to be issued which is supported by an appropriate change in the estimated pro
forma market value of the INSTITUTION or in order to fill the order by the
Employee Plans will not be deemed to be material so as to require a
resolicitation of subscriptions.
Based upon the independent valuation, as updated prior to the
consummation of the Subscription, Community and/or Public Offerings, the Boards
of Directors of the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company will fix the Purchase
Price.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no sale of Conversion Stock may be
consummated unless, prior to such consummation, the Independent Appraiser
confirms to the INSTITUTION and Holding Company and to the OTS that, to the best
knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has
occurred which, taking
A-6
<PAGE>
into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to
conclude that the aggregate value of the Conversion Stock sold at the Purchase
Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma
market value of the INSTITUTION. If such confirmation is not received, the
INSTITUTION may cancel the Subscription Offering, Community Offering and/or the
Public Offering and Syndicated Public Offering, reopen or hold new Offerings to
take such other action as the OTS may permit.
The Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid
and nonassessable.
7. PURCHASE BY THE HOLDING COMPANY OF THE STOCK OF THE INSTITUTION
Upon the consummation of the sale of all of the Conversion Stock, the
Holding Company will purchase from the INSTITUTION all of the capital stock of
the INSTITUTION to be issued by the INSTITUTION in the conversion in exchange
for the Conversion proceeds that are not permitted to be retained by the Holding
Company.
The Holding Company will apply to the OTS to retain up to 50% of the
proceeds of the Conversion. Assuming the Holding Company is not eliminated, a
lesser percentage may be acceptable.
8. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)
A. Each Eligible Account Holder shall receive, without payment,
nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock
equal to the greater of: (i) the maximum established for the Community Offering;
(ii) one-tenth of one percent of the Conversion Stock offered; or (iii) 15 times
the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the
total number of shares of Conversion Stock offered by a fraction of which the
numerator is the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of such Eligible Account
Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all
Eligible Account Holders but in no event greater than the maximum purchase
limitation specified in Section 14 hereof. All such purchases are subject to the
maximum and minimum purchase limitations specified in Section 14 and are
exclusive of an increase in the total number of shares issued due to an increase
in the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range of up to 15%. Only a Person(s)
with a Qualifying Deposit as of the Eligibility Record Date (or a successor
entity or estate) shall receive subscription rights. Any Person(s) added to a
Qualifying Deposit after the Eligibility Record Date is not an Eligible Account
Holder.
B. In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise Subscription
Rights for a number of shares of Conversion Stock in excess of the total number
of such shares eligible for subscription, the shares of Conversion Stock shall
be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each
subscribing Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a
number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Conversion
Stock equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for
by the Eligible Account Holder. Any shares remaining after that allocation will
be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions
remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit
of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to
the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders
whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the
amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess
shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible
Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same
principle until all available shares have been allocated or all subscriptions
satisfied.
C. Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by
Directors and Officers and their Associates which are based on deposits made by
such persons during the twelve (12) months preceding the Eligibility Record Date
shall be subordinated to the Subscription Rights of all other Eligible Account
Holders.
A-7
<PAGE>
9. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)
Subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling
subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders under Section 8, the Employee
Plans shall receive without payment nontransferable subscription rights to
purchase in the Subscription Offering the number of shares of Conversion Stock
requested by such Plans, subject to the purchase limitations set forth in
Section 14.
The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be associates or affiliates
of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding
Company or the INSTITUTION.
10. SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)
A. In the event that the Eligibility Record Date is more than 15 months
prior to the date of the latest amendment to the Application filed prior to OTS
approval, then, and only in that event, each Supplemental Eligible Account
Holder shall receive, without payment, nontransferable subscription rights
entitling such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase that number of
shares of Conversion Stock which is equal to the greater of: (i) the maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering; (ii) one-tenth of 1%
of the Conversion Stock Offered; and (iii) or 15 times the product (rounded down
to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of
Conversion Stock to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount
of the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the
denominator is the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders. All such purchases are subject to the maximum and
minimum purchase limitations in Section 14 and are exclusive of an increase in
the total number of shares issued due to an increase in the maximum of the
Estimated Valuation Range of up to 15%.
B. Subscription rights received pursuant to this Category shall be
subordinated to the subscription rights received by Eligible Account Holders and
by the Employee Plans.
C. Any subscription rights to purchase shares of Conversion Stock
received by an Eligible Account Holder in accordance with Section 8 shall reduce
to the extent thereof the subscription rights to be distributed pursuant to this
Section.
D. In the event of an oversubscription for shares of Conversion Stock
pursuant to this Section, shares of Conversion Stock shall be allocated among
the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as follows:
(1) Shares of Conversion Stock shall be allocated so as to
permit each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible,
to purchase a number of shares of Conversion Stock sufficient to make his total
allocation (including the number of shares of Conversion Stock, if any,
allocated in accordance with Section 8) equal to 100 shares of Conversion Stock
or the total amount of his subscription, whichever is less.
(2) Any shares of Conversion Stock not allocated in accordance
with subparagraph (1) above shall be allocated among the subscribing
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis, related to the
amounts of their respective Qualifying Deposits as compared to the total
Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.
11. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)
A. Each Other Member shall receive, without payment, nontransferable
subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock in an amount
equal to the greater of the maximum purchase limitation established for the
Community Offering or one-tenth of one percent of the Conversion Stock offered,
subject to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations specified in Section 14
and exclusive of an increase in the total number of shares issued due to an
increase in the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range of up to 15%, which
will be
A-8
<PAGE>
allocated only after first allocating to Eligible Account Holders, the Employee
Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders all shares of Conversion Stock
subscribed for pursuant to Sections 8, 9 and 10 above.
B. In the event that such Other Members subscribe for a number of
shares of Conversion Stock which, when added to the shares of Conversion Stock
subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, the Employee Plans and the
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders is in excess of the total number of shares
of Conversion Stock being issued, the subscriptions of such Other Members will
be allocated among the subscribing Other Members so as to permit each
subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares
sufficient tomake his total allocation of Conversion Stock equal to the lesser
of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by the Other Member. Any
shares remaining will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose
subscriptions remain unsatisfied on a 100 shares (or whatever lesser amount is
available) per order basis until all orders have been filled or the remaining
shares have been allocated.
12. COMMUNITY OFFERING
If less than the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be
subscribed for in the Conversion are sold in the Subscription Offering, shares
remaining unsubscribed may be made available for purchase in the Community
Offering to certain members of the general public. The maximum number of shares
of Conversion Stock, which may be subscribed for in the Community Offering, if
any, by any Person shall not exceed such number of shares of Conversion Stock as
shall equal $75,000 divided by the Purchase Price, subject to the maximum and
minimum purchase limitations specified in Section 14. The shares may be made
available in the Community Offering, if any, through a direct community
marketing program which may provide for utilization of a broker, dealer,
consultant or investment banking firm, experienced and expert in the sale of
savings institution securities. In the Community Offering, if any, shares will
be available for purchase by the general public with preference given to natural
persons residing in the Local Community. Subject to these preferences, the
INSTITUTION shall make distribution of the Conversion Stock to be sold in the
Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution of
Conversion Stock.
If Persons in the Community Offering, whose orders would otherwise be
accepted, subscribe for more shares than are available for purchase, the shares
available to them will be allocated among Persons submitting orders in the
Community Offering in an equitable manner as determined by the Board of
Directors. The INSTITUTION may establish all terms and conditions of such offer.
The Community Offering, if any, may commence simultaneously with,
during or subsequent to the completion of the Subscription Offering. The
Community Offering must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the
Subscription Offering unless otherwise extended by the OTS.
The INSTITUTION and the Holding Company, in their absolute discretion,
reserve the right to reject any or all orders in whole or in part which are
received in the Community Offering, at the time of receipt or as soon as
practicable following the completion of the Community Offering. Actions
concerning the rejection of orders should not be in contravention of law.
13. PUBLIC OFFERING AND SYNDICATED PUBLIC OFFERING
Any shares of Conversion Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering
may then be sold through the Underwriter to the general public at the Purchase
Price in the Public Offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures
as may be determined by the Boards of Directors of the INSTITUTION and the
Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the
Conversion Stock and subject to the right of the INSTITUTION and the Holding
Company, in their absolute discretion, to accept or reject in whole or in part
all subscriptions in the Public Offering. In the Public Offering, if any, any
Person may purchase up to the maximum purchase limitation established for the
Community Offering, subject to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations
specified in Section 14. Shares purchased by any Person together with any
Associate or group of persons Acting in Concert
A-9
<PAGE>
pursuant to Section 12 shall be counted toward meeting the maximum purchase
limitation specified for this Section. Provided that the Subscription Offering
has commenced, the INSTITUTION may commence the Public Offering at any time
after the mailing to the Members of the Proxy Statement to be used in connection
with the Special Meeting of Members, provided that the completion of the offer
and sale of the Conversion Stock shall be conditioned upon the approval of this
Plan by the Voting Members. It is expected that the Public Offering, if any,
will commence just prior to, or as soon as practicable after, the termination of
the Subscription Offering. The Public Offering shall be completed within 45 days
after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period is
extended as provided in Section 3, above.
Shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription
Offering, Community Offering, if any, and Public Offering may be sold in a
Syndicated Public Offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as
may be determined by the Boards of Directors of the INSTITUTION and the Holding
Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Conversion
Stock subject to the right of the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company, in their
absolute discretion, to accept or reject in whole or in part all subscriptions
in the Syndicated Public Offering. In the Syndicated Public Offering, any person
together with any Associate or group of persons Acting in Concert may purchase
up to the maximum purchase limitation established for the Public Offering,
subject to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations specified in Section 14
and exclusive of an increase in the total number of shares issued due to an
increase in the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range of up to 15%. Shares
purchased by any Person together with any Associate or group of persons Acting
in Concert pursuant to Section 12 shall be counted toward meeting the maximum
purchase limitation specified for this Section. Provided that the Subscription
Offering has commenced, the INSTITUTION may commence the Syndicated Public
Offering at any time after the mailing to the Members of the Proxy Statement to
be used in connection with the Special Meeting of Members, provided that the
completion of the offer and sale of the Conversion Stock shall be conditioned
upon the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members. If the Syndicated Public
Offering is not sooner commenced pursuant to the provisions of the preceding
sentence, the Syndicated Public Offering will be commenced as soon as
practicable following the date upon which the Subscription Offering and
Community Offering, if any, terminate.
If for any reason a Public Offering or Syndicated Public Offering of
shares of Conversion Stock not sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings
can not be effected, other purchase arrangements will be made for the sale of
unsubscribed shares by the INSTITUTION, if possible. Such other purchase
arrangements will be subject to the approval of the OTS.
14. LIMITATION ON PURCHASES
The following limitations shall apply to all purchases of shares of
Conversion Stock:
A. The maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be
purchased in the Subscription Offering, Community Offering and/or Public
Offering by any Person (or persons through a single account) shall not exceed
such number of shares as shall equal $75,000 divided by the Purchase Price.
B. The maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be
subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Conversion by any Person
(or persons through a single account) or Participant together with any Associate
or group of persons Acting in Concert shall not exceed such number of shares as
shall equal $125,000 divided by the Purchase Price, except for Employee Plans,
which in the aggregate may subscribe for up to 10% of the Conversion Stock
issued. In accordance with Section 31, the Board of Directors shall have the
authority to determine whether persons are Acting in Concert or otherwise are in
compliance with the limitations on purchases.
C. The maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be
purchased in all categories in the conversion by Officers and Directors of the
INSTITUTION and their Associates in the aggregate shall not exceed 35% of the
total number of shares of Conversion Stock issued.
A-10
<PAGE>
D. A minimum of 25 shares of Conversion Stock must be purchased by each
Person purchasing shares in the conversion to the extent those shares are
available; provided, however, that the minimum number of shares requirement will
not apply if the number of shares of Conversion Stock purchased times the price
per share exceeds $500.
E. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be associates or
affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the
Holding Company or the Institution.
If the number of shares of Conversion Stock otherwise allocable
pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Person's
Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set
forth above, the number of shares of Conversion Stock allocated to each such
person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and
then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and
that Person's Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to
that Person and his Associates complies with the above maximums, and such
maximum number of shares shall be reallocated among that Person and his
Associates as they may agree, or in the absence of an agreement, in proportion
to the shares subscribed by each (after first applying the maximums applicable
to each Person, separately).
Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Board of Directors
of the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company, without further approval of the
Members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan,
provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a
percentage in excess of 5%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum purchase
limitation may be increased up to 9.99% provided that orders for Conversion
Stock exceeding 5% of the shares being offered shall not exceed, in the
aggregate, 10% of the total offering. If the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company
increase the maximum purchase limitations, the INSTITUTION and the Holding
Company are only required to resolicit Persons who subscribed for the maximum
purchase amount and may, in the sole discretion of the INSTITUTION and the
Holding Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers. For purposes of this
Section 14, the Directors of the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company shall not
be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise
Acting in Concert solely as a result of their being Directors of the INSTITUTION
or the Holding Company.
In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in
the conversion due to an increase in the maximum of the Estimated Valuation
Range of up to 15% (the "Adjusted Maximum") the additional shares will be used
in the following order of priority: (i) to fill the Employees Plan's
subscription to up to 10% of the Adjusted Maximum; (ii) in the event that there
is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfilled
subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum
according to Section 8; (iii) in the event that there is an oversubscription at
the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfilled subscriptions
of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum
according to Section 10; (iv) in the event that there is an oversubscription at
the Other Member level, to fill unfilled subscriptions of Other Members
exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum in accordance with Section 11; and (v) to fill
unfilled Subscriptions in the Community Offering exclusive of the Adjusted
Maximum.
Each Person purchasing Conversion Stock in the Conversion shall be
deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase
limitations contained in this Plan.
For a period of three years following the conversion, no Officer,
Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval
of the OTS, any outstanding shares of common stock of the Holding Company,
except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. This provision shall not
apply to negotiated transactions involving more than one percent of the
outstanding shares of common stock of the Holding Company, the exercise of any
options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of common stock of the
Holding Company, made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit
Plan or Non-Tax Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the INSTITUTION or the
Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any
Officer or Director. As used herein, the term "negotiated transaction" means a
transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements
relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the
seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment
representative. The term "investment representative" shall mean a professional
investment advisor acting as agent
A-11
<PAGE>
for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the
seller in connection with the transaction.
15. PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK
All payments for Conversion Stock subscribed for in the Subscription,
Community, Public and Syndicated Public Offerings must be delivered in full to
the INSTITUTION, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, or
Purchase Order in the case of the Public or Syndicated Public Offering, on or
prior to the expiration date specified on the Order Form or Purchase Order, as
the case may be, unless such date is extended by the INSTITUTION; provided,
however, that if the Employee Plans subscribes for shares during the
Subscription Offering, the Employee Plan will not be required to pay for the
shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of
Conversion Stock upon consummation of the Conversion. The INSTITUTION may make
scheduled discretionary contributions to an Employee Plan provided such
contributions do not cause the INSTITUTION to fail to meet its regulatory
capital requirement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company
shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to permit institutional
investors to submit contractually irrevocable orders in the Community Offering,
Public Offering or Syndicated Public Offering and to thereafter submit payment
for the Conversion Stock for which they are subscribing in the Community
Offering, Public Offering or Syndicated Public Offering at any time prior to the
completion of the Conversion.
Payment for Conversion Stock subscribed for shall be made either in
cash (if delivered in person), check or money order. Alternatively, subscribers
in the Offerings may pay for the shares subscribed for by authorizing the
INSTITUTION on the Order Form or Purchase Order to make a withdrawal from the
subscriber's Qualifying Deposit at the INSTITUTION in an amount equal to the
purchase price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal, whether from a
savings, passbook or certificate account, shall be without penalty as to
premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate
account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance
requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal,
without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook
rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber's
Qualifying Deposit but may not be used by the subscriber until the Conversion
Stock has been sold or the 45-day period (or such longer period as may be
approved by the OTS) following the Subscription Offering has expired, whichever
occurs first. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent
necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the
Purchase Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts
authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest will
be paid by the INSTITUTION at not less than the passbook annual rate on payments
for Conversion Stock received in cash or by money order or check. Such interest
will be paid from the date payment is received by the INSTITUTION until
consummation or termination of the conversion. If for any reason the Conversion
is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Offerings will be
refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal
from Qualifying Deposits, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization
for withdrawal.
16. MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS
As soon as practicable after the Prospectus prepared by the Holding
Company and INSTITUTION has been declared effective by the OTS and the SEC,
Order Forms will be distributed to the Participants at their last known
addresses appearing on the records of the INSTITUTION for the purpose of
subscribing to shares of Conversion Stock in the Subscription Offering.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the INSTITUTION may elect to send Order Forms
only to those Persons who request them after such notice as is approved by the
OTS and is adequate to apprise the Participants of the pendency of the
Subscription Offering has been given. Such notice may be included with the proxy
statement for the Special Meeting of Members and may also be included in a
notice of the pendency of the conversion and the Special Meeting of Members sent
to all Eligible Account Holders in accordance with regulations of the OTS.
A-12
<PAGE>
Each Order Form or Purchase Order will be preceded or accompanied by
the Prospectus (if a holding company form of organization is utilized) or the
Offering Circular (if the holding company form of organization is not utilized)
describing the Holding Company (if utilized), the INSTITUTION, the Conversion
Stock and the Offerings. Each Order Form or Purchase Order will contain, among
other things, the following:
A. A specified date by which all Order Forms and Purchase Orders must
be received by the INSTITUTION, which date shall be not less than twenty (20),
nor more than forty-five (45) days, following the date on which the Order Forms
are mailed by the INSTITUTION, and which date will constitute the termination of
the Subscription Offering;
B. The purchase price per share for shares of Conversion Stock to be
sold in the Offerings;
C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of shares of
Conversion Stock which may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of
Subscription Rights or otherwise purchased in the Community Offering, Public
Offering or Syndicated Public Offering;
D. Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form or Purchase
Order is to indicate thereon the number of shares of Conversion Stock for which
such person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment
therefor;
E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form or Purchase
Order has received a final copy of the Prospectus or Offering Circular, as the
case may be, prior to execution of the Order Form or Purchase Order.
F. A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are
nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can
only be exercised by delivering within the subscription period such properly
completed and executed Order Form, together with cash (if delivered in person),
check or money order in the full amount of the purchase price as specified in
the Order Form for the shares of Conversion Stock for which the recipient elects
to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form
that the INSTITUTION withdraw said amount from the subscriber's Qualifying
Deposit at the INSTITUTION) to the INSTITUTION; and
G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form or Purchase
Order, once received by the INSTITUTION, may not be modified or amended by the
subscriber without the consent of the INSTITUTION.
Notwithstanding the above, the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company
reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received
on photocopied or facsimiled order forms or whose payment is to be made by wire
transfer.
17. UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORMS: INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT
In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered and are returned to the
INSTITUTION by the United States Postal Service or the INSTITUTION is unable to
locate the addressee, (b) are not received back by the INSTITUTION or are
received by the INSTITUTION after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are
defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required
payment, or, in the case of institutional investors in the Community Offering,
Public Offering or Syndicated Public Offering, by delivering irrevocable orders
together with a legally binding commitment to pay in cash, check, money order or
wire transfer the full amount of the purchase price prior to 48 hours before the
completion of the conversion for the shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for
(including cases in which accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are
insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed
pursuant to a "no mail" order placed in effect by the account holder, the
subscription rights of the person to whom such rights have been granted will
lapse as though such person failed to return the completed Order Form within the
time period specified thereon; provided, however,
A-13
<PAGE>
that the INSTITUTION may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial
irregularity on any Order Form or Purchase Order or require the submission of
corrected Order Forms or Purchase Orders or the remittance of full payment for
subscribed shares by such date as the INSTITUTION may specify. The
interpretation of the INSTITUTION of terms and conditions of the Plan and of the
Order Forms or Purchase Orders will be final, subject to the authority of the
OTS.
18. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION
A. All shares of Conversion Stock purchased by Directors or Officers of
the INSTITUTION or the Holding Company in the conversion shall be subject to the
restriction that, except as provided in Section 18B, below, or as may be
approved by the OTS, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise
disposed of for value for a period of one (1) year following the date of
purchase.
B. The restriction on disposition of shares of Conversion Stock set
forth in Section 18A above shall not apply to the following:
(i) Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or
acquisition involving the INSTITUTION or the Holding Company, which has been
approved by the OTS; and
(ii) Any disposition of such shares following the death of the
person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of the Plan.
C. With respect to all shares of Conversion Stock subject to
restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following
provisions shall apply;
(i) Each certificate representing shares restricted within the
meaning of Section 18A, above, shall bear a legend prominently stamped on its
face giving notice of the restriction;
(ii) Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent
for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any
certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the
restriction on transfer; and
(iii) Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company
issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect
to ownership of outstanding shares of Conversion Stock subject to the
restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is
applicable to such Conversion Stock.
19. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Upon conversion, the holders of the capital stock of the INSTITUTION
shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the INSTITUTION as
specified in its charter. The holders of the common stock of the Holding Company
shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.
20. ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT
The INSTITUTION shall establish at the time of conversion a liquidation
account in an amount equal to its net worth as of the latest practicable date
prior to conversion. The liquidation account will be maintained by the
INSTITUTION for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Savings Accounts at the
INSTITUTION. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account
Holder shall, with respect to his Savings Account, hold a related inchoate
interest in a portion of the liquidation account balance, in relation to his
Savings Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date and Supplemental
Eligibility Record Date or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as
hereinafter provided.
A-14
<PAGE>
In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the INSTITUTION (and
only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including
those to Account Holders to the extent of their Savings Accounts) each Eligible
Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to
receive a liquidating distribution from the liquidation account, in the amount
of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Savings Account then held,
before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the
INSTITUTION's capital stock. No merger, consolidation, purchase of bulk assets
with assumption of Savings Accounts and other liabilities, or similar
transactions with an FDIC institution, in which the INSTITUTION is not the
surviving institution, shall be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this
purpose. In such transactions, the liquidation account shall be assumed by the
surviving institution.
The initial subaccount balance for a Savings Account held by an
Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be
determined by multiplying the opening balance in the liquidation account by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such Eligible Account Holder's
and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder's Qualifying Deposit and the
denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all
Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the
INSTITUTION. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall
be subject to downward adjustment as described below.
If, at the close of business on any annual closing date, commencing on
or after the effective date of conversion, the deposit balance in the Savings
Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is
less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Savings Account at the close of
business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record
Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as applicable, or (ii) the amount
of the Qualifying Deposit in such Savings Account, the subaccount balance of
such Savings Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an
amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of
such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently
increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the
related Savings Account. If any such Savings Account is closed, the related
subaccount shall be reduced to zero.
The creation and maintenance of the liquidation account shall not
operate to restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of
the INSTITUTION.
21. TRANSFER OF SAVINGS ACCOUNTS
Each person holding a Savings Account at the INSTITUTION at the time of
conversion shall retain an identical Savings Account at the INSTITUTION
following conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and
conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights).
22. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE INSTITUTION AND HOLDING COMPANY
A. In accordance with OTS regulations, for a period of three years from
the date of consummation of conversion, no Person, other than the Holding
Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial
ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the INSTITUTION
without the prior written consent of the OTS.
B.1. The charter of the INSTITUTION contains a provision stipulating
that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following
the date of conversion shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire
the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of
the INSTITUTION, without the prior written approval of the OTS. In addition,
such charter may also provide that for a period of five years following the
conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described
charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any
person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to
stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders
relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by
the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate
their votes for the election of directors.
A-15
<PAGE>
B.2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company will
contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any
outstanding shares of the Holding Company's common stock who beneficially owns
in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote
in respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition, the Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company provide for staggered terms of
the directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limitations on the calling of
special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and
certain notice requirements.
C. For the purposes of this Section 22, B.1.:
(i) The term "person" includes an individual, a group acting
in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint stock company,
a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any
other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of
securities of an insured institution;
(ii) The term "offer" includes every offer to buy or acquire,
solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for
tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;
(iii) The term "acquire" includes every type of acquisition,
whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and
(iv) The term "security" includes non-transferable
subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a
"security" as defined in 15 U.S.C. ss.78c(a)(10).
23. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASES OF STOCK
The INSTITUTION shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or
repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its
regulatory capital to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the
Liquidation Account or (ii) the federal regulatory capital requirement in
Section 567.2 of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS. Otherwise, the
INSTITUTION may declare dividends or make capital distributions in accordance
with applicable law and regulations.
24. AMENDMENT OF PLAN
If deemed necessary or desirable, the Plan may be substantively amended
at any time prior to solicitation of proxies from Members to vote on the Plan by
a two-thirds vote of the INSTITUTION's Board of Directors, and at any time
thereafter by such vote of such Board of Directors with the concurrence of the
OTS. Any amendment to the Plan made after approval by the Members with the
approval of the OTS shall not necessitate further approval by the Members unless
otherwise required by the OTS. The Plan may be terminated by majority vote of
the INSTITUTION's Board of Directors at any time prior to the Special Meeting of
Members to vote on the Plan, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of
the OTS.
By adoption of the Plan, the Members of the INSTITUTION authorize the
Board of Directors to amend or terminate the Plan under the circumstances set
forth in this Section.
25. CHARTER AND BYLAWS
By voting to adopt the Plan, members of the INSTITUTION will be voting
to adopt a charter and bylaws to read in the form of charter and bylaws for a
federally chartered stock institution. The effective date of the INSTITUTION's
amended charter and bylaws shall be the date of issuance and sale of the
Conversion Stock as specified by the OTS.
A-16
<PAGE>
26. CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION
The conversion of the INSTITUTION shall be deemed to take place and be
effective upon the completion of all requisite organizational procedures for
obtaining the federal stock charter for the INSTITUTION and sale of all
Conversion Stock.
27. REGISTRATION AND MARKETING
Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the
Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the
conversion pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not
deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter,
except that the maintenance of registration for three years requirement may be
fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding
Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to
establish and maintain a market for the Conversion Stock and to list those
securities on a national or regional securities exchange or the NASDAQ System.
28. RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES
The INSTITUTION will make reasonable efforts to comply with the
securities laws of all States in the United States in which Persons entitled to
subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock pursuant to the Plan reside. However,
no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase
shares of Conversion Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides
in a foreign country or in a state of the United States with respect to which
any of the following apply: (i) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to
subscribe for shares under the Plan reside in such state; (ii) the issuance of
subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Conversion Stock to such
Persons would require the INSTITUTION or the Holding Company, as the case may
be, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer,
salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in
such state; or (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable
for reasons of cost or otherwise.
29. EXPENSES OF CONVERSION
The INSTITUTION shall use its best efforts to assure that expenses
incurred by it in connection with the conversion shall be reasonable.
30. CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION
The conversion of the INSTITUTION pursuant to this Plan is expressly
conditioned upon the following:
(a) Prior receipt by the INSTITUTION of rulings of the United States
Internal Revenue Service and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania taxing
authorities, or opinions of counsel, substantially to the effect that the
conversion will not result in any adverse federal or state tax consequences to
Eligible Account Holders or the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company before or
after the conversion;
(b) The sale of all of the Conversion Stock offered in the conversion;
and
(c) The completion of the conversion within the time period specified
in Section 3 of this Plan.
31. INTERPRETATION
All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to
particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the
INSTITUTION shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.
A-17
EXHIBIT 3.(i)
<PAGE>
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
SFSB HOLDING COMPANY
Article 1. Name. The name of the corporation is SFSB Holding Company
(hereinafter, the "Company").
Article 2. Registered Office. The address of the initial registered
office of the Company in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is 900 Saxonburg
Boulevard, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223.
Article 3. Nature of Business. The Company is organized under the
Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania (the "BCL") for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Article 4. Duration. The term of the existence of the Company shall be
perpetual.
Article 5. Capital Stock.
A. Authorized Amount. The total number of shares of capital stock that
the Company has authority to issue is 5,000,000 of which 1,000,000 shall be
serial preferred stock, no par value (hereinafter, the "Preferred Stock") and
4,000,000 shall be common stock, par value $0.10 per share (hereinafter, the
"Common Stock"). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule, or
regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the
board of directors of the Company (hereinafter, the "Board of Directors")
without further approval of stockholders. The Company shall have the authority
to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor.
B. Common Stock. Except as provided in this Article 5 (or in any
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant hereto),
the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock, with each holder
thereof being entitled to one vote for each share of such Common Stock standing
in the holder's name on the books of the Company. Subject to any rights and
preferences of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock,
holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared
by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon any
liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of the Company, whether
voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive
pro rata the remaining assets of the Company after the holders of any class of
stock having preference over the Common Stock have been paid in full any sums to
which they may be entitled.
<PAGE>
C. Authority of Board to Fix Terms of Preferred Stock. A description of
each class of shares and a statement of the voting rights, designations,
preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations, options, conversion
rights, and other special rights granted to or imposed upon the shares of each
class and of the authority vested in the Board of Directors to establish series
of Preferred Stock or to determine that Preferred Stock will be issued as a
class without series and to fix and determine the voting rights, designations,
preferences, and other special rights of the Preferred Stock as a class or of
the series thereof are as follows:
Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time as a class without
series or in one or more series. Each series shall be designated in
supplementary sections or amendments to these Articles of Incorporation by the
Board of Directors so as to distinguish the shares thereof from the shares of
all other series and classes. The Board of Directors may by resolution and
amendment to these Articles of Incorporation from time to time divide shares of
Preferred Stock into series, or determine that the Preferred Stock shall be
issued as a class without series, fix and determine the number of shares in a
series and the terms and conditions of the issuance of the class or the series,
and, subject to the provisions of this Article 5, fix and determine the rights,
preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations, and other special rights,
if any, of the class (if none of such shares of the class have been issued) or
of any series so established, including but not limited to, voting rights (which
may be limited, multiple, fractional, or non-voting rights), the rate of
dividend, if any, and whether or to what extent, if any, such dividends shall be
cumulative (including the date from which dividends shall be cumulative, if
any), the price at and the terms and conditions on which shares may be redeemed,
if any, the preference and the amounts payable on shares in the event of
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, sinking fund provisions for the redemption
or purchase of shares in the event shares of the class or of any series are
issued with sinking fund provisions, and the terms and conditions on which the
shares of the class or of any series may be converted in the event the shares of
the class or of any series are issued with the privilege of conversion.
The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, at any time or from time
to time, issue or cause to be issued all or any part of the authorized and
unissued shares of Preferred Stock for consideration of such character and value
as the Board of Directors shall from time to time fix or determine.
D. Repurchase of Shares. The Company may, from time to time, pursuant
to authorization by the Board of Directors and without action by the
stockholders, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any class, bonds,
debentures, notes, scrip, warrants, obligations, evidences of indebtedness, or
other securities of the Company in such manner, upon such terms, and in such
amounts as the Board of Directors shall determine; subject, however, to such
limitations or restrictions, if any, as are contained in the express terms of
any class of shares of the Company outstanding at the time of the purchase or
acquisition in question or as are imposed by law or regulation.
-2-
<PAGE>
Article 6. Incorporator. The name and business address of the sole
incorporator is as follows:
Name Address
------------------- -------------------------------
Barbara J. Mallen 900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
Article 7. Directors. The business and affairs of the Company shall be
managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
A. Number. The number of directors of the Company shall be such number,
not less than 5 nor more than 15 (exclusive of directors, if any, to be elected
by holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class), as shall be
provided from time to time in accordance with the bylaws, provided that no
decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term
of any incumbent director, and provided further that no action shall be taken to
decrease or increase the number of directors from time to time unless at least
eighty percent (80%) of the directors then in office shall concur in said
action.
B. Classified Board. The Board of Directors shall be divided into four
classes of directors that shall be designated Class I, Class II, Class III and
Class IV. The members of each class shall be elected for a term of four years
and until their successors are elected and qualified. Such classes shall be as
nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the
entire Board of Directors shall permit, with the term of office of Class I to
expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of Class
II to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter, the term
of office of Class III to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years
thereafter and the term of Class IV to expire at the annual meeting of
stockholders three years thereafter. At each annual meeting of stockholders
following such initial classification and election, directors elected to succeed
those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to
expire at the four succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their
election.
Should the number of directors of the Company be reduced, the
directorship(s) eliminated shall be allocated among the classes so that the
number of directors in each class is as specified in the immediately preceding
paragraph. The Board of Directors shall designate, by the name of the
incumbent(s), the position(s) to be abolished. Should the number of directors of
the Company be increased, the additional directorships shall be allocated among
such classes so that the number of directors in each class is as specified in
the immediately preceding paragraph.
Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock of
the Company shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or
more directors of the Company, the Board of Directors shall consist of said
directors so elected in addition to the number of directors fixed as provided
above in this Article 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise
may be required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of
Preferred
-3-
<PAGE>
Stock of the Company shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to
elect one or more directors of the Company, the terms of the director or
directors elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual
meeting of stockholders.
The initial board of directors shall consist of the following
individuals divided into the following classes:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Class I Class II Class III Class IV
- ------- -------- --------- --------
Mary Lois Loftus Jerome L. Kowalewski Joseph E. Gallagher Barbara J. Mallen
Timothy R. Maier
</TABLE>
C. No Cumulative Voting. Stockholders of the Company shall not be
permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.
D. Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred Stock then outstanding, any vacancy occurring on the Board of
Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number
of directors, shall be filled by a majority vote of the directors then in
office, whether or not a quorum is present, or by a sole remaining director, and
any director so chosen shall serve until the term of the class to which such
director was appointed shall expire and until a successor is elected and
qualified. When the number of directors is changed, the Board of Directors shall
determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of
directors shall be appointed.
E. Removal. Unless otherwise required by law, a director (including
persons elected by directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be
removed from office only for cause by an affirmative vote of not less than a
majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by stockholders. Cause for
removal by stockholders shall exist only if the director whose removal is
proposed has been either declared of unsound mind by an order of a court of
competent jurisdiction, convicted of a felony or of an offense punishable by
imprisonment for a term of more than one year by a court of competent
jurisdiction, or deemed liable by a court of competent jurisdiction for gross
negligence or misconduct in the performance of such director's duties to the
Company. At least 30 days prior to such meeting of stockholders, written notice
shall be sent to the director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.
Directors may also be removed from office in the manner provided in Sections
1726(b) and 1726(c) of the BCL, or any successors to such sections.
F. Nominations of Directors. Nominations of candidates for election as
directors at any annual meeting of stockholders may be made (a) by, or at the
direction of, a majority of the Board of Directors or (b) by any stockholder
entitled to vote at such annual meeting. Only persons nominated in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this Article 7.F shall be eligible for election
as directors at an annual meeting. Ballots bearing the names of all the
-4-
<PAGE>
persons who have been nominated for election as directors at an annual meeting
in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 7.F shall be
provided for use at the annual meeting.
Nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board
of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the
Secretary of the Company as set forth in this Article 7.F. To be timely, a
stockholder's notice shall be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the
principal executive offices of the Company not less than 60 days prior to the
anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders of
the Company; provided, however, that with respect to the first scheduled annual
meeting, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered or received no later
than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of
the date of the scheduled meeting was mailed and must be delivered or received
no later than the close of business on the fifth day preceding the date of the
meeting. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom
the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director
and as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name, age, business address,
and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or
employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of shares of Company stock
that are Beneficially Owned (as determined by Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) by such person on the date of such
stockholder notice, and (iv) any other information relating to such person that
is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies with respect to nominees
for election as directors, pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act") or any successor thereto; and (b) as to the
stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and address, as they appear on the
Company's books, of such stockholder and any other stockholders known by such
stockholder to be supporting such nominees and (ii) the class and number of
shares of Company stock that are Beneficially Owned by such stockholder on the
date of such stockholder notice and, to the extent known, by any other
stockholders known by such stockholder to be supporting such nominees on the
date of such stockholder notice. At the request of the Board of Directors, any
person nominated by, or at the direction of, the Board of Directors for election
as a director at an annual meeting shall furnish to the Secretary of the Company
the same information required to be set forth in a stockholder's notice of
nomination which pertains to the nominee.
The Board of Directors may reject any nomination by a stockholder not
timely made in accordance with the requirements of this Article 7.F. If the
Board of Directors, or a designated committee thereof, determines that the
information provided in a stockholder's notice does not satisfy the
informational requirements of this Article 7.F in any material respect, the
Secretary of the Company shall notify such stockholder of the deficiency in the
notice. The stockholder shall have an opportunity to cure the deficiency by
providing additional information to the Secretary within such period of time,
not to exceed five days from the date such deficiency notice is given to the
stockholder, as the Board of Directors or such committee shall reasonably
determine. If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the Board of
Directors or such committee reasonably determines that the additional
information provided by the stockholder, together with information previously
provided, does not satisfy the requirements of this Article 7.F in any material
respect, then the Board of Directors may reject such stockholder's nomination.
The Secretary of the Company shall notify a stockholder in writing
-5-
<PAGE>
whether such person's nomination has been made in accordance with the time and
informational requirements of this Article 7.F. Notwithstanding the procedures
set forth in this paragraph, if neither the Board of Directors nor such
committee makes a determination as to the validity of any nominations by a
stockholder, the presiding officer of the annual meeting shall determine and
declare at the annual meeting whether the nomination was made in accordance with
the terms of this Article 7.F. If the presiding officer determines that a
nomination was made in accordance with the terms of this Article 7.F, such
person shall so declare at the annual meeting and ballots shall be provided for
use at the meeting with respect to such nominee. If the presiding officer
determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the terms of this
Article 7.F, such person shall so declare at the annual meeting and the
defective nomination shall be disregarded.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law,
whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the
right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the
Company, the provisions of this Article 7.F shall not apply with respect to the
director or directors elected by such holders of Preferred Stock.
Article 8. Preemptive Rights. No holder of any of the shares of any
class or series of stock or of options, warrants, or other rights to purchase
shares of any class or series or of other securities of the Company shall have
any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued stock of any
class or series, any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures,
or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock of any class or
series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series, or any
shares of any class, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip, warrants, obligations,
evidences of indebtedness, or other securities of the Company purchased by the
Company pursuant to Article 5.D; but any such unissued, or issued but not
outstanding, stock, bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures, or other
securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock or carrying any right to
purchase stock may be issued pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors to
such persons, firms, corporations, or associations, whether or not holders
thereof, and upon such terms as may be deemed advisable by the Board of
Directors in the exercise of its sole discretion.
Article 9. Elimination of Directors' Liability. A director of the
Company shall not be personally liable, as such, for monetary damages for any
action taken unless: (i) the director has breached or failed to perform such
director's fiduciary duties, or other duties under Chapter 17, Subchapter B of
the BCL, of such director's office, and (ii) the breach or failure to perform
constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct, or recklessness; provided,
however, that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) the responsibility or
liability of a director pursuant to any criminal statute; or (ii) the liability
of a director for the payment of taxes pursuant to federal, state, or local law.
If the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania are amended after the effective
date of these Articles of Incorporation to eliminate further or limit the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company
shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by law.
-6-
<PAGE>
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the
stockholders of the Company shall not adversely affect any right or protection
of a director of the Company existing at the time of such repeal or
modification.
Article 10. Indemnification, etc. of Officers, Directors, Employees,
and Agents.
A. Persons. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or
completed action, suit, or proceeding, including actions by or in the right of
the Company, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by
reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee,
fiduciary, trustee, or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request
of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee, or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise.
B. Extent -- Derivative Actions. In the case of a threatened, pending,
or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company against a person
named in paragraph A by reason of such person holding a position named in
paragraph A, the Company shall indemnify such person if such person satisfies
the standard in paragraph C, for expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually
and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or
settlement of the action or suit.
C. Standard -- Derivative Suits. In the case of a threatened, pending,
or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company, a person named in
paragraph A shall be indemnified only if:
1. such person is successful on the merits or otherwise; or
2. such person acted in good faith in the transaction that is
the subject of the suit or action, and in a manner reasonably believed
to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company,
including, but not limited to, the taking of any and all actions in
connection with the Company's response to any tender offer or any offer
or proposal of another party to engage in a Business Combination (as
defined in Article 13 of these Articles) not approved by the Board of
Directors. However, such person shall not be indemnified in respect of
any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person has been adjudged
liable to the Company unless (and only to the extent that) the court of
common pleas or the court in which the suit was brought shall
determine, upon application, that despite the adjudication of liability
but in view of all the circumstances, such person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall
deem proper.
D. Extent -- Nonderivative Suits. In case of a threatened, pending, or
completed suit, action, or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative,
or investigative), other than a suit by or in the right of the Company, together
hereafter referred to as a nonderivative suit, against a person named in
paragraph A by reason of such person holding a position named in
-7-
<PAGE>
paragraph A, the Company shall indemnify such person if such person satisfies
the standard in paragraph E, for amounts actually and reasonably incurred by
such person in connection with the defense or settlement of the nonderivative
suit, including, but not limited to (i) expenses (including attorneys' fees),
(ii) amounts paid in settlement, (iii) judgments, and (iv) fines.
E. Standard -- Nonderivative Suits. In case of a nonderivative suit, a
person named in paragraph A shall be indemnified only if:
1. such person is successful on the merits or otherwise; or
2. such person acted in good faith in the transaction that is
the subject of the nonderivative suit and in a manner such person
reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of
the Company, including, but not limited to, the taking of any and all
actions in connection with the Company's response to any tender offer
or any offer or proposal of another party to engage in a Business
Combination (as defined in Article 13 of these Articles) not approved
by the Board of Directors and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe such
person's conduct was unlawful. The termination of a nonderivative suit
by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent shall not, in itself, create a presumption
that the person failed to satisfy the standard of this paragraph E.2.
F. Determination That Standard Has Been Met. A determination that the
standard of paragraph C or E has been satisfied may be made by a court, or,
except as stated in paragraph C.2 (second sentence), the determination may be
made by:
1. the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum
consisting of directors of the Company who were not parties to the
action, suit, or proceeding;
2. if such a quorum is not obtainable or if obtainable and a
majority of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by
independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
3. the stockholders of the Company.
G. Proration. Anyone making a determination under paragraph F may
determine that a person has met the standard as to some matters but not as to
others, and may reasonably prorate amounts to be indemnified.
H. Advancement of Expenses. Reasonable expenses incurred by a director,
officer, employee, or agent of the Company in defending a civil or criminal
action, suit, or proceeding described in Article 10.A may be paid by the Company
in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person
-8-
<PAGE>
to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not
entitled to be indemnified by the Company.
I. Other Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses
provided by or pursuant to this Article 10 shall not be deemed exclusive of any
other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses
may be entitled under any insurance or other agreement, vote of stockholders or
directors, or otherwise, both as to actions in their official capacity and as to
actions in another capacity while holding an office, and shall continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.
J. Insurance. The Company shall have the power to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee,
or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such
person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such
person's status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to
indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this
Article 10.
K. Security Fund; Indemnity Agreements. By action of the Board of
Directors (notwithstanding their interest in the transaction), the Company may
create and fund a trust fund or fund of any nature, and may enter into
agreements with its officers, directors, employees, and agents for the purpose
of securing or insuring in any manner its obligation to indemnify or advance
expenses provided for in this Article 10.
L. Modification. The duties of the Company to indemnify and to advance
expenses to any person as provided in this Article 10 shall be in the nature of
a contract between the Company and each such person, and no amendment or repeal
of any provision of this Article 10, and no amendment or termination of any
trust or other fund created pursuant to Article 10.K hereof, shall alter to the
detriment of such person the right of such person to the advancement of expenses
or indemnification related to a claim based on an act or failure to act which
took place prior to such amendment, repeal, or termination.
M. Proceedings Initiated by Indemnified Persons. Notwithstanding any
other provision in this Article 10, the Company shall not indemnify a director,
officer, employee, or agent for any liability incurred in an action, suit, or
proceeding initiated by (which shall not be deemed to include counter-claims or
affirmative defenses) or participated in as an intervenor or amicus curiae by
the person seeking indemnification unless such initiation of or participation in
the action, suit, or proceeding is authorized, either before or after its
commencement, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in
office.
-9-
<PAGE>
N. Savings Clause. If this Article 10 or any portion hereof shall be
invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the
Company shall nevertheless indemnify each director, officer, employee, and agent
of the Company as to costs, charges, and expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action,
suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative,
including an action by or in the right of the Company to the fullest extent
permitted by any applicable portion of this Article 10 that shall not have been
invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
If the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania are amended to permit
further indemnification of the directors, officers, employees, and agents of the
Company, then the Company shall indemnify such persons to the fullest extent
permitted by law. Any repeal or modification of this Article by the stockholders
of the Company shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director,
officer, employee, or agent existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
Article 11. Meetings of Stockholders and Stockholder Proposals.
A. Special Meetings of Stockholders. Special meetings of the
stockholders of the Company may be called only by the Board of Directors
pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
directors then in office.
B. Action Without a Meeting. Notwithstanding any other provision of
these Articles or the Bylaws of the Company, no action required to be taken or
which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the
Company may be taken without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent
in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically
denied.
C. Stockholder Proposals. At an annual meeting of stockholders, only
such new business shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted
upon, as shall have been brought before the annual meeting by, or at the
direction of, (1) the Board of Directors or (2) any stockholder of the Company
who complies with all the requirements set forth in this Article 11.C.
Proposals, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary
of the Company as set forth in this Article 11.C. For stockholder proposals to
be considered at the annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder's notice
shall be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive
offices of the Company not less than 60 days prior to the anniversary date of
the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders of the Company. Such
stockholder's notice shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes
to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the proposal
desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting
such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on
the Company's books, of the stockholder proposing such business and, to the
extent known, any
-10-
<PAGE>
other stockholders known by such stockholder to be supporting such proposal, (c)
the class and number of shares of the Company stock that are Beneficially Owned
by the stockholder on the date of such stockholder notice and, to the extent
known, by any other stockholders known by such stockholder to be supporting such
proposal on the date of such stockholder notice, and (d) any financial interest
of the stockholder in such proposal (other than interests which all stockholders
would have).
The Board of Directors may reject any stockholder proposal not timely
made in accordance with the terms of this Article 11.C. If the Board of
Directors, or a designated committee thereof, determines that the information
provided in a stockholder's notice does not satisfy the informational
requirements of this Article 11.C in any material respect, the Secretary of the
Company shall promptly notify such stockholder of the deficiency in the notice.
The stockholder shall have an opportunity to cure the deficiency by providing
additional information to the Secretary within such period of time, not to
exceed five days from the date such deficiency notice is given to the
stockholder, as the Board of Directors or such committee shall reasonably
determine. If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the Board of
Directors or such committee determines that the additional information provided
by the stockholder, together with information previously provided, does not
satisfy the requirements of this Article 11.C in any material respect, then the
Board of Directors may reject such stockholder's proposal. The Secretary of the
Company shall notify a stockholder in writing whether such stockholder's
proposal has been made in accordance with the time and informational
requirements of this Article 11.C. Notwithstanding the procedures set forth in
this paragraph, if neither the Board of Directors nor such committee makes a
determination as to the validity of any stockholder proposal, the presiding
officer of the annual meeting shall determine and declare at the annual meeting
whether the stockholder proposal was made in accordance with the terms of this
Article 11.C. If the presiding officer determines that a stockholder proposal
was made in accordance with the terms of this Article 11.C, such person shall so
declare at the annual meeting and ballots shall be provided for use at the
meeting with respect to any such proposal. If the presiding officer determines
that a stockholder proposal was not made in accordance with the terms of this
Article 11.C, such person shall so declare at the annual meeting and any such
proposal shall not be acted upon at the annual meeting.
This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or
disapproval at the annual meeting of report of officers, directors, and
committees of the Board of Directors, but in connection with such reports, no
new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated, filed,
and received as herein provided.
Article 12. Certain Limitations on Voting Rights
A. Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles,
in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding Common Stock which is
beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who, as of any record
date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter,
beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common
Stock (the "Limit"), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the
shares held
-11-
<PAGE>
in excess of the Limit. The number of votes which may be cast by any record
owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially
owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit shall be a number
equal to the total number of votes which a single record owner of all Common
Stock owned by such person would be entitled to cast, multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series which are
both beneficially owned by such person and owned of record by such record owner
and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock
beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit.
Further, for a period of five years from the completion of the
conversion of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB from mutual to stock form, no Person
shall directly or indirectly Offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial
ownership of more than 10% of any class of any equity security of the Company.
B. Definitions. The following definitions shall apply to this Article
12.
1. "Affiliate" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Rule
12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the date of filing of this
Certificate.
2. "Beneficial Ownership" (including "Beneficially Owned")
shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and
Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor
rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded
and there shall be no successor rule or provision thereto, pursuant to
said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on the date of filing of this Certificate;
provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed
the "beneficial owner" of any Common Stock:
(a) which such Person or any of its Affiliates owns,
directly or indirectly; or
(b) which such Person or any of its Affiliates has
(i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable
immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to
any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be
deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of any Voting Shares (as
defined in Article 13) solely by reason of an agreement,
contract, or other arrangement with this Company to effect any
transaction which is described in Section A of Article 13) or
upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights,
warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared
voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to
any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or
otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner
of any Voting Shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy
granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to
a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with
-12-
<PAGE>
respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such
Affiliate is otherwise deemed the Beneficial Owner); or
(c) which are owned directly or indirectly, by any
other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of
its Affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership,
syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement,
arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring,
holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of
this Company;
and provided further, however, that (1) no director or officer of this Company
(or any Affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of
any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be
deemed, for any purposes hereof, to Beneficially Own any Common Stock
Beneficially Owned by any other such director or officer (or any Affiliate
thereof), and (2) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of this
Company or any subsidiary of this Company, nor any trustee with respect thereto
or any Affiliate of such trustee (solely by reason of such capacity of such
trustee), shall be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to Beneficially Own any
Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock
shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this
subsection but shall not include any other Common Stock which may be issuable by
this Company pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights,
warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding
Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not
include any Common Stock which may be issuable by this Company pursuant to any
agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or
otherwise.
3. The term "Offer" shall mean every written offer to buy or
acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer or request or invitation
for tender of, a security or interest in a security for value; provided that the
term "Offer" shall not include (i) inquiries directed solely to the management
of the Company and not intended to be communicated to stockholders which are
designed to elicit an indication of management's receptivity to the basic
structure of a potential acquisition with respect to the amount of cash and or
securities, manner of acquisition and formula for determining price, or (ii)
non-binding expressions of understanding or letters of intent with the
management of the Company regarding the basic structure of a potential
acquisition with respect to the amount of cash and/or securities, manner of
acquisition and formula for determining price.
4. A "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or
other entity.
C. The board of directors shall have the power to construe and apply
the provisions of this Article 12 and to make all determinations necessary or
desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to matters
with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned by
any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an Affiliate of another, (iii) whether a
Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another
-13-
<PAGE>
as to the matters referred to in the definition of Beneficial Ownership, (iv)
the application of any other definition or operative provision of the section to
the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect
of this Article 12.
D. The board of directors shall have the right to demand that any
Person who is reasonably believed to Beneficially Own Common Stock in excess of
the Limit (or holders of record of Common Stock Beneficially Owned by any Person
in excess of the Limit) supply the Company with complete information as to (i)
the record owner(s) of all shares Beneficially Owned by such Person who is
reasonably believed to own shares in excess of the Limit and (ii) any other
factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Article 12 as may
reasonably be requested of such Person.
E. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in this
Article 12, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of
shares of capital stock of the Company entitling the holders thereof to cast a
majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of
this Article 12) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock
of the Company entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other
proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining
any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval
shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or
the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.
F. The provisions of this Article 12 shall not be applicable to any
tax-qualified defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan of the Company
or its subsidiaries or to the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of
equity security of the Company if such acquisition has been approved by
two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors, as described in Article 13 of this
Article; provided, however, that such approval shall only be effective if such
Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this
Article 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement
such provisions, including but not limited to matters with respect to (a) the
number of shares Beneficially Owned by any Person, (b) whether a Person has an
agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred
to in the definition of Beneficial Ownership, (c) the application of any other
material fact relating to the applicability or effect of this Article 12. Any
constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Directors pursuant to
this Article 12 in good faith and on the basis of such information and
assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose shall be conclusive
and binding upon the Company and its stockholders.
G. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Article 12
shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the
remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Article 12 shall remain in
full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or
unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered
inapplicable, it being the intent of this Company and its stockholders that each
such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Article 12 remain, to the
fullest extent permitted by law,
-14-
<PAGE>
applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including stockholders owning
an amount of stock over the Limit, notwithstanding any such finding.
Article 13. Stockholder Approval of Business Combinations
A. General Requirement. The definitions and other provisions set forth
in Article 12 are also applicable to this Article 13. The affirmative vote of
the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of
Voting Shares (as hereinafter defined) shall be required for the approval or
authorization of any "Business Combination" as defined and set forth below:
1. Any merger, consolidation, share exchange or division of
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company with or into (i) any Interested
Shareholder (as hereinafter defined), or (ii) with, involving or resulting in
any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Shareholder of the
Company) which is, or after the merger, consolidation, share exchange or
division would be, an Affiliate or Associate of the Interested Shareholder;
2. A sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or
other disposition (in one transaction or series of transactions) to or with the
Interested Shareholders or any Affiliate or Associate or such Interested
Shareholder of assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (i) Having
an aggregate Market Value (as hereinafter defined) equal to 10% or more of the
aggregate Market Value of all the assets, determined on a consolidated bases, of
such Company; (ii) having an aggregate Market Value equal to 10% or more of the
aggregate Market Value of all outstanding shares of such Company; or (iii)
representing 10% or more of the earning power or net income, determined on a
consolidated basis, of such Company.
3. The issuance or transfer by the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company (in one or a series of transactions) of any shares of such
Company or any Subsidiary of such Company which has an aggregate Market Value
equal to 5% or more of the aggregate Market Value of all the outstanding shares
of the Company to the Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of
such Interested Shareholder except pursuant to the exercise of option rights to
purchase shares, or pursuant to the conversion of securities having conversion
rights, offered, or a dividend or distribution paid or made, pro rata to all
shareholders of the Company.
4. The adoption at any time of any plan or proposal for the
liquidation or dissolution of the Company proposed by, or pursuant to any
agreement, arrangement or understanding with the Interested Shareholder or any
Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder.
5. A reclassification of securities (including, without
limitation, any split of shares, dividend of shares, or other distribution of
shares in respect of shares, or any reverse split of shares), or
recapitalization of the Company, or any merger or consolidation of the Company
with any Subsidiary of the Company, or any other transaction (whether or not
with or into or otherwise involving the Interested Shareholder), proposed by, or
pursuant to any
-15-
<PAGE>
agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) with, the
Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of the Interested
Shareholder, which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the
proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class or series of Voting
Shares or securities convertible into Voting Shares of the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company which is, directly or indirectly, owned by the
Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of the Interested
Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share
adjustments.
6. The receipt by the Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate
or Associate of the Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or
indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder of the Company), of any
loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or tax
credits or other tax advantages provided by or through the Company.
The affirmative vote required by this Article 13 shall be in addition
to the vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company
otherwise required by law, by any other Article of these Articles of
Incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, by any resolution
of the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of a class or series of
stock, or by any agreement between the Company and any national securities
exchange.
B. Certain Definitions.
1. "Share Acquisition Date" means with respect to any Person
and the Company, the date that such person first became an Interested
Shareholder of the Company.
2. The "Market Value" of the common stock of the Company shall
be the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding
the date in question of the share of the composite tape for New York Stock
Exchange-listed shares, or, if the shares are not quoted on the composite tape
or if the shares are not listed on the exchange, on the principal United States
securities exchange registered under the exchange act, on which such shares are
listed, or, if the shares are not listed on any such exchange, the highest
closing bid quotation with respect to the share during the 30-day period
preceding the date in question on the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in use, or if no
quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of the
share as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith. In
the case of property other than cash or shares, the fair market value of the
property on the date in question as determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company in good faith.
3. The term "Interested Shareholder," means any Person (other
than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) that:
(i) Is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of shares
entitling that Person to cast at least 20% of the votes that all shareholders
would be entitled to cast in an election of directors of the Company; or
-16-
<PAGE>
(ii) Is an Affiliate or Associate of such Company and at any
time within the five-year period immediately prior to the date in question was
the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of shares entitling that Person to
cast at least 20% of the votes that all shareholders would be entitled to cast
in an election of directors of the Company.
Exception - For the purpose of determining whether a Person is an
Interested Shareholder:
(1) The number of votes that would be entitled to be cast in
an election of directors of the Company shall be calculated by including shares
deemed to be beneficially owned by the Person through application of the
definition of "Beneficial Owner" in section 12.B, but excluding any other
unissued shares of such Company which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement,
arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion or option rights or
otherwise; and
(2) There shall be excluded from the Beneficial Ownership of
the Interested Shareholder any:
Shares which were acquired pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend,
reclassification or similar recapitalization with respect to shares described
under this paragraph that have been held continuously since their issuance by
the Company by the natural Person or entity that acquired them from the Company.
For the purpose only of determining the percentage of the outstanding
shares of Voting Shares which any corporation, partnership, person, or other
entity beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, the outstanding shares of
Voting Shares will be deemed to include any shares of Voting Shares which such
corporation, partnership, person or other entity beneficially owns pursuant to
the foregoing provisions of this subsection (whether or not such shares of
Voting Shares are in fact issued or outstanding), but shall not include any
other shares of Voting Shares which may be issuable either immediately or at
some future date pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding or
upon exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, options, or
otherwise.
4. The term "Voting Shares" shall mean any shares of the
authorized stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors.
C. Exceptions. The provisions of this Article 13 shall not apply to a
Business Combination which is approved by two-thirds of those members of the
Board of Directors who were directors prior to the time when the Interested
Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (the "Continuing Directors"). The
provisions of this Article 13 also shall not apply to a Business Combination:
-17-
<PAGE>
(1) Approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares
entitling such holders to cast a majority of the votes that all shareholders
would be entitled to cast in an election of directors of the Company, not
including any Voting Shares beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder or
any Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder, at a meeting called
for such purpose no earlier than three months after the Interested Shareholder
became, and if at the time of the meeting the Interested Shareholder is, the
Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of shares entitling the Interested
Shareholder to cast at least 80% of the votes that all shareholders would be
entitled to cast in an election of directors of the Company; or
(2) Approved by the affirmative vote of all of the holders of
all of the outstanding common shares.
(3) Approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares
entitling such holders to cast a majority of the votes that all shareholders
would be entitled to cast in an election of directors of the Company, not
including any Voting Shares beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder or
any Affiliate or Associate of the Interested Shareholder, at a meeting called
for such purpose no earlier than five years after the Interested Shareholder's
Share Acquisition Date.
(4) Approved at a shareholders' meeting called for such
purpose no earlier than five years after the Interested Shareholder's Share
Acquisition Date.
D. Additional Provisions. Nothing contained in this Article 13, shall
be construed to relieve an Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligation
imposed by law. In addition, nothing contained in this Article 13 shall prevent
any shareholder of the Company from objecting to any Business Combination and
from demanding any appraisal rights which may be available to such shareholder.
E. Amendments. Notwithstanding any provisions of these Articles of
Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (and notwithstanding the fact that a
lesser percentage may be specified by laws, these Articles of Incorporation or
the Bylaws of the Company), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80
percent of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon (and, if any class or
series is entitled to vote thereon separately, the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least 80 percent of the outstanding shares of each such class or
series) shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 13 or adopt any
provisions inconsistent with this Article.
Article 14. Evaluation of Offers. The Board of Directors of the
Company, when evaluating any offer to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for
any equity security of the Company, (B) merge or consolidate the Company with
another corporation or entity or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, may, in
connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best
interest of the Company and its stockholders, give due consideration to all
relevant factors, including, without limitation, the social and economic effect
of acceptance of such offer: on the Company's present and future customers and
employees and those of its subsidiaries; on the
-18-
<PAGE>
communities in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate or are located; on
the ability of the Company to fulfill its corporate objectives as a financial
institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial
institution to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial
institution under applicable statutes and regulations.
Article 15. Stockholder Approval of Business Combinations
A. Stockholder Vote. Any merger, consolidation, liquidation, or
dissolution of the Company or any action that would result in the sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Business
Combination") shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
eligible to vote at a legal meeting.
B. Board Approval. The provisions of Article 15.A shall not apply to a
particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require
only such stockholder vote, if any, as would be required by Pennsylvania law, if
such Business Combination is approved by two-thirds of the entire Board of
Directors of the Company.
Article 16. Amendment of Articles and Bylaws.
A. Articles. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or
repeal any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation, in the manner
now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred upon stockholders
herein are granted subject to this reservation. No amendment, addition,
alteration, change, or repeal of these Articles of Incorporation shall be made
unless such amendment addition, alteration, change, or repeal is first proposed
and approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution proposed and
adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office,
and thereafter is approved by the holders of a majority (except as provided
below) of the shares of the Company entitled to vote generally in an election of
directors, voting together as a single class, as well as such additional vote of
the Preferred Stock as may be required by the provisions of any series thereof.
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles of Incorporation to the
contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%)
of the shares of the Company entitled to vote generally in an election of
directors, voting together as a single class, as well as such additional vote of
the Preferred Stock as may be required by the provisions of any series thereof,
shall be required to amend, adopt, alter, change, or repeal any provision
inconsistent with Articles 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16.
B. Bylaws. The Board of Directors or stockholders may adopt, alter,
amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Such action by the Board of
Directors shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then
in office at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Such
action by the stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least eighty percent (80%) of the shares of the Company entitled to vote
generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class, as
well as such additional vote of the Preferred Stock as may be required by the
provisions of any series thereof.
-19-
EXHIBIT 3.(ii)
<PAGE>
BYLAWS
OF
SFSB HOLDING COMPANY
ARTICLE I. OFFICES
1.1 Registered Office and Registered Agent. The registered office of
SFSB Holding Company (the "Company") shall be located in the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of
directors of the Company (the "Board" or "Board of Directors") upon filing of
such notices as may be required by law, and the registered agent shall have a
business office identical with such registered office.
1.2 Other Offices. The Company may have other offices within or outside
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania at such place or places as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine.
ARTICLE II. STOCKHOLDERS' MEETING
2.1 Meeting Place. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at
the principal place of business of the Company, or at such other place within or
without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as shall be determined by the Board of
Directors and stated in the notice of such meeting.
2.2 Annual Meeting Time. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the
election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may
properly come before the meeting shall be held each year on such date and time
as may be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of such
meeting.
2.3 Organization and Conduct. Each meeting of the stockholders shall be
presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman's absence by the
President, or if neither the Chairman nor the President is present, by any Vice
President. The Secretary, or in the Secretary's absence a temporary Secretary,
shall act as secretary of each meeting of the stockholders. In the absence of
the Secretary and any temporary Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may
appoint any person present to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairman of
any meeting of the stockholders, unless prescribed by law or regulation or
unless the Board of Directors has otherwise determined, shall determine the
order of the business and the procedure at the meeting, including such
regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussions as shall be
deemed appropriate by such chairman in the chairman's sole discretion.
2.4 Notice.
(a) Notice of the date, time, and place of, and the general
business to be conducted at, an annual or special meeting of stockholders shall
be given by delivering personally, by facsimile transmission, or by mailing a
written or printed notice of the same, at least ten (10) days prior to the
meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. When
any stockholders' meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned and a new
record date is fixed for an adjourned meeting of stockholders, notice of the
adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall
not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting
adjourned unless new business
<PAGE>
is to be transacted thereat or a new record date is fixed therefor, other than
an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.
2.5 Voting Lists. The officer or agent having charge of the transfer
books for shares of the Company shall make a complete list of the shareholders
entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders, arranged in alphabetical order,
with the address of and the number of shares held by each. The list shall be
produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject
to inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting for the
purposes thereof.
2.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law:
(a) A quorum at any annual or special meeting of stockholders
shall consist of stockholders representing, either in person or by proxy, a
majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote at
such meeting without regard to any shares for which a broker indicates on a
proxy that it does not have discretionary authority as to such shares to vote on
such matter ("Broker Non-votes").
(b) The votes of a majority of those present, without regard
to Broker Non-votes or votes of abstention, at any properly called meeting or
adjourned meeting of stockholders, at which a quorum as defined above is
present, shall be sufficient to transact business, unless such greater vote is
required by these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation, or the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
2.7 Voting of Shares.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or to the
extent that voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited or
denied by the Articles of Incorporation, each stockholder, on each matter
submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders, shall have one vote for each
share of capital stock registered in such person's name on the books of the
Company.
(b) Directors are to be elected by a plurality of votes cast
by the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting at
which a quorum is present. Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their
votes for the election of directors. If, at any meeting of the stockholders, due
to a vacancy or vacancies or otherwise, directors of more than one class of the
Board of Directors are to be elected, each class of directors to be elected at
the meeting shall be elected in a separate election by a plurality vote.
2.8 Fixing Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix a time prior to
the date of any meeting of shareholders as a record date for the determination
of the shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, the meeting, which
time, except in the case of an adjourned meeting, shall be not more than 90 days
prior to the date of the meeting of shareholders. Only shareholders of record on
the date fixed shall be so entitled notwithstanding any transfer of shares on
the books of the Company after any record date fixed as provided in this
subsection. The Board of Directors may similarly fix a record date for the
determination of shareholders of record for any other purpose. When a
determination of shareholders of record has been made as provided in this
section for purposes of a meeting, the determination shall apply to any
adjournment thereof unless the Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.
2.9 Proxies. A stockholder may vote either in person or by proxy
executed in writing by the stockholder, or such person's duly authorized
attorney-in-fact. A telegram, telex, cablegram, datagram, or similar
transmission from a shareholder or attorney-in-fact, or a photographic,
facsimile, or similar reproduction of a writing executed by a shareholder or
attorney-in-fact may be treated as properly
2
<PAGE>
executed for purposes of this section and shall be so treated if it sets forth a
confidential and unique identification number or other mark furnished by the
Company to the shareholder for the purposes of a particular meeting or
transaction. No proxy shall be valid after three years from the date of its
execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
2.10 Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons. Where shares
are held jointly or as tenants in common by two or more persons as fiduciaries
or otherwise, if only one or more of such persons is present in person or by
proxy, all of the shares standing in the names of such persons shall be deemed
to be represented for the purpose of determining a quorum and the Company shall
accept as the vote of all such shares the votes cast by such person or a
majority of them and if in any case such persons are equally divided upon the
manner of voting the shares held by them, the vote of such shares shall be
divided equally among such persons, without prejudice to the rights of such
joint owners or the beneficial owners thereof among themselves, except that, if
there shall have been filed with the Secretary of the Company a copy, certified
by an attorney-at-law to be correct, of the relevant portions of the agreements
under which such shares are held or the instrument by which the trust or estate
was created or the decree of court appointing them, or of a decree of court
directing the voting of such shares, the persons specified as having such voting
power in the latest such document so filed, and only such persons, shall be
entitled to vote such shares but only in accordance therewith.
2.11 Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Shares standing in the name
of another corporation may be voted by an officer, agent, or proxy as the bylaws
of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the
board of directors of such corporation may determine. Shares held by an
administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator may be voted by such person,
either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into such
person's name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by the
trustee, either in person or by proxy. Shares standing in the name of a receiver
may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into the receiver's
name if authority to do so is contained in an appropriate order of the court or
other public authority by which such receiver was appointed. A stockholder whose
shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have
been transferred into the name of the pledgee or nominee, and thereafter the
pledgee or nominee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
2.12 Judges of Election. For each meeting of stockholders, the Board of
Directors may appoint the judges of election. If for any meeting the
inspector(s) appointed by the Board of Directors shall be unable to act or the
Board of Directors shall fail to appoint any inspector, one or more inspectors
may be appointed at the meeting by the chairman thereof. The number of
inspectors shall be one or three. Except for such duties as may be designated in
the Articles of Incorporation to another person, such inspectors determine the
number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares
represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity,
validity, and effect of proxies, receive votes or ballots, hear and determine
all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to
vote, count and tabulate all votes, determine the result and do such acts as may
be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. If
there are three inspectors, the decision, act, or certificate of a majority
shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act, or certificate of all.
Inspectors need not be stockholders.
2.13 Action By Shareholders Without a Meeting. Action required to be
taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of
the Company may be taken without a meeting as set forth in the Articles of
Incorporation, which provisions are incorporated herein with the same effect as
if they were set forth herein.
3
<PAGE>
ARTICLE III. CAPITAL STOCK
3.1 Certificates. Certificates of stock shall be issued in numerical
order, and each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by the
President or a Vice President, and the Secretary or the Treasurer, and may be
sealed with the seal of the Company or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of
such officers may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf
of a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the Company itself
or an employee of the Company. If an officer who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed upon such certificate ceases to be an officer of the
Company before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with
the same effect as if the person were an officer on the date of issue. Each
certificate of stock shall state:
(a) that the Company is incorporated under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;
(b) the name of the person to whom issued;
(c) the number and class of shares and the designation of the
series, if any, which such certificate represents;
(d) the par value of each share represented by such
certificate, or a statement that such shares are without par value; and
(e) that the Company will furnish to any shareholder upon
request and without charge, a full statement of the designations, preferences,
limitations, and relative rights of each class authorized to be issued.
3.2 Transfers.
(a) Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the stock
transfer books of the Company, kept at the registered office of the Company or
at its principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or
registrar, and before a new certificate is issued the old certificate shall be
surrendered for cancellation. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, open a
share register in any state of the United States, and may employ an agent or
agents to keep such register, and to record transfers of shares therein.
(b) Shares of stock shall be transferred by delivery of the
certificates therefor, accompanied either by an assignment in writing on the
back of the certificate or an assignment separate from the certificate, or by a
written power of attorney to sell, assign, and transfer the same, signed by the
holder of said certificate. No shares of stock shall be transferred on the books
of the Company until the outstanding certificates therefor have been surrendered
to the Company.
3.3 Registered Owner. Registered stockholders shall be treated by the
Company as the holders in fact of the stock standing in their respective names
and the Company shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to
or interest in any share on the part of any other person, whether or not it
shall have express or other notice thereof, except as expressly provided below
or by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Board of Directors may
adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a stockholder of the Company may certify
in writing to the Company that all or a portion of the shares registered in the
name of such stockholder are held for the account of a specified person or
persons. The resolution shall set forth:
4
<PAGE>
(a) The classification of stockholders who may certify;
(b) The purpose or purposes for which the certification may be
made;
(c) The form of certification and information to be contained
therein;
(d) If the certification is with respect to a record date or
closing of the stock transfer books, the date within which the certification
must be received by the Company; and
(e) Such other provisions with respect to the procedure as are
deemed necessary or desirable.
Upon receipt by the Company of a certification complying with a
resolution meeting the above requirements, the persons specified in the
certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the
certification, to be the holders of record of the number of shares specified in
place of the stockholder making the certification.
3.4 Mutilated, Lost, or Destroyed Certificates. In case of any
mutilation, loss, or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be
issued in its place upon receipt of proof of such mutilation, loss, or
destruction. The Board of Directors may impose conditions on such issuance and
may require the giving of a satisfactory bond or indemnity to the Company in
such sum as the Board might determine, or the Board may establish such other
procedures as it deems necessary.
3.5 Fractional Shares or Scrip. The Company may (a) issue fractions of
a share which shall entitle the holder a proportional interest to exercise
voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the
assets of the Company in the event of liquidation; (b) arrange for the
disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto; (c) pay in cash
the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to
receive such shares are determined; or (d) issue scrip in registered or bearer
form which shall entitle to holder to receive a certificate for a full share
upon the surrender of such scrip aggregating a full share.
3.6 Shares of Another Company. Shares owned by the Company in another
corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent, or proxy
as the Board of Directors may determine or, in the absence of such
determination, by the President of the Company.
ARTICLE IV. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
4.1 Number and Powers. The management of all the affairs, property, and
interest of the Company shall be vested in a Board of Directors. The Board of
Directors shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as
possible. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of five (5) persons. The
classification and term of the directors shall be as set forth in the Articles
of Incorporation, which provisions are incorporated herein with the same effect
as if they were set forth herein. Directors must own no less than twelve (12)
shares of the voting stock of the Company. Such shares shall be kept on deposit
in the vault of the Company. Any director shall cease to act when no longer
holding such shares, which fact shall be reported to the Board by the Secretary,
whereupon the Board shall declare the seat of such director vacant. Directors
need not be residents of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. In addition to the
powers, authorities, and duties expressly conferred upon it by these Bylaws and
the Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may exercise all such
powers of the Company and do
5
<PAGE>
all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Articles of
Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by
the stockholders.
In discharging the powers and duties of their respective positions, the
Board of Directors, committees of the Board of Directors, and individual
directors may, in considering the best interests of the Company, consider to the
extent they deem appropriate the effects of any action upon any and all groups
affected by such action, including stockholders, employees, suppliers,
customers, and creditor of the Company, and upon the communities in which
offices or other establishments of the Company are located; the short-term and
long-term interests of the Company; the resources, intent, and conduct (past,
stated, and potential) of any person seeking to acquire control of the Company;
and any and all other factors, provided however, the Board of Directors,
committees of the Board of Directors, or any individual director shall not be
required, in considering the best interests of the Company or the effects of any
action, to regard any interest or interests of any particular group affected by
the action as a dominant or controlling interest or factor.
4.2 Change of Number. The number of directors may at any time be
increased or decreased by a vote of two-thirds of the Board of Directors,
provided that no decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of any
incumbent director except as provided in Sections 4.4 and 4.5 hereunder.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained within these Bylaws, the
number of directors may neither be less than four nor more than 15.
4.3 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending a
written notice of such resignation to the home office of the Company addressed
to the Chairman or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such
resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Chairman or the
President.
4.4 Vacancies. All vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled
in the manner provided in the Articles of Incorporation, which provisions are
incorporated herein with the same effect as if they were set forth herein.
4.5 Removal of Directors. Directors may be removed in the manner
provided in the Articles of Incorporation, which provisions are incorporated
herein with the same effect as if they were set forth herein.
4.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any
committee thereof may be held without notice at the principal place of business
of the Company or at such other place or places, either within or without the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as the Board of Directors or such committee, as
the case may be, may from time to time designate. The annual meeting of the
Board of Directors shall be held without notice immediately after the
adjournment of the annual meeting of stockholders.
4.7 Special Meetings.
(a) Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called
at any time by the Chairman, President, or by a majority of the authorized
number of directors, to be held at the principal place of business of the
Company or at such other place or places as the Board of Directors or the person
or persons calling such meeting may from time to time designate. Notice of all
special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at
least five (5) days prior to such meeting by telegram, telex, cablegram,
courier, facsimile, or other similar communication, by letter, or personally.
Such notice need neither specify the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, the meeting.
6
<PAGE>
(b) Special meetings of any committee may be called at any
time by such person or persons and with such notice as shall be specified for
such committee by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such
specification, in the manner and with the notice required for special meetings
of the Board of Directors.
4.8 Quorum. A majority of the Board of Directors shall be necessary at
all meetings to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
4.9 Waiver of Notice. Attendance of a director at a meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends
for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because
the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. A waiver of notice signed by the
director or directors, whether before, during, or after the time stated for the
meeting, shall be equivalent to the giving of notice.
4.10 Registering Dissent. A director who is present at a meeting of the
Board of Directors at which action on a corporate matter is taken shall be
presumed to have assented to such action unless such director's dissent is
entered in the minutes of the meeting, or unless the director files a written
dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting
before the adjournment thereof, or unless the director delivers a dissent in
writing to the Secretary of the Company immediately after the adjournment of the
meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor
of such action.
4.11 Executive, Audit, and Other Committees. Standing or special
committees may be appointed by the Board of Directors from its own number from
time to time, and the Board of Directors may from time to time invest such
committees with such powers as it may see fit, subject to such conditions as may
be prescribed by the Board. An Executive Committee may be appointed by
resolution passed by a majority of the full Board of Directors. It shall have
and exercise all of the authority of the Board of Directors, except in reference
to the submission of any action requiring the approval of stockholders, the
creation or filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors, the adoption,
amendment, or repeal of these Bylaws, the amendment or repeal of any resolution
of the Board which, by its terms, is only amendable or repealable by the entire
Board, or any action on matters committed by these Bylaws or resolution of the
Board to another committee of the Board. An Audit Committee shall be appointed
by resolution passed by a majority of the full Board of Directors, and at least
a majority of the members of the Audit Committee shall be directors who are not
also officers of the Company. The Audit Committee shall review the records and
affairs of the Company to determine its financial condition, shall review the
Company's systems of internal control with management and the Company's
independent auditors, and shall monitor the Company's adherence in accounting
and financial reporting to generally accepted accounting principles, as well as
such other duties as may be assigned to it by the Board of Directors. All
committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall keep regular minutes of the
transactions of their meetings and shall cause them to be recorded in books kept
for that purpose in the office of the Company. The designation of any such
committee, and the delegation of authority thereto, shall not relieve the Board
of Directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility imposed by law.
4.12 Remuneration. The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal
interest of any of its members, shall have the authority to establish reasonable
fee for all directors for services to the Company as directors, officers, or
otherwise, or to delegate such authority to any appropriate committee; provided,
that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from
serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Members of standing or special committees may be allowed like compensation for
attending committee meetings.
7
<PAGE>
4.13 Action by Directors Without a Meeting. Any action which may be
taken at a meeting of the directors, or of a committee thereof, may be taken
without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken or
to be taken, shall be signed by all of the directors, or all of the members of
the committee, as the case may be. Such consent shall have the same effect as a
unanimous vote.
4.14 Action of Directors by Communications Equipment. Any action which
may be taken at a meeting of directors, or of a committee thereof, may be taken
by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means
of which persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same
time. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute
presence in person at the meeting
ARTICLE V. OFFICERS
5.1 Designations. The officers of the Company may include the Chairman
of the Board, a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer, as well as such Vice
Presidents (including Executive and Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant
Secretaries, and Assistant Treasurers as the Board may designate, who shall be
elected for one year by the directors at their first meeting after the annual
meeting of stockholders, and who shall hold office until their successors are
elected and qualify. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person,
except that the offices of President and Secretary and President and Treasurer
may not be held by the same person. The President and Chairman of the Board
shall be members of the Board.
5.2 Powers and Duties. The officers of the Company shall have such
authority and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to
time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the Board of Directors,
the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their
respective offices.
5.3 Delegation. In the case of absence or inability to act of any
officer of the Company and of any person herein authorized to act in such
officer's place, the Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the
powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or any director or other
person whom it may select.
5.4 Vacancies. Vacancies in any office arising from any cause may be
filled by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board.
5.5 Other Officers. The Board may appoint such other officers and
agents as it shall deem necessary or expedient, who shall hold their offices for
such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
5.7 Term - Removal. The officers of the Company shall hold office until
their successors are chosen and qualified. Any officer or agent elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without
cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors,
but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any,
of the person so removed. The election or appointment of an officer or agent
shall not in itself create contractual rights.
8
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI. FISCAL YEAR; ANNUAL AUDIT
The fiscal year of the Company shall end on the 31th day of December of
each year. The Company shall be subject to an annual audit as of the end of its
fiscal year by independent public accountants appointed by and responsible to
the Board of Directors. The appointment of such accountants shall be subject to
annual ratification by the stockholders.
ARTICLE VII. DIVIDENDS AND FINANCE
7.1 Dividends. Dividends may be declared by the Board of Directors and
paid by the Company out of retained earnings of the Company subject to the
conditions and limitations imposed by the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
7.2. Reserves. Before making any distribution of earned surplus, there
may be set aside out of the earned surplus of the Company such sum or sums as
the directors from time to time in their absolute discretion deem expedient as a
reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for
maintaining any property of the Company, or for any other purpose. Any earned
surplus of any year not distributed as dividends shall be deemed to have thus
been set apart until otherwise disposed of by the Board of Directors.
7.3 Depositories. The monies of the Company shall be deposited in the
name of the Company in such bank or banks or trust company or trust companies as
the Board of Directors shall designate, and shall be drawn out only by check or
other order for payment of money signed by such persons and in such manner as
may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VIII. NOTICES
Except as may otherwise be required by law, any notice to any
stockholder or director may be delivered personally, by mail, by telegram,
telex, or TWX (with answerback received), or by courier service or facsimile
transmission. If sent by mail, telegraph, or courier service, the notice shall
be deemed to have been given to the person when deposited in the United States
mail or with a telegraph or courier service for delivery to that person or, in
the case of telex or TWX, when dispatched to the address of the addressee at
such persons last known address (or to such persons telex, TWX, or facsimile
number) in the records of the Company, with postage or courier or other charges
thereon prepaid.
ARTICLE IX. SEAL
The corporate seal of the Company shall be in such form and bear such
inscription as may be adopted by resolution of the Board of Directors, or by
usage of the officers on behalf of the Company.
9
<PAGE>
ARTICLE X. BOOKS AND RECORDS
The Company shall keep correct and complete books and records of
account and shall keep minutes and proceedings of meetings of its stockholders
and Board of Directors; and it shall keep at its registered office or principal
place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record
of its stockholders, giving the names and addresses of all stockholders and the
number and class of the shares held by each. Any books, records, and minutes may
be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written
form within a reasonable time.
ARTICLE XI. AMENDMENTS
These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed only as set forth in
the Articles of Incorporation, which provisions are incorporated herein with the
same effect as if they were set forth herein.
10
EXHIBIT 4
<PAGE>
================================================================================
COMMON STOCK SFSB HOLDING COMPANY CUSIP
CERTIFICATE NO. -----------
INCORPORATED UNDER THE
LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
THIS CERTIFIES THAT:
IS THE OWNER OF:
FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK,
$0.10 PAR VALUE PER SHARE OF
SFSB Holding Company
The shares represented by this certificate are transferable only on the
stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder of record hereof in
person, or by his duly authorized attorney or legal representative, upon the
surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares
represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions
contained in the corporation's official corporate papers filed with the
Department of State of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (copies of which are on
file with the Transfer Agent), to all of the provisions the holder by acceptance
hereof, assents.
This certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by
the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
THIS SECURITY IS NOT A DEPOSIT OR ACCOUNT AND IS NOT
FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED.
In Witness Whereof, SFSB Holding Company has caused this certificate to
be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has
caused a facsimile of its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.
DATED:
- ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
PRESIDENT SECRETARY
SEAL
Incorporated 1997
================================================================================
<PAGE>
SFSB HOLDING COMPANY
The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a limitation
contained in the articles of incorporation (the "Articles") to the effect that
in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is
beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in
excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock ( the "Limit") be
entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the
Limit. In addition, for five years from the initial sale of common stock, no
person or entity may offer to acquire or acquire more than 10% of the then
outstanding shares of any class of equity securities of the corporation.
The Board of Directors of the corporation is authorized by
resolution(s), from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of serial
preferred stock in series and to fix and state the voting powers, designations,
preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of
the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations, and
restrictions thereof. The corporation will furnish to any shareholder upon
request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any
series thereof.
The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively
voted in the election of directors of the corporation. The Articles also require
the approval of not less than 80% of the corporation's voting stock prior to the
corporation engaging in certain business combinations (as defined in the
Articles) with a person who is the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the
corporation's outstanding voting stock, or with an affiliate or associate of the
corporation. This restriction does not apply if certain approvals are obtained
from the Board of Directors. The affirmative vote of holders of 80% of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as a single
class) is required to amend this and certain other provisions of the Articles.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF TRANS MIN ACT - Custodian
-------- ---------
(Cus) (Minor)
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants --------------------
in common (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
FOR VALUE RECEIVED hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
------------------
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shares of the common stock represented by the within certificate and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint
Attorney
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with
full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated X
---------------- ------------------------------------------------------
X
------------------------------------------------------
NOTICE: The signatures to this assignment must correspond with the
name(s) as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:
-------------------------------------------------------
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE
GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND
LOAN ASSOCIATIONS, AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN
AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM)
PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
<PAGE>
Countersigned and Registered:
Transfer Agent and Registrar
By:
------------------------------
Authorized Signature
EXHIBIT 5.1
<PAGE>
MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
1301 K STREET, N.W.
SUITE 700 EAST
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20005
(202) 434-4660
FACSIMILE: (202) 434-4661
November 25, 1997
Board of Directors
SFSB Holding Company
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
Re: Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
-------------------------------------------------------
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This opinion is rendered in connection with the Registration Statement
on Form SB-2 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Securities Act of 1933 relating to the offer and sale of up to 727,375 shares of
common stock, par value $0.10 per share (the "Common Stock"), of SFSB Holding
Company (the "Company"), including shares to be issued to certain employee
benefit plans of the Company and its subsidiary. The Common Stock is proposed to
be issued pursuant to the Plan of Conversion (the "Plan") of Stanton Federal
Savings Bank, (the "Savings Bank") in connection with the Savings Bank's
conversion from a mutual savings bank form of organization to a stock savings
bank form of organization and reorganization into a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Company (the "Conversion"). As special counsel to the Savings Bank and the
Company, we have reviewed the corporate proceedings relating to the Plan and the
Conversion and such other legal matters as we have deemed appropriate for the
purpose of rendering this opinion.
Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the shares of Common
Stock of the Company covered by the aforesaid Registration Statement will, when
issued in accordance with the terms of the Plan against full payment therefor,
be validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of the
Company.
We assume no obligation to advise you of changes that may hereafter be
brought to our attention.
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
November 25, 1997
Page Two
We hereby consent to the use of this opinion and to the reference to
our firm appearing in the Company's Prospectus under the headings "The
Conversion - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and Borrowers of
Stanton Federal Savings Bank - Tax Effects" and "Legal and Tax Matters." We also
consent to any references to our legal opinion referred to under the
aforementioned headings in the Prospectus.
Very truly yours,
/s/Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
EXHIBIT 5.2
<PAGE>
[FINPRO LOGO] 26 Church Street - P.O. Box 323
Liberty Corner, NJ 07938
(908) 604-9336 - (908) 694-5951 (FAX)
November 24, 1997
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
Dear Board Members:
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings
given such terms in the Plan of Conversion adopted by the Board of Directors of
Stanton Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank"), whereby the Bank will convert from a
chartered mutual savings bank to a chartered stock savings bank and issue all of
the Banks's stock to SFSB Holding Company (the "Holding Company").
Simultaneously, the Holding Company will issue shares of common stock.
We understand that in accordance with the Plan of Conversion, Subscription
Rights to purchase shares of the Bank's Common Stock in the Holding Company are
to be issued to (i) Eligible Account Holders, (ii) the ESOP, (iii) Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders, and (iv) Other Members. Based solely on our
observation that the Subscription Rights will be available to such Recipients
without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will
afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of Common Stock at the
same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the Community
Offering, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or
federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this
issue, we are of the belief that:
the Subscription Rights will have no ascertainable market value; and
the price at which the Subscription Rights are excercisable will not
be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon
issuance.
Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory
environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such
as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time,
often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift
stocks as a whole or the Bank's value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be
given that persons who subscribe to shares of Common Stock in the Conversion
will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the
Subscription Offering.
Very Truly Yours,
FinPro, Inc.
/s/Donald J. Musso
Donald J. Musso
President
EXHIBIT 8.1
<PAGE>
MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
1301 K STREET, N.W.
SUITE 700 EAST
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20005
(202) 434-4660
FACSIMILE: (202) 434-4661
November 24, 1997
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
Re: Federal Income Tax Opinion Relating to the Proposed Conversion of
Stanton Federal Savings Bank from a Federally-Chartered Mutual Savings
Bank to a Federally-Chartered Stock Savings Bank Pursuant to Section
368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Members of the Board:
In accordance with your request, set forth hereinbelow is the opinion
of this firm relating to certain federal income tax consequences of the proposed
conversion (the "Conversion") of Stanton Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") from
a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered capital stock
savings bank (the "Stock Bank"), and formation of a parent holding company (the
"Holding Company") which will simultaneously acquire all of the outstanding
stock of Stock Bank. As proposed, the Conversion will be implemented pursuant to
Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code").
We have examined such corporate records, certificates and other
documents as we have considered necessary or appropriate for this opinion. In
such examination, we have accepted, and have not independently verified, the
authenticity of all original documents, the accuracy of all copies, and the
genuineness of all signatures. Further, the capitalized terms which are used in
this opinion and are not expressly defined herein shall have the meaning
ascribed to them in the Bank's Plan of Conversion adopted on September 30, 1997,
as amended (the "Plan of Conversion").
STATEMENT OF FACTS
------------------
Based solely upon our review of such documents, and upon such
information as the Bank has provided to us (which we have not attempted to
verify in any respect), and in reliance upon such documents and information, we
understand the relevant facts with respect to the Conversion to be as follows:
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 2
The Bank is a federally-chartered mutual savings bank. As a mutual
savings bank, the Bank has no authorized capital stock. Instead, the Bank, in
mutual form, has a unique equity structure. A savings depositor of the Bank is
entitled to interest income on his or her account balance as declared and paid
by the Bank. A savings depositor has no right to a distribution of any earnings
of the Bank, but rather these amounts become retained earnings of the Bank.
However, a savings depositor has a right to share pro rata, with respect to the
withdrawal value of his or her respective savings account, in any liquidation
proceeds distributed in the event the Bank is ever liquidated. Voting rights in
the Bank are held by its members. Each member is entitled to cast one vote for
each $100 or a fraction thereof of the withdrawal value of the member's account
and each borrower member is entitled to one vote. Each member shall have a
maximum of 1,000 votes. All of the interests held by a savings depositor in the
Bank cease when such depositor closes his or her account(s) with the Bank.
The Board of Directors of the Bank has decided that in order to promote
the growth and expansion of the Bank through the raising of additional capital,
it would be advantageous for the Bank to: (i) convert from a federally-chartered
mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered capital stock savings bank, and
(ii) arrange for the Holding Company to simultaneously acquire all of the Stock
Bank's stock. The Bank's Board of Directors has determined that in order to
provide greater flexibility in future operations of the Bank, including
diversification of business opportunities and acquisitions, it is advantageous
to have the Stock Bank's stock held by the Holding Company. Pursuant to the Plan
of Conversion, the Bank's certificate of incorporation to operate as a mutual
savings bank will be amended and a new certificate of incorporation will be
acquired to allow it to continue its operations in the form of a
federally-chartered capital stock savings bank. The Plan of Conversion provides
for the conversion of the Bank from mutual-to-stock form, and an appraisal of
the pro forma market value of the stock of the Stock Bank, which will be owned
solely by the Holding Company. The Plan of Conversion must be approved by the
Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"), and by an affirmative vote of at least a
majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a special meeting of the
Bank's members called to vote on the Plan of Conversion.
The Holding Company is being formed under the laws of the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania for the purpose of the proposed transaction described herein, to
engage in business as a savings and loan holding company and to hold all of the
stock of the Stock Bank. The Holding Company will issue shares of its voting
common stock ("Holding Company Stock") upon completion of the Conversion, as
described below, to persons purchasing such shares through a Subscription
Offering and to the general public in a Public Offering.
Following appropriate regulatory approval, the Plan of Conversion
provides for the issuance of shares of Holding Company Stock to eligible
depositors and borrowers of the Bank and others as described below and set forth
in the Plan of Conversion. The aggregate purchase price at which all shares of
Holding Company Stock will be offered and sold pursuant to the
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 3
Plan of Conversion will be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the
Bank at the time of the Conversion as held as a subsidiary of the Holding
Company. The estimated pro forma market value will be determined by an
independent appraiser. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, all such shares of
Holding Company Stock will be issued and sold at a uniform price per share. The
Conversion and the sale of newly issued shares of the Stock Bank's stock to the
Holding Company will be deemed effective concurrently with the closing of the
sale of Holding Company Stock.
As required by OTS regulations, shares of Holding Company Stock will be
offered pursuant to non-transferable subscription rights on the basis of
preference categories. All shares must be sold and to the extent that Holding
Company Stock is available, no subscriber will be allowed to purchase less than
25 shares of Holding Company Stock, provided that the aggregate purchase price
does not exceed $500. The Bank has established various preference categories
under which shares of Holding Company Stock may be purchased and a public
offering category for the sale of shares not purchased under the preference
categories. If the third preference category is determined to be inappropriate
to the Conversion, then there will only be three preference categories
consisting of the first, second, and fourth preference categories set forth
below, and all references herein to Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date shall not be applicable to the Conversion.
The first preference category is reserved for the Bank's Eligible
Account Holders. The Plan of Conversion defines "Eligible Account Holder" as any
person holding a Qualifying Deposit. The Plan of Conversion defines "Qualifying
Deposit" as the aggregate balance of all savings accounts of an Eligible Account
Holder in the Bank at the close of business on December 31, 1995, which is at
least equal to $50.00. If a savings account holder of the Bank qualifies as an
Eligible Account Holder, he or she will receive, without payment,
non-transferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Stock. The
number of shares that each Eligible Account Holder may subscribe to is equal to
the greater of (a) the maximum purchase limitation established for the Public
Offering; (b) one tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares; or (c)
fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by
multiplying the total number of shares of Holding Company Stock to be issued by
a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of the
Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of the
Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders. If there is an
oversubscription, shares will be allocated among subscribing Eligible Account
Holders so as to permit each account holder, to the extent possible, to purchase
a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to 100
shares. Any shares not then allocated shall be allocated among the subscribing
Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis, related to the amounts of their
respective deposits as compared to the total deposits of Eligible Account
Holders on the Eligibility Record Date. Non-transferable subscription rights to
purchase Holding Company Stock received by officers and directors of the Bank
and their associates based on their increased deposits in the Bank in the one
year period
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 4
preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to all other
subscriptions involving the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights to
purchase shares of Holding Company Stock under the first preference category.
The second preference category is reserved for tax-qualified employee
stock benefit plans of the Stock Bank. The Plan of Conversion defines "tax
qualified employee stock benefit plans" as any defined benefit plan or defined
contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan,
profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust meets the
requirements to be "qualified" under Section 401 of the Code. Under the Plan of
Conversion, the Stock Bank's tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans may
subscribe for up to 10% of the shares of Holding Company Stock to be offered in
the Conversion.
The third preference category is reserved for the Bank's Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders. The Plan of Conversion defines "Supplemental Eligible
Account Holder" as any person (other than officers or directors of the Bank and
their associates) holding a deposit in the Bank on the last day of the calendar
quarter preceding the approval of the Plan of Conversion by the OTS
("Supplemental Eligibility Record Date"). This third preference category will
only be used in the event that the Eligibility Record Date is more than 15
months prior to the date of the latest amendment to the Application for Approval
of Conversion on Form AC filed prior to approval by the OTS. The third
preference category provides that each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will
receive, without payment, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase
Holding Company Stock to the extent that such shares of Holding Company Stock
are available after satisfying subscriptions for shares in the first and second
preference categories above. The number of shares to which a Supplemental
Eligible Account Holder may subscribe to is the greater of (a) the maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering; (b) one-tenth of one
percent of the total offering of shares; or (c) fifteen times the product
(rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number
of the shares of Holding Company Stock to be issued by a fraction of which the
numerator is the amount of the deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account
Holder and the denominator is the total amount of the deposits of all
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on the Supplemental Eligibility Record
Date. Subscription rights received pursuant to the third preference category
shall be subordinated to all rights under the first and second preference
categories. Non-transferable subscription rights to be received by a
Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the third preference category shall be
reduced by the subscription rights received by such account holder as an
Eligible Account Holder under the first and second preference categories. In the
event of an oversubscription, shares will be allocated so as to enable each
Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a
number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation, including shares
previously allocated in the first and second preference categories, equal to 100
shares or the total amount of his subscription, whichever is less. Any shares
not then allocated shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 5
on an equitable basis related to the amount of their respective deposits as
compared to the total deposits of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on the
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.
If there is no oversubscription of the Holding Company Stock in the
first, second, and third preference categories, the fourth preference category
becomes operable. In the fourth preference category, members of the Bank
entitled to vote at the special meeting of members to approve the Plan of
Conversion who are not Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders ("Other Members") will receive, without payment, non-transferable
subscription rights entitling them to purchase Holding Company Stock. Other
Members shall each receive subscription rights to purchase up to the maximum
purchase limitation established for the Public Offering or one-tenth of one
percent of the total offering of shares, to the extent that Holding Company
Stock is available. In the event of an oversubscription by Other Members,
Holding Company Stock will be allocated pro rata according to the number of
shares subscribed for by each Other Member.
The Plan of Conversion further provides for limitations upon purchases
of Holding Company Stock. Specifically, any person by himself or herself or with
an associate or a group of persons acting in concert may subscribe for not more
than $125,000 of Holding Company Stock offered pursuant to the Plan of
Conversion, except that Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase
up to 10% of the total shares of Holding Company Stock issued. Subject to any
required regulatory approval and the requirements of applicable laws and
regulations, the Bank may increase or decrease any of the purchase limitations
set forth herein at any time. The Board of Directors of the Bank may, in its
sole discretion, increase the maximum purchase limitation up to 5.0%. Requests
to purchase additional shares of Holding Company Stock under this provision will
be allocated by the Board of Directors on a pro rata basis giving priority in
accordance with the priority rights set forth in the Plan of Conversion.
Officers and directors of the Bank and their associates may not purchase in the
aggregate more than 35% of the Holding Company Stock issued pursuant to the
Conversion. Directors of the Bank will not be deemed associates or a group
acting in concert solely as a result of their membership on the board of
directors of the Bank. All of the shares of Holding Company Stock purchased by
officers and directors will be subject to certain restrictions on sale for a
period of one year.
The Plan of Conversion provides that no person will be issued any
subscription rights or be permitted to purchase any Holding Company Stock if
such person resides in a foreign country or in a state of the United States with
respect to which all of the following apply: (a) a small number of persons
otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the Plan of Conversion reside
in such state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of
the Holding Company Stock in such state, would require the Bank or the Holding
Company under the securities law of such state to register as a broker or dealer
or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 6
sale in such state; and (c) such registration or qualification would be
impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.
The Plan of Conversion also provides for the establishment of a
Liquidation Account by the Stock Bank for the benefit of all Eligible Account
Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if applicable). The
Liquidation Account will be equal in amount to the net worth of Bank as of the
time of the Conversion. The establishment of the Liquidation Account will not
operate to restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of
the Stock Bank, except that the Stock Bank will not declare or pay cash
dividends on or repurchase any of its stock if the result thereof would be to
reduce its net worth below the amount required to maintain the Liquidation
Account. The Liquidation Account will be for the benefit of the Bank's Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who maintain accounts
in the Bank at the time of the Conversion. All such account holders, including
those not entitled to subscription rights for reasons of foreign or out-of-state
residency (as described above), will have an interest in the Liquidation
Account. The interest an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible
Account Holder will have a right to receive, in the event of a complete
liquidation of the Stock Bank, is a distribution from the Liquidation Account in
the amount of the then current adjusted subaccount balances for savings accounts
then held, which will be made prior to any liquidation distribution with respect
to the capital stock of the Stock Bank.
The initial subaccount balance for a savings account held by an
Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be
determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a
fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit in the
savings account, and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits
of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the
Stock Bank. The initial subaccount balance will never be increased, but may be
decreased if the deposit balance in any qualifying savings account of any
Eligible Account Holder or any savings account of any Supplemental Eligible
Account Holder on any annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record
Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, whichever is applicable, is less
than the lesser of (1) the deposit balance in the savings account at the close
of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility
Record Date or the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (2) the amount of
the qualifying deposit in such savings account. In such event, the subaccount
balance for the savings account will be adjusted by reducing each subaccount
balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in the savings account
balance. Once decreased, the Plan of Conversion provides that the subaccount
balance will never be subsequently increased, and if the savings account of an
Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is closed, the
related subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account will be reduced to zero.
The net proceeds from the sale of the shares of Holding Company Stock
will become the permanent capital of Holding Company, and the Holding Company
will in turn purchase 100%
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 7
of the stock issued by Stock Bank, in exchange for up to 50% of the Holding
Company's stock offering net proceeds or such other percentage as is approved by
the Board of Directors with the concurrence of the OTS.
Following the Conversion, voting rights in Stock Bank will rest
exclusively in the Holding Company. Voting rights in the Holding Company will
rest exclusively in the stockholders of the Holding Company. The Conversion will
not interrupt the business of the Bank, and its business will continue as usual
under the Stock Bank. Each depositor will retain a withdrawable savings account
or accounts equal in amount to the withdrawable account or accounts at the time
of the Conversion. Mortgage loans of the Bank will remain unchanged and retain
their same characteristics in the Stock Bank after the Conversion. The Stock
Bank will continue membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System, and will
remain subject to the regulatory authority of the OTS. Deposits in Stock Bank
will continue to be insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund
administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to applicable
limits of insurance coverage.
Immediately prior to the Conversion, the Bank will have a positive net
worth in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The savings
account holders of the Bank will pay expenses of the Conversion solely
attributable to them, if any. Further, the Bank will pay its own expenses of the
Conversion and will not pay any expenses solely attributable to the Bank's
savings account holders or to the purchasers of Holding Company Stock.
REPRESENTATIONS BY MANAGEMENT
-----------------------------
In connection with the Conversion, the following statements,
representations and declarations have been made to us by management of the Bank:
1. The Conversion will be implemented in accordance with the terms of
the Plan of Conversion and all conditions precedent contained in the Plan of
Conversion shall be performed prior to the consummation of the Conversion.
2. The fair market value of the withdrawable savings accounts plus
interests in the Liquidation Account to be constructively received under the
Plan of Conversion will in each instance be equal to the fair market value of
each savings account of the Bank plus the interest in the residual equity of the
Bank surrendered in exchange therefor. All proprietary rights in the Bank form
an integral part of the withdrawable savings accounts being surrendered in the
Conversion.
3. The Holding Company and the Stock Bank each have no plan or
intention to redeem or otherwise acquire any of the Holding Company Stock issued
in the proposed transaction.
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 8
4. To the best of the knowledge of the management of the Bank, there is
not now nor will there be at the time of the Conversion, any plan or intention,
on the part of the depositors in the Bank to withdraw their deposits following
the Conversion. Deposits withdrawn immediately prior to or immediately
subsequent to the Conversion (other than maturing deposits) are considered in
making these assumptions.
5. Immediately following the consummation of the proposed transaction,
the Stock Bank will possess the same assets and liabilities as the Bank held
immediately prior to the proposed transaction, plus substantially all of the net
proceeds from the sale of its stock to the Holding Company (except for assets
used to pay expenses in the Conversion). Assets used to pay expenses of the
Conversion (without reference to the expenses of the Subscription Offering and
the Public Offering) and all distributions (except for regular normal interest
payments made by the Bank immediately preceding the transaction) will in the
aggregate constitute less than one percent (1%) of the assets of the Bank, net
of liabilities associated with such assets, and will be paid by the Bank and the
Holding Company from the proceeds of the Subscription Offering and Public
Offering.
6. Following the Conversion, the Stock Bank will continue to engage in
its business in substantially the same manner as engaged in by the Bank prior to
the Conversion. The Stock Bank has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise
dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary course of business.
7. No cash or property will be given to any member of the Bank in lieu
of subscription rights or an interest in the Liquidation Account of the Stock
Bank.
8. None of the compensation to be received by any deposit account
holder-employees of the Bank or the Holding Company will be separate
consideration for, or allocable to, any of their deposits in the Bank. No
interest in the Liquidation Account of the Stock Bank will be received by any
deposit account holder-employees as separate consideration for, or will
otherwise be allocable to, any employment agreement, and the compensation paid
to each deposit account holder-employee, during the twelve month period
preceding or subsequent to the Conversion, will be for services actually
rendered and will be commensurate with amounts paid to third parties bargaining
at arm's length for similar services. No shares of Holding Company Stock will be
issued to or purchased by any deposit account holder-employee of the Bank or the
Holding Company at a discount or as compensation in the Conversion.
9. The aggregate fair market value of the Qualifying Deposits held by
Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if
applicable) as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if applicable) entitled to interests in
the Liquidation Account to be established by Stock Bank equalled or
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 9
exceeded 99% of the aggregate fair market value of all savings accounts
(including those accounts of less than $50.00) in the Bank as of the close of
business on such date.
10. There is no plan or intention for the Stock Bank to be liquidated
or merged with another corporation following the consummation of the Conversion.
11. For taxable years prior to January 1, 1996, the Bank had utilized
the reserve method of accounting for bad debts in accordance with Section 593 of
the Code. Pursuant to the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Bank
began to utilize (for taxable years ending after January 1, 1996) the reserve
method of accounting for bad debts in accordance with Section 585 of the Code.
Following the Conversion, the Stock Bank will continue to utilize a reserve for
bad debts in accordance with Section 585 of the Code.
12. The Bank and the Stock Bank are corporations within the meaning of
Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code.
13. The Holding Company has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise
dispose of the stock of the Stock Bank received by it in the proposed
transaction.
14. Both the Stock Bank and the Holding Company have no plan or
intention, either currently or at the time of the Conversion, to issue
additional shares of common stock following the proposed transaction, other than
shares that may be issued to employees or directors pursuant to certain stock
option and stock incentive plans or that may be issued to employee benefit
plans.
15. If all of the net proceeds from the sale of Holding Company Stock
had been contributed by the Holding Company to the Stock Bank in exchange for
common stock of the Stock Bank in the Conversion, as opposed to the Holding
Company retaining a portion of such net proceeds ("retained proceeds"), and if
the Stock Bank immediately thereafter made a distribution of the retained
proceeds to the Holding Company, the Stock Bank would have sufficient current
and accumulated earnings and profits for tax purposes such that the distribution
would not result in the recapture of any portion of the bad debt reserves of the
Stock Bank under Section 593(e) of the Code.
16. At the time of the proposed transaction, the fair market value of
the assets of the Bank on a going concern basis (including intangibles) will
equal or exceed the amount of its liabilities plus the amount of liability to
which such assets are subject. The Bank will have a positive regulatory net
worth at the time of the Conversion.
17. The Bank is not under the jurisdiction of a court in a Title 11 or
similar case within the meaning of Section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code. The
proposed transaction does not
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 10
involve a receivership, foreclosure, or similar proceeding before a federal or
state agency involving a financial institution to which Section 585 or 593 of
the Code applies.
18. The Bank's savings depositors will pay expenses of the Conversion
solely attributable to them, if any. The Holding Company, the Stock Bank, and
the Bank will pay their own expenses of the Conversion and will not pay any
expenses solely attributable to the savings depositors or to the Holding Company
stockholders.
19. The liabilities of the Bank assumed by the Stock Bank plus the
liabilities, if any, to which the transferred assets are subject were incurred
by the Bank in the ordinary course of its business and are associated with the
assets transferred.
20. There will be no purchase price advantage for the Bank's deposit
account holders who purchase Holding Company Stock in the Conversion.
21. Neither the Bank nor the Stock Bank is an investment company as
defined in Sections 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv) of the Code.
22. No creditors of the Bank have taken any steps to enforce their
claims against the Bank by instituting bankruptcy or other legal proceedings, in
either a court or appropriate regulatory agency, that would eliminate the
proprietary interests of the members of the Bank prior to the Conversion.
23. The proposed transaction does not involve the payment to the Stock
Bank or the Bank of financial assistance from federal agencies within the
meaning of Notice 89-102, 1989-40 C.B. 1.
24. The Eligible Account Holders' and Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders' proprietary interest in the Bank arise solely by virtue of the fact
that they are account holders in the Bank.
25. At the time of the Conversion, the Bank will not have outstanding
any warrants, options, convertible securities, or any other type of right
pursuant to which any person could acquire an equity interest in the Holding
Company or the Stock Bank.
26. The Stock Bank has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise
dispose of any of the assets of the Bank acquired in the transaction (except for
dispositions, including deposit withdrawals, made in the ordinary course of
business).
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 11
27. On a per share basis, the purchase price of the Holding Company
Stock in the Conversion will be equal to the fair market value of such stock at
the time of the completion of the proposed transaction.
28. The Bank has received or will receive an opinion from FinPro, Inc.
("Appraiser's Opinion"), which concludes that subscription rights to be received
by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and other
eligible subscribers do not have any ascertainable fair market value, because
they are acquired by the recipients without cost, are non-transferable, exist
for such a short duration, and merely afford the recipients a right only to
purchase Holding Company Stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market
value, which will be the same price used in the Public Offering for unsubscribed
shares of Holding Company Stock.
29. The Bank will not have any net operating losses, capital loss
carryovers, or built-in losses at the time of the Conversion.
OPINION OF COUNSEL
------------------
Based solely upon the foregoing information and our analysis and
examination of current applicable federal income tax laws, rulings, regulations,
judicial precedents, and the Appraiser's Opinion, and provided the Conversion is
undertaken in accordance with the above assumptions, we render the following
opinion of counsel:
1. The change in the form of operation of the Bank from a
federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered capital stock
savings bank, as described above, will constitute a reorganization within the
meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, and no gain or loss will be
recognized to either the Bank or to the Stock Bank as a result of such
Conversion. (See Rev. Rul. 80-105, 1980-1 C.B. 78). The Bank and the Stock Bank
will each be a party to a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of
the Code. (Rev. Rul. 72-206, 1972-1 C.B. 104).
2. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Stock Bank on the receipt
of money in exchange for shares of Stock Bank stock. (Section 1032(a) of the
Code).
3. The Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon its receipt
of money in exchange for shares of Holding Company Stock. (Section 1032(a) of
the Code).
4. The assets of the Bank will have the same basis in the hands of the
Stock Bank as in the hands of the Bank immediately prior to the Conversion.
(Section 362(b) of the Code).
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 12
5. The holding period of the assets of the Bank to be received by the
Stock Bank will include the period during which the assets were held by the Bank
prior to the Conversion. (Section 1223(2) of the Code).
6. Depositors will realize gain, if any, upon the issuance to them of
(i) withdrawable deposit accounts of the Stock Bank, (ii) subscription rights in
connection with the Conversion, and/or (iii) interests in the Liquidation
Account of the Stock Bank. Any gain resulting therefrom will be recognized, but
only in an amount not in excess of the fair market value of the Liquidation
Accounts and/or subscription rights received. The Liquidation Accounts will have
nominal, if any, fair market value. Based solely on the accuracy of the
conclusion reached in the Appraiser's Opinion, and our reliance on such opinion,
that the subscription rights have no value at the time of distribution or
exercise, no gain or loss will be required to be recognized by depositors upon
receipt or distribution of subscription rights. (Section 1001 of the Code).
See Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131, 139 (1985).
Likewise, based solely on the accuracy of the aforesaid conclusion
reached in the Appraiser's Opinion, and our reliance thereon, we give the
following opinions: (a) no taxable income will be recognized by the borrowers,
directors, officers, and employees of the Bank upon distribution to them of
subscription rights or upon the exercise or lapse of the subscription rights to
acquire Holding Company Stock at fair market value; (b) no taxable income will
be realized by the depositors of the Bank as a result of the exercise or lapse
of the subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Stock at fair market
value (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182); and (c) no taxable income will be
realized by the Bank, the Stock Bank, or the Holding Company on the issuance or
distribution of subscription rights to depositors of the Bank to purchase shares
of Holding Company Stock at fair market value (Section 311 of the Code).
Notwithstanding the Appraiser's Opinion, if the subscription rights are
subsequently found to have a fair market value greater than zero, income may be
recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases,
whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or the
Stock Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.
(Section 311 of the Code). In this regard, the subscription rights may be taxed
partially or entirely at ordinary income tax rates.
7. The basis of the savings accounts in the Stock Bank received by the
account holders of the Bank will be the same as the basis of their savings
accounts in the Bank surrendered in exchange therefor (Section 358(a)(1)). The
basis of the interests in the Liquidation Account of the Stock Bank received by
the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be
zero, that being the cost of such property. (Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S.
131, 139 (1985)). The basis of the non-transferable subscription rights will be
zero, provided that such subscription rights are not deemed to have a fair
market value and that the subscription price of such stock issuable upon
exercise of such
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 13
rights is equal to the fair market value of such stock. The basis of the Holding
Company Stock to its stockholders will be the purchase price thereof, increased
by the basis, if any, of the subscription rights exercised (Section 1012 of the
Code). The holding period of Holding Company Stock will commence upon the
effective date of exercise of the subscription rights (Section 1223(6) of the
Code). The holding period for the Holding Company Stock purchased pursuant to
the direct community offering, public offering or under other purchase
arrangements will commence on the date following the date on which such stock is
purchased. (Rev. Rul. 70- 598, 1970-2 C.B. 168).
8. The part of the taxable year of the Bank before the Conversion and
the part of the taxable year of the Stock Bank after the Conversion will
constitute a single taxable year of the Stock Bank. (See Rev. Rul. 57-276,
1957-1 C.B. 126). Consequently, the Bank will not be required to file a federal
income tax return for any portion of such taxable year (Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2)
of the Treasury Regulations).
9. As provided by Section 381(c)(2) of the Code and Section
1.381(c)(2)-1 of the Treasury Regulations, the Stock Bank will succeed to and
take into account the earnings and profits or deficit in earnings and profits of
the Bank as of the date or dates of transfer.
10. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 381(c)(4) of the Code and
Section 1.381(c)(4)-1(a)(1)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations, the Stock Bank will
succeed to and take into account, immediately after the reorganization, those
accounts of the Bank which represent bad debt reserves in respect of which the
Bank has taken a bad debt deduction for taxable years ending on or before the
date of the reorganization. The bad debt reserves will not be required to be
restored to the gross income of either the Bank or the Stock Bank for the
taxable year of the reorganization, and such bad debt reserves will have the
same character in the hands of the Stock Bank as they would have had in the
hands of the Bank if no distribution or transfer had occurred. No opinion is
being expressed as to whether the bad debt reserves will be required to be
restored to the gross income of either the Bank or the Stock Bank for the
taxable year of the reorganization.
11. Regardless of book entries made for the creation of the Liquidation
Account, the Conversion, as described above, will not diminish the accumulated
earnings and profits of the Stock Bank available for the subsequent distribution
of dividends within the meaning of Section 316 of the Code. (Section 1.312-11(b)
and (c) of the Treasury Regulations).
12. For purposes of Section 381 of the Code, the Stock Bank will be
treated the same as the Bank would have been had there been no reorganization.
Accordingly, the taxable year of the Bank will not end on the effective date of
the proposed transaction merely because of the transfer of assets of the Bank to
the Stock Bank and the tax attributes of the Bank enumerated
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 14
in Section 381(c) will be taken into account by the Stock Bank as if there had
been no reorganization (Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2)) of the Treasury Regulations).
No opinion is expressed as to the tax treatment of the Conversion under
the provisions of any of the other sections of the Code and Treasury Regulations
which may also be applicable thereto, or under federal law, or to the tax
treatment of any conditions existing at the time of, or effects resulting from,
the transactions which are not specifically covered by the items set forth
above. Notwithstanding any reference to Section 381 above, no opinion is
expressed or intended to be expressed herein as to the effect, if any, of this
transaction on the continued existence of, the carryover or carryback of, or the
limitation on, any net operating losses of the Bank or its successor, the Stock
Bank, under the Code.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Application for Conversion on Form AC of the Bank filed with the OTS, the
Application H-(e)(1)-S of the Holding Company filed with the OTS, and the
Registration Statement on Form SB-2 of the Holding Company filed under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to the reference of our firm in the
prospectus related to this opinion.
Very truly yours,
/s/Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
EXHIBIT 8.2
<PAGE>
MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
1301 K STREET, N.W.
SUITE 700 EAST
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20005
(202) 434-4660
FACSIMILE: (202) 434-4661
November 24, 1997
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
Board Members:
You have requested our opinion regarding certain Pennsylvania tax
consequences to Stanton Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") and its depositors
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania of the proposed conversion
(the "Conversion") under which the Bank will be changed from a
federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered capital stock
savings bank (the "Stock Bank"), the simultaneous formation of a parent holding
company incorporated in Pennsylvania (the "Holding Company") that will acquire
all of the outstanding stock of the Stock Bank (the "Acquisition"), and the
offering of the stock of the Holding Company to the public (the "Offering"),
pursuant to a Plan of Conversion adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank
on September 30, 1997, as amended (the "Plan").
We have provided the Bank an opinion of this firm regarding certain
federal income tax consequences of the Conversion, the Acquisition, and the
Offering (the "Federal Tax Opinion"). Based upon the facts stated in the Federal
Tax Opinion, including certain representations of the Bank, the Federal Tax
Opinion concludes, among other things, that the Conversion qualifies as a
tax-free reorganization under ss. 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, and that the Bank, the Stock Bank, and the Holding Company and
the depositors of the Bank will not recognize income, gain, or loss for federal
income tax purposes upon the implementation of the Conversion, the Acquisition,
and the Offering.
Based upon (1) the facts and circumstances attendant to the Conversion,
the Acquisition, and the Offering, including the representations of the Bank, as
described in the Federal Tax Opinion, (2) current provisions of Pennsylvania
law, as reflected in Pennsylvania statutes, administrative regulations and
rulings thereunder, and court decisions, (3) the Federal Tax Opinion, and (4)
the assumption that the Conversion, the Acquisition, and the Offering will not
result in the recognition of any gain or income on the books of the Bank, the
Stock Bank, or the Holding Company under generally accepted accounting
principles, it is our opinion that under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, the implementation of the Conversion, the
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 2
Acquisition and the Offering will not cause any tax liability to be incurred (a)
by the Bank or by the Stock Bank under the Pennsylvania Mutual Thrift
Institutions Tax ("MTIT"), 72 P.S. ss.8501 et seq., (b) by the depositors of the
Bank under the Pennsylvania Personal Income Tax ("PIT"), 72 P.S. ss.7301 et
seq., and (c) by the Holding Company under the Pennsylvania Corporate Net Income
Tax ("CNIT"), 72 P.S. ss.7401 et seq.
Our opinions herein are expressly limited to those taxes specified in
the immediately preceding paragraph and specifically do not include any opinions
with respect to the consequences to depositors of the implementation of the
Conversion, the Acquisition, or the Offering under any other taxes imposed by
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or any other subdivision thereof, or imposed by
states other than Pennsylvania and local jurisdictions of such states. In
addition, the opinions herein specifically do not include (1) an opinion with
respect to the consequences to the Bank, the Stock Bank, and the Holding Company
of the implementation of the Conversion, the Acquisition, or the Offering under
any local taxes imposed by any political subdivision of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, and under any state or local realty or other transfer tax, or (2)
an opinion with respect to tax liabilities under the MTIT, the PIT, or the CNIT
attributable to events after the Conversion, the Acquisition and the Offering or
to any assets held or acquired by the Holding Company other than stock of the
Stock Bank.
Our opinion is based on the facts and conditions as stated herein,
whether directly or by reference to the Federal Tax Opinion. If any of the facts
and conditions are not entirely complete or accurate, it is imperative that we
be informed immediately, as the inaccuracy or incompleteness could have a
material effect on our conclusions. In rendering our opinion, we are relying
upon the relevant provisions of the Code, the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, as amended, the regulations and rules thereunder and judicial and
administrative interpretations thereof, which are subject to change or
modification by subsequent legislative, regulatory, administrative, or judicial
decisions. Any such changes could also have an effect on the validity of our
opinion. We undertake no responsibility to update or supplement our opinion. Our
opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, nor can any assurance be given that any of the foregoing parties
will not take a contrary position or that our opinion will be upheld if
challenged by such parties.
Finally, we hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit
to the Application for Conversion on Form AC ("Form AC") or similar filings of
the Bank filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision, the filing of this opinion
as an exhibit to the Application H-(e)(1)S of the Holding Company to be filed
with the Office of Thrift Supervision, and the filing of this opinion
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
November 24, 1997
Page 3
as an exhibit to the Holding Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2
("Form SB-2") to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and to
reference to our firm in the offering circular contained in the Form AC, Form
SB-2 and related documents related to this opinion.
Very truly yours,
/s/Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
EXHIBIT 10.1
<PAGE>
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA
DIRECTORS CONSULTATION AND RETIREMENT PLAN
WHEREAS, Stanton Federal Savings Bank, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania (the
"Savings Bank") wishes to reward the years of extensive service provided by the
current members of the Board of Directors and to continue to attract and to
retain the best talent available to serve on its Board of Directors; and
WHEREAS, it is deemed advisable and in the best interests of the
Savings Bank to offer to its members of the Board of Directors additional
financial incentives in the form of deferred compensation, to encourage such
participation and service to the Savings Bank, as directors, and following
retirement as a director to encourage such individuals to continue to serve the
Savings Bank as a consulting director for a period of time thereafter; and
WHEREAS, at its meeting held on September 30, 1997, the Board of
Directors of the Savings Bank has authorized and adopted the Stanton Federal
Savings Bank Directors Consultation and Retirement Plan (the "Plan"), effective
September 30, 1997.
NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Plan shall be implemented
effective September 30, 1997 as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases as used herein shall, for the purpose
of the Plan and any subsequent amendment thereof, have the following meanings
unless a different meaning is plainly required by the content:
1.1 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank, as
constituted from time to time, and successors thereto.
1.2 "Change in Control" shall mean: (i) a change in the power to
control proxies by any person, other than the Board of Directors of the Savings
Bank, to direct more than 25% of the outstanding votes of the Savings Bank; (ii)
a change in the control of the election of a majority of the Savings Bank's
directors; or (iii) a change in the exercise of a controlling influence over the
management or policies of the Savings Bank by any person or by persons acting as
a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, (the "Exchange Act"). In the event the Savings Bank converts
in the future from mutual-to-stock form, the term "control" shall refer to (i)
the ownership, holding, or power to vote more than 25% of the Savings Bank's (or
its parent holding company's) outstanding voting stock by any person; (ii) the
control of the election of a majority of the Savings Bank's (or its
<PAGE>
parent holding company's) directors; or (iii) the exercise of a controlling
influence over the management or policies of the Savings Bank by any person or
by persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange
Act. Change in Control shall also mean: (i) the execution of an agreement for
the sale of all, or a material portion, of the assets of the Savings Bank; (ii)
the execution of an agreement for a merger or recapitalization of the Savings
Bank or any merger or recapitalization whereby the Savings Bank is not the
surviving entity; (iii) a change in control of the Savings Bank, as otherwise
defined or determined by the applicable state or federal banking regulator
having supervisory jurisdiction over the Savings Bank, or regulations
promulgated by it; (iv) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of the
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of that term as it is used in Section
13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder)
of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of the
Savings Bank by any person, trust, entity or group; (v) an event whereby the
Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"), the FDIC or any other department, agency
or quasi-agency of the federal government cause or bring about, without the
consent of the Savings Bank, a change in the corporate structure or organization
of the Savings Bank; or (vi) an event whereby the OTS, the FDIC or any other
agency or quasi- agency of the federal government cause or bring about, without
the consent of the Savings Bank, a taxation or involuntary distribution of
retained earnings or proceeds from the sale of securities to depositors,
borrowers, any government agency or organization or civic or charitable
organization. This limitation shall not apply to the purchase of shares by
underwriters in connection with a public offering of the Savings Bank stock (or
its parent holding company's stock), or the purchase of shares of up to
twenty-five percent (25%) of any class of securities of the Savings Bank by a
tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan. The term "person" refers to an
individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture,
pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other
form of entity not specifically listed herein. The decision of the Committee as
to whether a change in control has occurred shall be conclusive and binding.
However, a change in control shall not be deemed to have occurred as a result of
a holding company reorganization of the Savings Bank and simultaneous
acquisition of more than 50% of the Savings Bank's stock (following the Savings
Bank's conversion to stock form) by a parent savings and loan holding company or
bank holding company.
1.3 "Committee" means the Board or the administrative committee as
appointed by the Board pursuant to Section 7.11 herein.
1.4 "Director" means a member of the Board of Directors of the Savings
Bank.
1.5 "Disability" means a mental or physical disability which prevents
the Director from performing the normal duties of his or her position with the
Savings Bank. The disability must have prevented the Director from performing
his or her duties for at least three months, and a physician satisfactory to
both the Director and the Savings Bank must certify that the Director is
disabled from performing his or her normal duties with the Savings Bank
thereafter.
1.6 "Effective Date" means September 30, 1997.
2
<PAGE>
1.7 "Participant" means a Director serving on or after the Effective
Date and electing to participate in the Plan. A Director's participation in the
Plan shall continue as long as he or she fulfills all the requirements for
participation subject to the right of termination, amendment, and modification
of the Plan set forth herein.
1.8 "Plan" means the Stanton Federal Savings Bank Directors
Consultation and Retirement Plan as set forth herein, and as may be amended from
time to time by the Board.
1.9 "Retirement Benefit Amount" means the benefit payable under the
Plan in accordance Section 2.4 herein.
1.10 "Retirement Date" means the date of termination of service as a
Director following a Participant's completion of not less than five (5) years of
service as a Director. Upon death or Disability, a Director shall be deemed to
have terminated service as of such date.
1.11 "Savings Bank" means Stanton Federal Savings Bank, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, or any successor thereto.
1.12 "Service" means all years of service as a Director of the Savings
Bank and all predecessor (or successor) entities of the Savings Bank. Years of
service as a Director need not be continuous. All years of service prior to the
Effective Date shall be recognized for benefits determination.
1.13 "Trust" shall mean any trust agreement entered into on behalf of
the Plan by the Savings Bank for the purpose of holding assets of the Savings
Bank in order to promote the efficient administration of the Plan.
ARTICLE II
BENEFITS
2.1 Retirement. Upon a Participant's termination from service as a
Director on or after his or her Retirement Date, the Savings Bank shall pay to
the Participant the Retirement Benefit Amount, as described and in the amount
set forth at Article II, Section 2.4. Payment of such Retirement Benefit Amount
shall begin on the first business day of the calendar quarter immediately
following a Participant's Retirement Date or such later date as specified in the
agreement contained at Schedule A hereto and approved by the Committee. The
payments will continue to be paid on the first business day of each subsequent
calendar quarter until all scheduled payments are made to the Participant.
Except as provided at Article II, Sections 2.2, 2.3, and 2.5 herein, upon a
Participant's termination from service as a Director of the Savings Bank prior
to his or her Retirement Date, the Savings Bank shall have no financial
obligations to the Participant under the Plan.
3
<PAGE>
2.2 Change in Control.
(a) Benefits payable to a Participant that has
terminated from service as a Director prior to the date of a
Change in Control of the Savings Bank shall nevertheless
remain payable thereafter without regard to such Change in
Control. However, upon a Change in Control, all future
benefits payable pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.5
of the Plan, shall at the election of the Participant be made
in a lump sum payment equal to the present value of all future
benefits payable to such Participant. The interest rate in
effect for a two (2) year U.S. Treasury Note on the date of
the lump sum payment shall be used for purposes of calculating
the present value of amounts payable in accordance with
Section 2.4.
(b) A Participant that has not terminated from
service as a Director prior to the date of Change in Control
of the Savings Bank shall, as of the date of a Change in
Control, be presumed to have completed not less than five (5)
years of service, and such Participant shall be eligible to
receive the Retirement Benefit Amount set forth herein at
Article II, Section 2.4 immediately upon termination of
service as a Director following the date of a Change in
Control without regard to the actual years of service or age
of such Participant, if less than that provided herein. Such
Retirement Benefit Amount shall be paid at the election of the
Participant in the form of a lump sum payment equal to the
present value of the Retirement Benefit Amount payable under
Section 2.4 discounted as provided at Section 2.2(a). Payment
of the lump sum amount shall be made to the Participant as
soon as practicable after the Participant's termination from
service following a Change in Control.
2.3 Total and Permanent Disability. In the event of the Disability of a
Participant, such Participant will be paid the Retirement Benefit Amount
specified at Article II, Section 2.4; provided that such Participant shall have
attained the Retirement Date. For purposes of benefits accrual, such
Participant's years of service shall be determined based upon the date of
certification of his or her Disability; provided that no benefits shall be
payable hereunder if such Participant shall have completed less than five (5)
years of service as of the date of such Disability. Payment of such benefits
shall begin on the first business day of the calendar quarter immediately
following the Savings Bank's receipt of a certification of such Participant's
Disability.
2.4 Level of Benefit Payments. A Participant who retires as a Director
on or after his or her Retirement Date and who enters into an agreement with the
Savings Bank to be a consulting director of the Savings Bank (in a form similar
to that contained at Schedule A hereto) shall receive the Retirement Benefit
Amount for a period of sixty (60) monthly payments as follows:
4
<PAGE>
The Retirement Benefit Amount shall be determined as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years of Service
at Retirement Retirement Benefit Amount (Monthly)
--------------------- -----------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Less than 5 $0
5 or more, less than 10 $450
10 or more, less than 20 $550
20 or more $650
</TABLE>
2.5 Cessation of Payments Upon Death of Participant. Upon the death of
a Participant who is receiving benefit payments under the Plan prior to his or
her death, the remaining payments to be made under the Plan (if any) shall cease
as of the date of death for all sums payable thereafter for time periods after
such date of death. Upon the death of a Participant who is not receiving benefit
payments under the Plan prior to his or her death, whether or not the
Participant as of the date of death otherwise meets the requirements of the
Plan, the Savings Bank shall have no further financial liability to the
Participant or the Participant's estate under the Plan.
2.6 Notice of Retirement. A director electing to participate in the
Plan shall deliver written notice ("Notice") to the Board not less than thirty
(30) days prior to the actual Retirement Date that such Director elects to
participate in the Plan. Such Notice, in a form similar to that contained at
Schedule A hereto, shall specify the date of such retirement from the Board as a
Director and the Participant's availability as a Consulting Director. A
Participant who terminates service as a Director upon Disability, or a Change in
Control shall not be required to deliver such Notice in order to be entitled to
receive benefits under the Plan.
2.7 Alternative Forms Of Benefit Payment. The Committee may at any time
distribute the Retirement Benefit Amount with respect to all future benefits
payable pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.5 of the Plan, in a lump sum
payment equal to the present value of all future benefits payable to such
Participant. The interest rate in effect for a two (2) year U.S. Treasury Note
on the date of the lump sum payment shall be used for purposes of calculating
the present value of amounts payable in accordance with Section 2.4.
ARTICLE III
INSURANCE/OTHER INVESTMENTS
3.1 Ownership of Insurance. The Savings Bank, in its sole discretion,
may elect to purchase one or more life insurance policies on the lives of
Participants in order to provide funds to the Savings Bank to pay part or all of
the benefits accrued under this Plan. All rights and incidents of ownership in
any life insurance policy that the Savings Bank may purchase insuring the life
of the Participant (including any right to proceeds payable thereunder) shall
belong exclusively to the Savings Bank or its designated Trust, and neither the
Participant, nor any heir, beneficiary or other person claiming under or through
him or her shall have any rights, title or interest in or to any such insurance
policy. The Participant shall not have any power to transfer,
5
<PAGE>
assign, hypothecate or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits payable
thereunder, nor shall any benefits be subject to seizure for the benefit of any
debts or judgments, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of
bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise. Any life insurance policy purchased
pursuant hereto and any proceeds payable thereunder shall remain subject to the
claims of the Savings Bank's general creditors.
3.2 Physical Examination. As a condition of becoming or remaining
covered under this Plan, each Participant, as may be requested by the Savings
Bank from time to time shall take a physical examination by a physician approved
by an insurance carrier. The cost of the examination shall not be borne by the
Participant. The report of such examination shall be transmitted directly from
the physician to the insurance carrier designated by the Savings Bank to
establish certain costs associated with obtaining insurance coverages as may be
deemed necessary under this Plan. Such examination shall remain confidential
among the Participant, the physician and the insurance carrier and shall not be
made available to the Savings Bank in any form or manner.
3.3 Death of Participant. On death of the Participant, the proceeds
derived from such insurance policy, if any, shall be paid to the Savings Bank or
its designated Trust.
ARTICLE IV
TRUST/NON-FUNDED STATUS OF PLAN
4.1 Trust/Non-Funded Status of Plan. Except as may be specifically
provided, nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to the
provisions of this Plan shall create or be construed to create a trust of any
kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Savings Bank and the Participant
or any other person. Any funds which may be invested under the provisions of
this Plan shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general funds of
the Savings Bank. No person other than the Savings Bank shall by virtue of the
provisions of this Plan have any interest in such funds. The Savings Bank shall
not be under any obligation to use such funds solely to provide benefits
hereunder, and no representations have been made to any Participant that such
funds can or will be used only to provide benefits hereunder. To the extent that
any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Savings Bank under the
Plan, such rights shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general
creditor of the Savings Bank.
In order to facilitate the accumulation of funds necessary to meet the
costs of the Savings Bank under this Plan (including the provision of funds
necessary to pay premiums with respect to any life insurance policies purchased
pursuant to Article III, and to pay benefits to the extent that the cash value
and/or proceeds of any insurance policies are not adequate to make payments to a
Participant when such payments shall become due under the Plan), the Savings
Bank may enter into a Trust Agreement. The Savings Bank, in its discretion, may
elect to place any life insurance policies purchased pursuant to Article III
into a Trust. In addition, the Board may (in its sole discretion) place in said
Trust such additional amounts as it deems appropriate from time to time. To the
extent that the assets of said Trust and/or the proceeds of any life insurance
6
<PAGE>
policy purchased pursuant to Article III are not sufficient to pay benefits
accrued under this Plan, such payments shall be made from the general assets of
the Savings Bank.
ARTICLE V
VESTING
5.1 Vesting. All benefits under this Plan are deemed non-vested and
forfeitable prior to a Participant meeting the requirements set forth at
Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.5 herein. All benefits payable hereunder shall be
deemed 100% vested and non-forfeitable by the Participant upon his or her
meeting the requirements set forth at Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 or 2.5 herein. No
benefits shall be deemed payable hereunder for any period prior to the time that
such benefits shall be deemed 100% vested and non-forfeitable.
ARTICLE VI
TERMINATION OF BENEFITS
6.1 Termination of Benefits Rights. All the rights of a Participant
shall terminate immediately upon the Participant ceasing to be in the active
service of the Savings Bank prior to the time that benefits payable under the
Plan shall be deemed to be 100% vested and non- forfeitable in accordance with
Article V. A leave of absence approved by the Board shall not constitute a
cessation of service within the meaning of this Section 5.1. All rights of a
Participant to benefits under the Plan shall terminate as of the date of death
of the Participant for payment of any benefits attributable to time periods
after the date of such death.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
7.1 Other Benefits. Nothing in this Plan shall diminish or impair a
Participant's eligibility, participation or benefit entitlement under any other
benefit, insurance or compensation plan or agreement of the Savings Bank now or
hereinafter in effect.
7.2 No Effect on Employment or Service. This Plan shall not be deemed
to give any Participant or other person in the employ or service of the Savings
Bank any right to be retained in the employment or service of the Savings Bank,
or to interfere with the right of the Savings Bank to terminate any Participant
or such other person at any time and to treat him or her without regard to the
effect which such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant in this
Plan.
7.3 Legally Binding. The rights, privileges, benefits and obligations
under this Plan are intended to be legal obligations of the Savings Bank and
binding upon the Savings Bank, its successors and assigns.
7
<PAGE>
7.4 Modification. The Savings Bank, by action of the Board of
Directors, reserves the exclusive right to amend, modify, or terminate this
Plan. Any such termination, modification or amendment shall not terminate or
diminish any rights or benefits accrued by any Participant prior thereto without
regard to whether such rights or benefits shall be deemed vested as of such
date. The Savings Bank shall give thirty (30) days notice in writing to any
Participant prior to the effective date of any amendment, modification or
termination of this Plan.
7.5 Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
the Plan or the breach thereof shall be settled by arbitration in accordance
with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association,
with such arbitration hearing to be held at the offices of the American
Arbitration Association ("AAA") nearest to the home office of the Savings Bank,
unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Participant and the Savings Bank, and
judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any
court having jurisdiction thereof.
7.6 Limitation. No rights of any Participant are assignable by any
Participant, in whole or in part, either by voluntary or involuntary act or by
operation of law. The rights of a Participant hereunder are not subject to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation,
encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant. Further, a
Participant's rights under the Plan are not subject to the debts, contracts,
liabilities, engagements, or torts of any Participant. No Participant shall have
any right under this Plan or right against any assets held or acquired pursuant
thereto other than the rights of a general, unsecured creditor of the Savings
Bank pursuant to the unsecured promise of the Savings Bank to pay the benefits
accrued hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Plan. The Savings Bank
has no obligation under this Plan to fund or otherwise secure its obligations to
render payments hereunder to a Participant. No Participant shall have any
discretion in the use, disposition, or investment of any asset acquired or set
aside by the Savings Bank to provide benefits under this Plan.
7.7 ERISA and IRC Disclaimer. It is intended that the Plan be neither
an "employee welfare benefit plan" nor an "employee pension benefit plan" for
purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"). Further, it is intended that the Plan will not cause the interest of
a Participant under the Plan to be includable in the gross income of such
Participant prior to the actual receipt of a payment under the Plan for purposes
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("IRC").
7.8 Regulatory Matters.
(a) The Participant shall have no right to receive compensation or
other benefits in accordance with the Plan for any period after termination of
service for Just Cause. Termination for "Just Cause" shall include termination
because of the Participant's personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful
misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional
failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or
regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final
cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Plan.
8
<PAGE>
(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made
to a Participant pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to and conditioned upon
compliance with 12 USC ss.1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
7.9 Incompetency. If the Savings Bank shall find that any person to
whom any payment is payable under the Plan is deemed unable to care for his or
her personal affairs because of illness or accident, any payment due (unless a
prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian,
committee or other legal representative) may be paid to the spouse, a child, a
parent, or a brother or sister, or to any person deemed by the Savings Bank to
have incurred expense for such person otherwise entitled to payment, in such
manner and proportions as the Board may determine in its sole discretion. Any
such payments shall constitute a complete discharge of the liabilities of the
Savings Bank under the Plan.
7.10 Construction. The Committee shall have full power and authority to
interpret, construe and administer this Plan and the Committee's interpretations
and construction thereof, and actions thereunder, shall be binding and
conclusive on all persons for all purposes. Directors of the Savings Bank shall
not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with
the interpretation and administration of this Plan unless attributable to his or
her own willful, gross misconduct or lack of good faith.
7.11 Plan Administration. The Board shall administer the Plan;
provided, however, that the Board may appoint an administrative committee (i.e.,
the Committee) to provide administrative services or perform duties required by
this Plan. The Committee shall have only the authority granted to it by the
Board.
7.12 Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and
governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania ("State"), except to
the extent that federal law shall be deemed to apply.
7.13 Successors and Assigns. The Plan shall be binding upon any
successor or successors of the Savings Bank, and unless clearly inapplicable,
reference herein to the Savings Bank shall be deemed to include any successor or
successors of the Savings Bank.
7.14 Sole Agreement. The Plan expresses, embodies, and supersedes all
previous agreements, understandings, and commitments, whether written or oral,
between the Savings Bank and any Participants hereto with respect to the subject
matter hereof.
9
EXHIBIT 23.2
<PAGE>
LaFrance, Walker, Jackley & Saville
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
1373 WASHINGTON PIKE
BRIDGEVILLE, PA 15017-2821
SERVICE IN
TELE: (412) 200-5000 PRINCIPAL CITIES OF
FAX: (412) 220-7050 THE UNITED STATES AND
OTHER COUNTRIES
Consent of Independent Auditors
We have issued our report dated March 6, 1997, accompanying the financial
statements of Stanton Federal Savings Bank contained in the Application to
Convert a Mutual Savings Bank to a Stock Owned Savings Bank of Stanton Federal
Savings Bank and in the Registration Statement and accompanying prospectus of
SFSB Holding Company. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the
Application to Convert a Mutual Savings Bank to a Stock Owned Savings Bank of
Stanton Federal Savings Bank and in the Registration Statement and prospectus,
and to the use of or name as it appears under the caption "Experts".
/s/LaFrance, Walker, Jackley & Saville
Bridgeville, Pennsylvania
November 24, 1997
EXHIBIT 23.3
<PAGE>
[FINPRO LOGO] 26 Church Street - P.O. Box 323
Liberty Corner, NJ 07938
(908) 604-9336 - (908) 694-5951 (FAX)
November 24, 1997
Board of Directors
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15223
Dear Board Members:
We hereby consent to the use of our firm's name, FinPro, Inc. ("FinPro") in the
Form AC Application for Conversion of Stanton Federal Savings Bank, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, and any amendments thereto, in the Form SB-2 Registration
Statement of SFSB Holding Company and any amendments thereto, and in the
Application H-(e)l-S for SFSB Holding Company. We also hereby consent to the use
of our firm's name and the inclusion of, summary of, and references to our
Appraisal Report and our opinion concerning subscription rights in such filings
including the Prospectus of SFSB Holding Company.
Very Truly Yours,
/s/Donald J. Musso
Donald J. Musso
Liberty Corner, New Jersey
November 24, 1997
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 9
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-MOS 9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1996 DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1996 SEP-30-1997
<CASH> 771 1,321
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS> 6,453 7,564
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD> 0 0
<TRADING-ASSETS> 0 0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE> 1,299 1,461
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING> 11,741 13,532
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET> 11,671 13,703
<LOANS> 10,931 11,763
<ALLOWANCE> 66 105
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 33,297 37,810
<DEPOSITS> 29,319 33,884
<SHORT-TERM> 0 0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER> 408 445
<LONG-TERM> 0 0
0 0
0 0
<COMMON> 0 0
<OTHER-SE> 3,570 3,480
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY> 33,297 37,810
<INTEREST-LOAN> 835 678
<INTEREST-INVEST> 837 705
<INTEREST-OTHER> 294 272
<INTEREST-TOTAL> 1,966 1,655
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT> 1,137 1,059
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 1,137 1,059
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET> 829 596
<LOAN-LOSSES> 37 39
<SECURITIES-GAINS> 124 0
<EXPENSE-OTHER> 1,033 940
<INCOME-PRETAX> (87) (330)
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY> (46) (183)
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0
<NET-INCOME> (46) (183)
<EPS-PRIMARY> 0 0
<EPS-DILUTED> 0 0
<YIELD-ACTUAL> 2.90 2.40
<LOANS-NON> 85 70
<LOANS-PAST> 147 153
<LOANS-TROUBLED> 0 0
<LOANS-PROBLEM> 0 0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN> 40 66
<CHARGE-OFFS> 11 0
<RECOVERIES> 0 0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE> 66 105
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC> 66 105
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN> 0 0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED> 0 0
</TABLE>
EXHIBIT 99.1
<PAGE>
[LOGO]
STOCK ORDER FORM
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
DEADLINE
- -------- ----------------------------------------------------
Total
This order form, properly executed and with the full payment must Number of Purchase Total
and will be deemed received upon the date and the time of delivery Shares Price Amount
of the form to one of our offices. Please submit your order using
the enclosed postage-paid envelope or hand-delivering the order X $10.00 = $
form to any office of Stanton Federal Savings Bank. ---------------- ------ ---------
----------------------------------------------------
NUMBER OF SHARES
- ----------------
Fill in the number of shares you wish to purchase and the total ----------------------------------------------------
amount due. No fractional shares will be issued. The minimum
order is 25 shares. With the exception of the ESOP, no person (or) [ ] Enclosed is a check or money order payable
persons who have subscription rights through a single account) to SFSB Holding Company, Inc. for $ .
may purchase in the Offerings more than 7,500 shares of --------
Common Stock and no person (or persons who have subscription
rights through a single account), together with associates of [ ] I authorize withdrawal from the following
persons acting in concert with such person, may purchase in the Stanton Federal Savings Bank accounts(s):
aggregate more than 12,500 shares of Common Stock. See the
Prospectus for a description of purchase limitations, including how Account Numbers(s) Amount
to determine whether your purchases will be aggregated with any
associates or persons acting in concert. $
--------------------------- ----------
METHOD OF PAYMENT $
- ----------------- --------------------------- ----------
Check the appropriate box(es). You may pay by cash, check, or $
money order. If paying by check or money order, please make it --------------------------- ----------
payable to SFSB Holding Company. If paying by cash, please Total Withdrawal $
hand-deliver your order form. Your funds will earn interest at the ----------
the interest rate paid on passbook savings accounts from the date No penalty for early withdrawal.
of receipt until the offering is completed. You may also wish to pay
by authorizing withdrawal from your Stanton Federal Savings Bank ----------------------------------------------------
savings or certificate account(s). If paying by withdrawal,
please list the appropriate account number(s); these designated
funds will continue to earn interest at the contractual rate, but
cannot be withdrawn by you. ----------------------------------------------------
STOCK REGISTRATION ----------------------------------------------------
- ------------------ Name(s) in which stock is to be registered.
Print the name(s) in which you want the stock registered. If you
are a voting member, to protect your priority over other purchasers
as described in the Prospectus, you must take ownership in at least ----------------------------------------------------
one of the account holders' names. Name(s) in which stock is to be registered.
Enter the Social Security Number (or Tax I.D. Number) of a
registered owner. Only one number is required. ----------------------------------------------------
Address
Indicate the manner in which you wish to take ownership by
checking the appropriate box. If necessary, check "Other" and
note ownership such as corporation, estate or trust. If stock is ----------------------------------------------------
purchased for a trust, the date of the trust agreement and trust title City County
must be included. See the reverse side of this for registration
guidelines.
----------------------------------------------------
State Zip Code
----------------------------------------------------
Social Security # or Tax ID #
[ ] Individual [ ]Joint Tenants
[ ] Tenants in Common
[ ] Uniform Transfer to Minors
[ ] Other
-----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
SFSB Holding Company
GUIDELINES FOR REGISTERING STOCK
For reasons of clarity and standardization, the stock transfer
industry has developed uniform stockholder registrations which we will utilize
in the issuance of your SFSB Holding Company stock certificate(s). If you have
any questions, please consult your legal advisor.
Stock ownership must be registered in one of the following manners:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDIVIDUAL Avoid the use of two initials. Include the first given name,
middle initial and last name of the stockholder. Omit words of
limitation that do not affect ownership rights such as "special
account," "single man," "personal property," etc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOINT Joint ownership of stock by two or more persons shall be
inscribed on the certificate with one of the following types of
joint ownership. Names should be joined by "and," do not connect
with "or". Omit titles such as "Mrs.," "Dr.," etc. JOINT TENANTS
Joint Tenancy with Right of Survivorship and not as Tenants in
Common may be specified to identify two or more owners where
ownership is intended to pass automatically to the surviving
tenant(s). TENANTS IN COMMON Tenants in common may be specified
to identify two or more owners. When stock is held in a tenancy
in common, upon the death of one co-tenant, ownership of the
stock will be held by the surviving co-tenant(s) and by the
heirs of the deceased co-tenant. All parties must agree to the
transfer or sale of shares held in this form of ownership.
UNIFORM Stock may be held in the name of a custodian for a minor under
the Uniform Gifts to Minors laws of the individual states.
TRANSFER There may be only one custodian and one minor
designated on a stock certificate. The standard abbreviation of
custodian TO MINORS is "CUST," while the description "Uniform
Gifts to Minors Act" is abbreviated "UNIF GIFT MIN ACT."
Standard U.S. Postal Service state abbreviations should be used
to describe the appropriate state. For example, stock held by
John P. Jones under the Delaware Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
will be abbreviated.
JOHN P. JONES CUST SUSAN A. JONES
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FIDUCIARIES Stock held in a fiduciary capacity must contain the following:
<S> <C> <C>
1. The name(s) of the fiduciary --
* If an individual, list the first given name, middle initial, and last name.
* If a corporation, list the corporate title.
* If an individual and a corporation, list the corporation's title before the initial.
2. The fiduciary capacity --
* Administrator
* Conservator
* Committee
* Executor
* Trustee
* Personal Representative
* Custodian
3. The type of document governing the fiduciary
relationship. Generally, such relationships are either
under a form of living trust agreement or pursuant to
a court order. Without a document establishing a
fiduciary relationship, your stock may not be
registered in a fiduciary capacity.
4. The date of document governing the relationship. The
date of the document need not be used in the
description of a trust created by a will.
5. Either of the following:
The name of the maker, donor or testator
or
The name of the beneficiary
Example of Fiduciary Ownership:
JOHN D. SMITH, TRUSTEE FOR TOM A. SMITH
UNDER AGREEMENT DATED ___/___/97
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
NASD AFFILIATIONS
- -----------------
Please refer to the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., ("NASD")
affiliation section and check the box, if applicable. The NASD Interpretation
With Respect to Free-Riding and Withholding (the "Interpretation") restricts the
sale of a "hot issue" (securities that trade at a premium in the aftermarket) to
NASD members, persons associated with NASD members (i.e., an owner, director,
officer, partner, employee, or agent of a NASD member) and certain members of
their families. Such persons are requested to indicate that they will comply
with certain conditions required for an exemption from the restrictions.
[ ] Check here and initial below if you are a member of the NASD or a person
associated with an NASD member or a partner with a securities brokerage firm or
a member of the immediate family of any such person to whose support such person
contributes directly or indirectly or if you have an account in which a NASD
member or a person associated with a NASD member has a beneficial interest. I
agree (i) not to sell, transfer or hypothecate the stock for a period of three
months following issuance, and (ii) to report this stock purchase in writing to
the applicable NASD member I am associated with within one day of the payment
for the stock. (Initials)
--------------
TELEPHONE INFORMATION
- ---------------------
Please enter both a daytime and an evening telephone number where you may be
reached in the event we cannot execute your order as given. Please include your
area code.
Daytime Phone ( )
----------------------------
Evening Phone ( )
----------------------------
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
--------------
Sign and date the order form. When purchasing as a custodian, corporate officer,
etc., add your full title to your signature. An additional signature is required
only when payment is by withdrawal from an account that requires more than one
signature to withdraw funds. Your order will be filled according to the
provisions of the Plan of Conversion as described in the Prospectus.
I (WE) ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IS
NOT FEDERALLY INSURED AND IS NOT GUARANTEED BY STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK, OR
THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.
I (we) further certify that I (we) received a Prospectus prior to purchasing the
Common Stock of SFSB Holding Company and acknowledge the terms and conditions
described therein. The Prospectus that I (we) received contains disclosure
concerning the nature of the security being offered and describes the risks
involved in the investment. These include, among others, (i) lack of active
market for common stock; (ii) decreased return on equity and increased expenses
immediately after conversion; (iii) potential impact of changes in interest
rates and the current interest rate environment; (iv) anti-takeover provisions
and statutory provisions that could discourage hostile acquisitions of control;
(v) possible voting control by directors and officers; (vi) possible dilutive
effect of RSP and stock options; (vii) financial institution regulation and
future of the thrift industry, and (viii) restrictions on repurchases of shares.
If anyone asserts that this security is federally insured or guaranteed, or is
as safe as an insured deposit, I (we) should call the Office of Thrift
Supervision Regional Director for the Northeast Region, at (201) 413-7543.
I (we) understand that, after receipt by SFSB Holding Company this order may not
be modified or withdrawn without the consent of SFSB Holding Company or Stanton
Federal Savings Bank. Further, I (we) certify that my (our) purchase does not
conflict with the purchase limitations in the Plan of Conversion and that the
shares being purchased are for my (our) account only and that there is no
present agreement or understanding regarding any subsequent sale or transfer of
such shares. Under penalties of perjury, I (we) certify that: (1) the Social
Security Number or Tax Identification Number given above is correct; and (2) I
(we) am (are) not subject to backup withholding. Instructions: You must cross
out #2 above if you have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that you
are subject to withholding because of under-reporting interest or dividends on
your tax return.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature Date
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Signature (if required) Date
THIS ORDER NOT VALIDATED UNLESS SIGNED
FOR ASSISTANCE, PLEASE CALL OUR STOCK INFORMATION CENTER AT
(412) __________ (STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK)
FROM 9:00 A.M. TO 4:00 P.M., MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY
EXHIBIT 99.3
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
Marketing Materials
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
CORRESPONDENCE
--------------
Letter to Members Eligible to Vote
Letters to Depositors Not Entitled to Vote (Closed - Accounts)
Letter to Potential Investors"
Blue Sky" Depositor Letter
Ryan, Beck "Broker-Dealer" Letter
Stockgram
Proxygram
Stock Order Acknowledgment Card
Stock Certificate Mailing Letter
ADVERTISEMENTS
- --------------
Tombstone Advertisement
Lobby Poster
PRESS RELEASES
- --------------
Press Release for Approval of Sale
Press Release - Offering Completed
MARKETING FOLDER
- ----------------
BROCHURES
- ---------
Q&A About the Conversion
FORMS
- -----
Stock Order Form
<PAGE>
LETTER TO MEMBERS ELIGIBLE TO VOTE
[Stanton Federal Letterhead]
_________, 1998
Dear Customer:
I am pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors has unanimously approved
a Plan of Conversion whereby Stanton Federal Savings Bank (Stanton Federal or
the "Savings Bank") will convert from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank
to a federally-chartered stock savings bank. As part of the conversion process,
the Savings Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of SFSB Holding Company,
which is a recently organized Pennsylvania corporation.
Enclosed are a Prospectus, Stock Order Form, and Question and Answer
Brochure. You may purchase common stock in the Conversion without paying a
commission or fee. Your completed Stock Order Form, along with full payment or
authorization to withdraw funds from your Stanton Federal deposit account(s),
must be received at any of our offices by __:00 a.m. Eastern Time on ________,
1998.
Please remember:
o YOUR DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AT THE SAVINGS BANK WILL CONTINUE TO BE INSURED TO
THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.
o THERE WILL BE NO CHANGE IN THE TERMS OF YOUR ACCOUNTS OR LOANS. DEPOSITORS
WILL ENJOY THE SAME SERVICES IN OUR OFFICES WITH THE SAME STAFF.
o YOUR VOTE IN FAVOR OF CONVERSION DOES NOT OBLIGATE YOU TO BUY STOCK.
o YOU HAVE A RIGHT TO BUY STOCK BEFORE STOCK IS OFFERED TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC
SUBJECT TO THE PURCHASE PRIORITY ALLOCATIONS SET FORTH IN THE PLAN OF
CONVERSION.
Interest at the Savings Banks stated rate on passbook accounts will be paid on
all subscription funds received until completion or termination of the
Conversion. Authorized withdrawals from existing accounts will continue to earn
interest at the contractual rate until the completion of the Conversion. You may
purchase the common stock by a withdrawal from your savings or certificate
<PAGE>
LETTER TO MEMBERS ELIGIBLE TO VOTE
Page 2
account without the penalty for early withdrawals. Please call the Stock
Information Center early in the Conversion period if you wish to purchase common
stock using IRA funds because IRA-related procedures require additional
processing time.
The Office of Thrift Supervision has approved the Plan of Conversion subject to
a favorable vote of our members. Also enclosed you will find a Proxy Statement,
Proxy Card(s) and a reply envelope. Management urges that you vote FOR the Plan
of Conversion after reviewing the Proxy Statement. Please sign the enclosed
Proxy Card(s) and return them to any Stanton Federal office or mail them
immediately in the enclosed reply envelope. Should you choose to attend the
Special Meeting of Members and wish to vote in person, you may do so by revoking
your previously executed proxy.
If you have any questions, please call the Stock Information Center at (412)
___-____, from 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.
We hope that you will take advantage of this opportunity to join us as a charter
stockholder of SFSB Holding Company.
Sincerely,
Barbara J. Mallen
President
This letter is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy
common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. The shares of common
stock offered in the Conversion are not accounts or deposits and are not
federally insured or guaranteed. The common stock has not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.
Stock Information Center
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, PA 15223
(412) ___-____
<PAGE>
LETTER TO DEPOSITORS - CLOSED ACCOUNTS [Stanton Federal Letterhead]
________, 1998
Dear Sir/Madam:
I am pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors has unanimously approved
a Plan of Conversion whereby Stanton Federal Savings Bank (Stanton Federal or
the Savings Bank) will convert from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to
a federally-chartered stock savings bank. As part of the conversion process, the
Savings Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of SFSB Holding Company,
which is a recently organized Pennsylvania corporation.
Enclosed are a Prospectus, Stock Order Form, and Question and Answer Brochure.
As a depositor of Stanton Federal on _______, _______ or ______ you have a
priority to purchase SFSB Holding Company common stock in the Conversion before
it is offered to the general public and without paying a commission or fee
subject to the purchase priority allocations set forth in the Plan of
Conversion. Your completed Stock Order Form, along with full payment, must be
received at any of our offices by __:00 a.m., Eastern Time on ________, 1998.
Interest at the Savings Banks stated rate on passbook accounts will be paid on
all subscription funds received until completion or termination of the
Conversion.
If you have any questions, please call the Stock Information Center at (412)
___-____, from 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.
We hope that you will take advantage of this opportunity to join us as a charter
stockholder of SFSB Holding Company.
Sincerely,
Barbara J. Mallen
President
This letter is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy
common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. The shares of common
stock offered in the Conversion are not accounts or deposits and are not
federally insured or guaranteed. The common stock has not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.
Stock Information Center
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, PA 15223
(412) ___-____
<PAGE>
LETTER TO POTENTIAL INVESTORS
[Stanton Federal Letterhead]
________, 1998
Dear Potential Investor:
I am pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors has unanimously approved
a Plan of Conversion whereby Stanton Federal Savings Bank ("Stanton Federal" or
the "Savings Bank") will convert from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank
to a federally-chartered stock savings bank. As part of the conversion process,
the Savings Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of SFSB Holding Company,
which is a recently organized Pennsylvania corporation.
In connection with the Conversion, SFSB Holding Company is offering up to
632,500 shares of common stock (subject to a possible increase to 727,375 shares
of common stock) at $10.00 per share through a Subscription and Community
Offering. The stock is being offered to qualifying depositors and other members
of the Savings Bank along with the employee stock ownership plan of the Savings
Bank in a Subscription Offering and then to certain members of the general
public in a Community Offering.
Enclosed are a Prospectus, Stock Order Form, reply envelope, and Question and
Answer Brochure. If you are interested in purchasing shares of common stock, you
may do so during the Subscription and Community Offering without paying a
commission or fee. Your completed Stock Order Form, along with full payment,
must be received at any of our offices by __:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on _______,
1998.
Interest at the Savings Banks stated rate paid on passbook accounts will be paid
on all subscription funds received until completion or termination of the
Conversion.
If you have any questions, please call the Stock Information Center at (412)
___-____, from 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.
We hope that you will take advantage of this opportunity to join us as a charter
stockholder of SFSB Holding Company.
Sincerely,
Barbara J. Mallen
President
<PAGE>
LETTER TO POTENTIAL INVESTORS
Page 2
This letter is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy
common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. The shares of common
stock offered in the Conversion are not accounts or deposits and are not
federally insured or guaranteed. The common stock has not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.
Stock Information Center
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
900 Saxonburg
Boulevard Pittsburgh, PA 15223
(412) ___ - ___
<PAGE>
"BLUE SKY" MEMBER LETTER
[Stanton Federal Letterhead]
_________, 1998
Dear Member:
I am pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors has unanimously approved
a Plan of Conversion whereby Stanton Federal Savings Bank ("Stanton Federal" or
the Savings Bank) will convert from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to
a federally-chartered stock savings bank. As part of the conversion process, the
Savings Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of SFSB Holding Company,
which is a recently organized Pennsylvania corporation.
The Office of Thrift Supervision has approved the Plan of Conversion subject to
a favorable vote of our members. Please read the enclosed Proxy Statement, vote
and sign the enclosed Proxy Card(s) and mail them to us in the enclosed reply
envelope. The Board of Directors urges you to vote FOR the Plan of Conversion.
We must receive the card(s) by __:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on _________, 1998.
Although you may vote on the Savings Bank's Plan of Conversion, SFSB Holding
Company is unfortunately unable to offer or sell its common stock to you because
the small number of members in your state makes registration or qualification
under your state securities laws impractical for reasons of cost or otherwise.
Accordingly, this letter, the enclosed Proxy Statement, and the enclosed
Prospectus should not be considered an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an
offer to buy the common stock. The Prospectus is referred to in the Proxy
Statement for a more detailed explanation of the conversion process and is
enclosed with this letter solely to provide such explanation and not as an offer
to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy the common stock described in the
Prospectus.
If you have any questions about your voting rights or the Conversion, please
call our Stock Information Center at (412) ___-____, from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00
p.m., Monday through Friday.
Sincerely,
Barbara J. Mallen
President
<PAGE>
BLUE SKY MEMBER LETTER
Page 2
This letter is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy
common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus, however, neither an
offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy is being made with the
enclosed Prospectus. The shares of common stock offered in the Conversion are
not accounts or deposits and are not federally insured or guaranteed. The common
stock has not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of Thrift
Supervision or any other government agency.
Stock Information Center
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, PA 15223
(412) ___-____
<PAGE>
STANTON FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK [LOGO]
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
ABOUT THE CONVERSION AND STOCK OFFERING
Stanton Federal Savings Bank (Stanton Federal or the Savings Bank) is converting
to the stock form of ownership pursuant to a Plan of Conversion (the Plan). You
have the opportunity to become a charter stockholder in SFSB Holding Company,
the Savings Banks recently organized holding company (the Holding Company). This
pamphlet answers frequently asked questions about the stock conversion and about
your opportunity to invest in SFSB Holding Company.
Investment in the common stock involves certain risks. For a discussion of these
risks and other factors, investors are urged to read the accompanying
Prospectus.
GENERAL
-------
Q. What is meant by Conversion?
A. Conversion is a change in the legal form of the Savings Banks organization.
Stanton Federal is presently a federally chartered mutual (no stockholders)
savings bank. After the Conversion, Stanton Federal will be a
federally-chartered capital stock savings bank and a wholly-owned
subsidiary of SFSB Holding Company. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, the
Holding Company will acquire all of the Stanton Federal common stock to be
issued in the Savings Banks stock conversion, and the holding company will
become a public company by selling shares of SFSB Holding Company common
stock. The stockholders of SFSB Holding Company will have voting rights
with respect to certain key business matters. The holding company structure
will provide advantages which may facilitate the future growth and
financial performance of the Savings Bank.
Q. Why is Stanton Federal converting to the stock form of ownership?
A. Although the Savings Bank exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the
Savings Banks business strategy includes raising additional capital. The
conversion of Stanton Federal and the related sale of the Holding Companys
common stock will:
o Allow customers and community members t become stockholders, sharing
in our organizations future;
o Provide additional funds for lending and investment activities;
o Facilitate future access to the capital markets;
o Enhance the operating flexibility of our organization; and
o Enable Stanton Federal to compete effectively with other financial
institutions.
1
<PAGE>
Q. What steps are involved in completing the Conversion?
A. o A Plan of Conversion was adopted by the Board of Directors;
o The Off Supervision approved the Plan of Conversion, subject to
approval of the Savings Banks members (depositors and certain
borrowers);
o The Board of Directors is soliciting proxies from the Savings Banks
members, requesting that they vote FOR the Plan of Conversion;
o The Holding Company is conducting a Subscription Offering and a
Community Offering of common stock (together, the Offering);
o At the conclusion of the Conversion, SFSB Holding Company will own all
of the stock of Stanton Federal, and stockholders will own SFSB
Holding Companys common stock; and
o When the Plan is approved and the Offering is completed, certificates
for the common stock will be issued to SFSB Holding Companys
stockholders.
Q. What effect will the Conversion have on the Savings Banks operations?
A. After the Conversion, Stanton Federal will continue to offer customers a
full range of financial services. The Savings Banks principal business of
accepting deposits and making mort and other loans will continue without
interruption.
Q. Will there be any changes in management or personnel of the Savings Bank as
a result of the Conversion?
A. No. Directors, officers and employees will continue in their same positions
at the Savings Bank. Our daytoday activities will not change.
Q. Will the Conversion have any effect on my deposit accounts or loans with
Stanton Federal?
A. No. The Conversion will not affect the balance, interest rate or withdrawal
rights of your savings or certificate accounts. Insurance of deposit
accounts by the FDIC will continue without change. The rights and
obligations of borrowers under their loan agreements will not be affected.
Q. How will the proceeds raised from the sale of common stock be used?
A. The net proceeds from the sale of common stock will increase Stanton
Federals capital base and will support the Savings Banks business
activities, including the origination of one-to-four family residential
loans and other loans.
2
<PAGE>
Q. What are the purchase priorities for the Subscription Offering and
Community Offering?
A. Non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for the common stock in a
Subscription Offering have been granted, in descending order of purchase
priority to (i) depositors with aggregate deposits of $50.00 or more as of
December 31, 1995; (ii) the Savings Banks tax-qualified Employee Stock
Ownership Plan; (iii) depositors with aggregate deposits of $50.00 or more
as of September, 1997; and (iv) depositors of the Savings Bank as of
______, 199__, and borrowers of the Savings Bank with mortgage loans
outstanding as of this date.
Subject to the prior rights of holders of subscription rights, common stock
is being offered in a concurrent Community Offering to certain members of
the general public, with preference given to natural persons residing in
Allegheny County, Pennsylvania.
Because Qualifying Deposits are utilized in allocating shares to Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each such
subscriber should be sure to list on the Stock Order Form all the deposit
accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at the applicable
date, December 31, 1995 or September 30, 1997.
Q. Are the depositors and mortgage borrowers who are eligible to buy common
stock obligated to do so?
A. No. They will become stockholders only if they decide to purchase shares of
common stock
Q. As a depositor or mortgage borrower eligible to buy common stock in the
Subscription Offering, may I sell or assign my subscription rights?
A. No. Such transfer is prohibited by law. Subject to the availability of
stock and certain other restrictions, persons who do not have subscription
rights may purchase common stock in the Community Offering, which is being
conducted concurrently with the Subscription Offering.
Q. How was the offering range and the price per share determined?
A. The offering range is based on an independent appraisal of the pro forma
market value of the common stock performed by an appraisal firm experienced
in valuations of thrift institutions. The appraisal, dated November ___,
1997, indicated that the aggregate pro forma market value of the common
stock ranged between $4.7 million and $6.3 million (with a mid-point of
$5.5 million). The offering range is between 467,500 and 632,500 shares.
The Board of Directors determined to offer the shares at $10.00 per share.
Q. Will the common stock I purchase be insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation?
3
<PAGE>
A. No. Common stock cannot be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC). Your deposit accounts at Stanton Federal, however, will
continue to be insured by the FDIC.
Q. Will dividends be paid?
A. The Board of Directors has not formulated a cash dividend policy, but
intends to develop a policy of paying cash dividends in the future. Future
payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board of
Directors, which will consider the Savings Bank's and Holding Companys
earnings, regulatory requirements, business needs and other relevant
factors. The Holding Company may pay stock dividends in lieu of or in
addition to cash dividends, although there can be no assurance that any
dividends will be paid.
Q. How will the common stock be traded?
A. The common stock has received conditional approval for quotation on the OTC
Electronic Bulletin Board under the symbol "_____". However, there can be
no assurance that an active and liquid market will develop. Although under
no obligation to do so, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. has informed Stanton Federal
that it intends, upon the completion of the Conversion, to make a market in
the common stock by maintaining bid and asked quotations.
VOTING
------
YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT!
Details about the stock conversion of Stanton Federal Savings Bank and the
formation of the Holding Company are provided in the Proxy Statement.
Q. Has Stanton Federal's Board of Directors adopted the Plan of Conversion?
A. Yes. The Plan of Conversion was unanimously adopted by the Board of
Directors of the Savings Bank.
Q. What vote is necessary to approve the Plan of Conversion?
A. The Conversion cannot be consummated without the approval of the Savings
Banks members. The Plan of Conversion must be approved by a majority of the
total votes eligible to be cast. Not voting is the same as voting against
the Plan. Therefore, your vote is very important!
Q. Am I required to vote or buy stock?
4
<PAGE>
A. No. Members are not required to vote, and voting does not obligate a member
to buy stock. Because your vote is important, however, management urges
that you take advantage of this opportunity to vote FOR the Plan. Your
proxy card is enclosed in the window of your envelope. Please vote, sign
and return the card(s) in the enclosed proxy return envelope. The card(s)
must be received by _______, 1998.
Q. Why did I get several proxy cards?
A. If you have more than one deposit account or loan, you could receive more
than one proxy card, depending on the ownership structure of your accounts.
Please vote, sign and return all cards that you receive. Only one signature
is needed on proxy cards with more than one name listed.
PURCHASING COMMON STOCK
-----------------------
Q. How many shares are being offered?
A. SFSB Holding Company is offering between 467,500 and 632,500 shares of
common stock.
Q. What is the price per share?
A. The subscription price is $10.00 per share.
Q. How do I order common stock during the Subscription Offering and Community
Offering?
A. Complete and return the enclosed Stock Order Form, together with payment or
authorization for account withdrawal, as described above. You may use the
enclosed order return envelope. Orders must be received by Stanton Federal
by __:00 a.m. Eastern Time on ________, 1998.
Q. How do I pay for common stock?
A. Payment may be made by check, bank draft or money order or by authorization
for withdrawal (without early withdrawal penalty) from passbook, statement
savings or certificate of deposit accounts maintained at Stanton Federal.
Funds authorized for withdrawal will remain in the account and will
continue to earn interest at the contractual rate, but will be unavailable
to the depositor during the Offering. Subscriptions made by check, bank
draft or money order will earn interest at Stanton Federals passbook
savings account rate until the Conversion is completed.
Q. How much common stock may I order?
5
<PAGE>
A. The purchase limits in the Subscription Offering and in the Community
Offering are described in detail in the section of the Prospectus entitled
________. The maximum number of shares which any person may purchase is
7,500 shares or $75,000 and no person, together with associates and persons
acting in concert, may purchase in all categories the more than the lesser
of 12,500 shares or 5% of the total amount of stock sold in the Conversion.
The minimum purchase is 25 shares or $250.
Q. As a depositor or mortgage borrower, will I pay a lower price for the
common stock than someone who is not a customer of the Savings Bank?
A. No. The price per share is the same for all subscribers in the Offering.
Q. Do I pay a commission?
A. No. No commission or fee will be charged for the purchase of shares during
the Offering.
Q. Are executive officers and directors of the Savings Bank planning to
purchase common stock?
A. Yes. Stanton Federals executive officers and directors presently expect to
purchase an aggregate of approximately $575,000 of common stock.
Q. What happens to my order if orders are received for more common stock than
is available?
A. This is referred to as an oversubscription and shares will be allocated on
a priority basis as described in the Prospectus. The priority order is also
described above. Any funds submitted by you to purchase stock will be
refunded you with interest should your order not be filled, or not filled
in full.
Q. I have an IRA account at Stanton Federal. Can I use this money to purchase
the common stock without incurring any tax consequences?
A. You will need to transfer your IRA relationship to a broker-dealer, who
will establish a self-directed IRA account for you. Stanton Federal will
not charge a penalty for early withdrawal, and there will be no IRS penalty
incurred as a result of purchasing the common stock by this means. Please
call the Stock Information Center at least two weeks prior to the close of
the Offering for a complete description of and assistance with IRA
procedures.
6
<PAGE>
Q. May shares be registered in someone else's name?
A. No. Common stock initially must be registered in the name(s) of the
purchaser(s) as described on the Stock Order Form. You may later
re-register the stock in other names.
Q. In the future, how may I purchase additional shares or sell shares?
A. You may purchase or sell shares through your stockbroker or discount
brokerage firm. The firm will charge a commission for trades.
Q. When will I receive my common stock certificate(s)?
A. Common stock certificates will be mailed by our transfer agent promptly
after the Conversion is completed. Please be aware that you may not be able
to sell shares purchased in the Offering until you receive your stock
certificate.
This brochure is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy
common stock. The offer is made only by the Prospectus. The shares of common
stock offered in the Conversion are not accounts or deposits and are not
federally insured or guaranteed. The common stock has not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency
QUESTIONS?
Stock Information Center
Stanton Federal Savings Bank
900 Saxonburg Boulevard
Pittsburgh, PA 15223
(412) ___ - ____
